ING Bank Śląski S.A.
in 2023
Annual Financial Statements for the year 2023
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
2
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Content
Income statement 3
Statement of comprehensive income 4
Statement of financial position 5
Statement of changes in equity 6
Cash flow statement 8
Accounting policy and additional notes 9
I. Bank details 10
1. Key Bank data 10
2. Scope and duration of operations 10
3. Share capital 10
4. Shareholders of ING Bank Śląski S.A. 10
5. Entity authorised to audit the financial statements 10
6. Approval of financial statements 10
7. ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board and Supervisory Board composition 11
II. Statement of compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards 12
1. Changes in accounting standards 12
2. Going-concern 12
3. Financial statements scope and currency 13
4. Reporting period and comparable data 13
III. Significant accounting principles 13
1. Basis for preparation of financial statements 13
2. Professional judgment 13
3. Accounting estimates 13
4. Measurement of subsidiaries and associates in separate financial statements 23
5. Foreign currency 23
6. Net interest income 23
7. Commission income and costs 24
8. Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result 25
9. Net income on the sale of financial assets and dividend income 25
10. Net (loss)/income on hedge accounting 25
11. Net (loss)/income on other basic activities 26
12. Factoring services 26
13. Financial assets and liabilities 26
14. Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 39
15. Other financial assets 42
16. Provisions 42
17. Prepayments and deferred income 43
18. Employee benefits 43
19. Equity 44
20. Cash and cash equivalents 44
21. Taxes 45
IV. Comparability of financial data 45
V. Notes to the financial statements 47
1. Segment reporting 47
2. Net interest income 49
3. Net commission income 50
4. Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result 51
5. Net income on the sale of securities and loans and dividend income 51
6. Net (loss)/income on hedge accounting 51
7. Net (loss)/income on other basic activities 51
8. General and administrative expenses 52
9. Impairment for expected credit losses 54
10. Cost of legal risk of FX mortgage loans 54
11. Tax on certain financial institutions 55
12. Income tax 55
13. Earnings and book value per ordinary share 56
14. Cash in hand and balances with the Central Bank 57
15. Loans and other receivables to other banks 57
16. Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss 58
17. Valuation of derivatives 59
18. Derivative hedging instruments 60
19. Investment securities 60
20. Assets securing liabilities 61
21. Loans and other receivables to customers 63
22. Investments in subsidiaries and associates accounted for using the equity method 64
23. Property, plant and equipment 64
24. Intangible assets 67
25. Deferred tax 69
26. Other assets 70
27. Liabilities to other banks 70
28. Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss 71
29. Liabilities to customers 71
30. Subordinated liabilities 72
31. Provisions 72
32. Other liabilities 78
33. Equity 79
34. Contingent liabilities 82
35. Fair value 82
36. Offsetting of financial instruments 89
37. Custody activities 90
38. Supplementary information to the statement of cash flows 90
39. Related entities 94
40. Transactions with the management staff and employees 96
41. Headcount 97
42. Significant events after the balance sheet date 98
Risk and capital management 99
I. Capital management 100
1. Introduction 100
2. Minimum capital requirements 100
3. Capital adequacy 101
4. MREL requirements 103
5. Dividend policy 104
II. Risk management 106
1. Introduction 106
2. Credit risk 108
3. Market risk 136
4. Liquidity and funding risk 152
5. Operational risk 160
6. ESG risk 161
7. Other risks 163
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
3
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Income statement
for the year ended 31 December
Note
2023
2022
Interest income
2
11,821.2
7,793.6
calculated using effective interest rate method
2
10,779.9
6,843.8
other interest income
2
1,041.3
949.8
Interest expenses
2
-4,059.7
-2,463.3
Net interest income
2
7,761.5
5,330.3
Commission income
3
2,648.8
2,571.6
Commission expenses
3
-570.3
-552.8
Net commission income
3
2,078.5
2,018.8
Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result
4
326.9
29.3
Net income on the sale of securities measured at amortised cost
5
0.0
-24.8
Net income on the sale of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and dividend income
5
-15.2
26.5
Net (loss)/income on hedge accounting
6
-4.8
-39.4
Net (loss)/income on other basic activities
7
-23.7
-8.2
Net income on basic activities
10,123.2
7,332.5
General and administrative expenses
8
-3,508.7
-3,479.7
Impairment for expected credit losses
9
-457.9
-671.4
including profit on sale of receivables
24.3
82.7
Cost of legal risk of FX mortgage loans
10
-105.5
-294.3
Tax on certain financial institutions
11
-644.3
-646.9
Share of profit/(loss) of subsidiaries and associates accounted for using the equity method
22
252.0
134.6
Gross profit
5,658.8
2,374.8
Income tax
12
-1,217.9
-660.4
Net profit
4,440.9
1,714.4
for the year ended 31 December
Note
2023
2022
Net profit
4,440.9
1,714.4
Weighted average number of ordinary shares
130,117,872
130,100,000
Earnings per ordinary share (in PLN)
13
34.13
13.18
The diluted earnings per share are the same as the profit per one ordinary share.
The income statement should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements being the integral part thereof.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
4
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December
Note
2023
2022
Net profit for the period
4,440.9
1,714.4
Total other comprehensive income, including:
33.2
2,904.9
-4,980.4
Items which can be reclassified to income statement, including:
2,821.5
-4,946.7
debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income – gains on revaluation carried through equity
273.0
-411.3
debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income – reclassification to financial result due to sale
5.1
-15.9
loans measured at fair value through other comprehensive income - revaluation gains / losses related to equity
-39.7
237.9
cash flow hedging – gains on revaluation carried through equity
425.0
-6,064.6
cash flow hedging – reclassification to profit or loss
2,158.1
1,307.2
Items which will not be reclassified to income statement, including:
83.4
-33.7
equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income – gains on revaluation carried through equity
93.2
-37.7
fixed assets revaluation
0.1
0.1
actuarial gains/losses
-9.9
3.9
Net comprehensive income for the reporting period
7,345.8
-3,266.0
The statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements being the integral part thereof.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
5
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Statement of financial position
as at 31 December
Note
2023
2022
Assets
Cash in hand and balances with the Central Bank
14
6,751.4
2,337.6
Loans and other receivables to other banks
15
22,827.1
7,204.2
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
16 , 17 , 20
2,273.9
1,952.3
Derivative hedge instruments
18
208.4
139.2
Investment securities
19
56,527.4
48,348.2
Transferred assets
20 , 16
165.2
163.8
Loans and other receivables to customers
21
146,663.0
145,733.5
Investments in subsidiaries and associates accounted for using the equity method
22
1,761.0
1,624.1
Property, plant and equipment
23
965.1
926.5
Intangible assets
24
450.1
393.2
Current income tax assets
12
0.0
566.0
Deferred tax assets
25
888.1
1,650.1
Other assets
26
119.1
120.6
Total assets
239,599.8
211,159.3
as at 31 December
Note
2023
2022
Liabilities
Liabilities to other banks
27
8,826.7
657.7
Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
28 , 17
1,821.6
2,203.8
Derivative hedge instruments
18
280.3
369.5
Liabilities to customers
29
205,039.9
192,242.6
Subordinated liabilities
30
1,526.2
1,643.9
Provisions
31
536.4
347.8
Current income tax liabilities
12
100.5
0.0
Other liabilities
32
4,849.3
4,427.1
Total liabilities
222,980.9
201,892.4
Equity
Share capital
33.1
130.1
130.1
Share premium
33.3
956.3
956.3
Accumulated other comprehensive income
33.2
-5,211.8
-8,116.7
Retained earnings
33.3
20,749.6
16,297.2
Own shares for the purposes of the incentive program
-5.3
0.0
Total equity
13
16,618.9
9,266.9
Total equity and liabilities
239,599.8
211,159.3
The statement of financial position shall be read in conjunction with the notes to financial statements being the integral part thereof.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
6
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2023
Note: 33
Share capital
Share premium
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Retained earnings
Own shares for the purposes of the incentive program
Total equity
Opening balance of equity
130.1
956.3
-8,116.7
16,297.2
0.0
9,266.9
Net profit for the current period
-
-
-
4,440.9
-
4,440.9
Other net comprehensive income, including:
0.0
0.0
2,904.9
0.0
0.0
2,904.9
financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income - revaluation gains / losses recognized in equity
-
-
326.5
-
-
326.5
debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income – reclassification to profit or loss due to sale
-
-
5.1
-
-
5.1
cash flow hedge - revaluation gains / losses recognized in equity
-
-
425.0
-
-
425.0
cash flow hedge – reclassification to profit or loss
-
-
2,158.1
-
-
2,158.1
fixed assets revaluation
-
-
0.1
-
-
0.1
actuarial gains/losses
-
-
-9.9
-
-
-9.9
Other changes in equity, including:
0.0
0.0
0.0
11.5
-5.3
6.2
valuation of employee incentive programs
-
-
-
16.5
-
16.5
purchase of own shares for the purposes of the employee incentive program
-
-
-
-
-9.5
-9.5
settlement of the acquisition of own shares and their transfer to employees
-
-
-
-4.1
4.2
0.1
settlement of the acquisition of an organized part of the enterprise
-
-
-
-0.9
-
-0.9
Closing balance of equity
130.1
956.3
-5,211.8
20,749.6
-5.3
16,618.9
The statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements being the integral part thereof.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
7
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Statement of changes in equity – cont.
for the year ended 31 December 2022
Note: 33
Share capital
Share premium
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Retained earnings
Total equity
Opening balance of equity
130.1
956.3
-3,136.3
15,266.0
13,216.1
Profit for the current period
-
-
-
1,714.4
1,714.4
Other net comprehensive income, including:
0.0
0.0
-4,980.4
0.0
-4,980.4
financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income – gains/losses on revaluation carried through equity
-
-
-211.1
-
-211.1
debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income – reclassification to profit or loss due to sale
-
-
-15.9
-
-15.9
cash flow hedging – gains/losses on revaluation carried through equity
-
-
-6,064.6
-
-6,064.6
cash flow hedging – reclassification to profit or loss
-
-
1,307.2
-
1,307.2
fixed assets revaluation
-
-
0.1
-
0.1
actuarial gains/losses
-
-
3.9
-
3.9
Other changes in equity, including:
0.0
0.0
0.0
-683.2
-683.2
valuation of employee incentive programs
-
-
-
6.3
6.3
dividend payment
-
-
-
-689.5
-689.5
Closing balance of equity
130.1
956.3
-8,116.7
16,297.2
9,266.9
The statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements being the integral part thereof.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
8
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Cash flow statement
for the year ended 31 December
Note
2023
2022
Net profit
4,440.9
1,714.4
Adjustments, including:
-7,147.7
1,750.6
Share of net profit (loss) of subsidiaries and associates accounted for using the equity method
22
-252.0
-134.6
Depreciation and amortisation
8 , 23 , 24
308.3
267.2
Interest accrued (from the income statement)
2
-7,761.5
-5,330.3
Interest paid
-3,878.9
-2,050.0
Interest received
11,441.5
7,410.0
Dividends received
5
-7.4
-6.8
Gains (losses) on investing activities
1.2
3.9
Income tax (from the income statement)
12
1,217.9
660.4
Income tax paid
-1,039.0
-68.9
Change in provisions
31 , 38
176.2
20.0
Change in loans and other receivables to other banks
15 , 38
-16,023.2
-3,598.1
Change in financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
16 , 17 , 38
-315.4
-405.1
Change in hedge derivatives
18 , 38
3,030.6
-5,628.1
Change in investment securities
19 , 38
-7,123.9
-1,768.7
Change in transferred assets
20 , 16 , 38
-2.9
1,345.8
Change in loans and other receivables to customers
21 , 38
-712.3
-7,918.0
Change in other assets
26 , 38
559.2
177.9
Change in liabilities to other banks
27 , 38
431.8
-5,560.3
Change in liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
17 , 28
-382.2
524.2
Change in liabilities to customers
29 , 38
12,767.4
21,752.7
Change in subordinated liabilities
30 , 38
-117.7
31.7
Change in other liabilities
32 , 38
534.6
2,025.7
Net cash flows from operating activities
-2,706.8
3,465.0
for the year ended 31 December
Note
2023
2022
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
23
-148.1
-149.4
Disposal of property, plant and equipment
0.1
0.1
Purchase of intangible assets
24
-129.0
-105.1
Purchase of debt securities measured at amortised cost
-6,194.2
-4,959.5
Disposal of debt securities measured at amortised cost
5,681.0
4,229.0
Dividends received
5
7.4
6.8
Net cash flows from investing activities
-782.8
-978.1
Long-term loans received
38
7,707.6
0.0
Long-term loans repaid
38
0.0
0.0
Interest on long-term loans repaid
38
-121.3
-24.0
Repayment of lease liabilities
38
-98.5
-101.3
Purchase of own shares for the purposes of the employee incentive program
-9.5
0.0
Dividends paid
33.3
0.0
-689.5
Net cash flows from financing activities
7,478.3
-814.8
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
3,988.7
1,672.1
of which effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
497.1
-119.1
Opening balance of cash and cash equivalents
3,049.7
1,377.6
Closing balance of cash and cash equivalents
38
7,038.4
3,049.7
The cash flow statement should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements being the integral part thereof.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
9
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Accounting policy and additional notes
I. Bank details 10
II. Statement of compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards 12
III. Significant accounting principles 13
IV. Comparability of financial data 45
V. Notes to the financial statements 47
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
10
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Accounting policy and additional notes
I. Bank details
1. Key Bank data
ING Bank Śląski S.A. (‘Bank’) with the registered office in Poland, Katowice, ulica Sokolska 34, zip code 40-086 was entered into the Entrepreneurs Register with the National Court Register maintained by the Commercial Division of the District Court in Katowice under the number KRS 5459. The Bank’s statistical number is REGON 271514909, and the tax identification number is NIP 634-013-54-75.
2. Scope and duration of operations
ING Bank Śląski S.A. offers a broad range of banking services rendered to individual and institutional clients in line with the scope of services outlined in the Bank’s charter. The Bank runs operations both in the home currency and in foreign currencies. The duration of business of the Bank is indefinite.
3. Share capital
The share capital of ING Bank Śląski S.A. amounts to PLN 130,100,000 and is divided into 130,100,000 ordinary bearer shares with a nominal value of PLN 1.00 each. The Bank’s shares are listed on the Warsaw Stock Exchange (banking sector).
4. Shareholders of ING Bank Śląski S.A.
ING Bank Śląski S.A. is a subsidiary of ING Bank NV, which as at 31 December 2023 held 75% shares in the share capital of ING Bank Śląski S.A. and 75% shares in the total number of votes at the General Meeting of ING Bank Śląski S.A. ING Bank NV belongs to the Group, herein referred to as ING Group.
As at 31 December 2023, the following were shareholders with 5 or more percent of votes at the General Meeting of ING Bank Śląski S.A:
No.
Entity
Number of shares and votes
% of total number of shares
1.
ING Bank N.V.
97,575,000
75.00
2.
Allianz Polska Otwarty Fundusz Emerytalny
12,102,036
9.30
5. Entity authorised to audit the financial statements
The entity authorised to carry out the audit is Mazars Audyt Sp. z o.o. with its registered office in Warsaw.
6. Approval of financial statements
These annual financial statements of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023 were adopted for publication by the Bank’s Management Board on 5 March 2024.
The annual consolidated financial statements of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. Group for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023 has been approved and will be published on the same date as the separate financial statements.
The annual financial statements of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. for the period from 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2022 were approved by the General Meeting of ING Bank Śląski S.A. on 26 April 2023.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
11
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
7. ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board and Supervisory Board composition
Bank's Management Board
At the end of 2023, similarly to the end of 2022, the composition of the Management Board of ING Bank Śląski S.A. was as follows:
• Mr. Brunon Bartkiewicz - President of the Management Board,
• Ms. Joanna Erdman - Vice-President of the Management Board,
• Mr. Marcin Giżycki - Vice-President of the Management Board,
• Ms. Bożena Graczyk - Vice-President of the Management Board,
• Ms. Ewa Łuniewska - Vice-President of the Management Board,
• Mr. Michał H. Mrożek - Vice-President of the Management Board,
• Mr. Sławomir Soszyński - Vice-President of the Management Board,
• Ms. Alicja Żyła - Vice-President of the Management Board.
Bank's Supervisory Board
On 26 January 2023, the Bank received a statement from Mr. Aris Bogdaneris on his resignation from the position of a member of the Supervisory Board of the Bank as of the date of the Ordinary General Meeting of the Bank. The reason for resignation was the planned termination of work in the ING Group.
On 26 April 2023, the General Meeting of the Bank appointed Ms Katarzyna Zajdel-Kurowska and Mr. Hans de Munck to the Supervisory Board of ING Bank Śląski S.A.
At the end of 2023, the Supervisory Board of ING Bank Śląski S.A. was composed of the following:
• Mr. Aleksander Galos – Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Independent Member,
• Ms. Małgorzata Kołakowska – 1 st Vice-Chairman of the Supervisory Board,
• Mr. Michał Szczurek – Vice-Chairman of the Supervisory Board,
• Mr . Stephen Creese – Member of the Supervisory Board,
• Ms. Dorota Dobija – Independent Member of the Supervisory Board,
• Ms. Monika Marcinkowska - Independent Member of the Supervisory Board,
• Mr. Hans De Munck – Member of the Supervisory Board,
• Ms. Katarzyna Zajdel-Kurowska - Independent Member of the Supervisory Board.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
12
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
II. Statement of compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards
These annual financial statements of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023 have been prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") approved by the European Union. The financial statements take into account the requirements of EU approved standards and interpretations.
1. Changes in accounting standards
In these annual financial statements, the Bank included the following changes to the standards and new interpretations approved by the European Union and effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023:
Change
Influence on the Bank financial statements
IFRS 17
Insurance contracts with the extension of the temporary exemption from the application of IFRS 9.
The implementation of changes has no material impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
IAS 1 and the Practical Approach to IFRSs
Disclosure of Accounting policies
Change in the scope of disclosures of significant accounting policies in the financial statements. According to the amendments, only accounting policies that have a significant impact on the information contained in the financial statements will be disclosed.
The attached Practical Statement contains a detailed illustrative example. The implementation of the change did not have a significant impact on the scope of disclosures of significant accounting principles in the Bank’s financial statements.
IAS 8
Definition of Accounting Estimates
Amendment clarifying the definition of estimated values, i.e.: cash amounts recognised in the financial statements, which are subject to measurement uncertainty. The implementation of the change did not have a significant impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
IAS 12 Deferred tax related to an asset and a liability recognised in a single transaction
The amendment clarifies the accounting rules for income tax and the applicable exclusion from deferred tax recognition. The amendment clarifies that this derecognition does not apply to leasing transactions and the recognition of a liability resulting from the liquidation of an asset, i.e. transactions for which the asset and the liability are recognised at the same time. The application of the amendment did not have an impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts: First application of IFRS 17 and IFRS 9 - comparative information.
The implementation of the changes did not have an impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
IAS 12 Income Tax: International Tax Reform - Model Pillar 2 Provisions
The amendment introduces the possibility of applying a temporary exemption from the application of general rules for the recognition of deferred tax resulting from the implementation of international tax rules in individual jurisdictions. The Bank’s analysis shows that the implementation of the change may have an impact on the scope of disclosures, but will not have a significant impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
Published standards and interpretations, which were issued by 31 December 2023 and approved by the European Union, but were not applied by the Bank earlier:
Change
(EU effective date provided for in the parentheses)
Influence on the Bank financial statements
IAS 1
Presentation of financial statements:
· classification of financial liabilities as current or long-term
· deferment of the date of application and
· long-term liabilities with covenants
(financial year beginning on 1 January 2024)
The classification of financial liabilities as non-current will depend on the existence of rights to extend the liability for a period longer than 12 months and on the fulfilment of the conditions (covenants) for the implementation of such a deferral at the balance sheet date. Disclosure of these covenants in notes to the financial statements will also be required.
In the Bank's opinion, the implementation of the change will not have an impact on the Bank's financial statements.
IFRS 16
Leases: Leasing liabilities in sale and leaseback transactions.
(financial year beginning on 1 January 2024)
The Bank’s analyses show that the implementation of the changes will not have an impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
Published standards and interpretations that were issued by 31 December 2023, but were not approved by the European Union as at 31 December 2023 and were not previously adopted by the Bank:
Change
(expected IASB effective date provided for in the parentheses)
Influence on the Bank financial statements
IAS 7 Statement of cash flows and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures - Supplier financing agreements
(financial year beginning on 1 January 2024)
The Bank’s analyses show that the implementation of the changes will affect the scope of disclosures, but will not have a significant impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
IAS 21 Effects of changes in exchange rates: Exchange rate forfeiture
(financial year beginning on 1 January 2025)
The Bank’s analyses show that the implementation of the change will not have a significant impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
As at the date of approval of this report for publication, taking into account the ongoing process of introducing IFRS standards in the EU and the Bank's operations, with respect to the accounting principles applied by the Bank there are no differences between the IFRS standards that have entered into force and the IFRS standards endorsed by the EU.
2. Going-concern
Financial statements of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023 has been prepared on the assumption that the Bank will continue as a going concern for at least 12 months from the date of
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
13
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
publication, i.e. from 8 March 2024. As at the date of signing the financial statements, the Management Board of the Bank does not find any facts or circumstances that would indicate any threat to the Bank's ability to continue as a going concern within 12 months from the date of publication as a result of intentional or forced discontinuation or significant limitation of the Bank's current operations.
3. Financial statements scope and currency
The Bank is the parent entity of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. Capital Group and in addition to these annual financial statements, it also prepares annual consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS.
These annual financial statements have been prepared in Polish zlotys ("PLN"). All values, unless otherwise indicated, are rounded to the nearest million zlotys with one decimal place. There may therefore be mathematical inconsistencies in the totals or between the notes.
4. Reporting period and comparable data
Annual financial statements of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. covers the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023 and includes comparative data:
• for the statement of financial position as at 31 December 2022,
• for items from the income statement, statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for the period from 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2022.
III. Significant accounting principles
IFRS provide for the selected accounting policies that may be applied. The key areas where IFRS allow the entity to select the policy and which refer to the Bank Accounting Policy include:
• selection of accounting policy to continue to apply the hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39,
• selection of accounting policy for valuation of buildings and land at revalued amount, being its fair value at the balance sheet date.
The Bank Accounting Policy complies with IFRS. Bank decisions as to the admissible policy selection are presented below.
1. Basis for preparation of financial statements
The financial statements are prepared in Polish zlotys rounded to one million zlotys with one decimal place (unless otherwise stated). The concept of fair value has been applied in the statements for own real property as well as financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value, including derivative instruments, and financial assets classified as measured at fair value through other comprehensive income. Other items of financial assets (including loans and advances) are presented at amortised cost less impairment or at purchase price less impairment. Recognized financial assets that were designated as hedged items in the fair value hedge strategy, and which, in the absence of such designation, would be measured at amortized cost, are measured at amortized cost, taking into account the hedged risk valuation adjustment. Non-current assets held for sale are recognised at the lower of their carrying amount and the fair value less sales costs.
2. Professional judgment
In the process of accounting principles application to the matters discussed hereinbelow, besides the accounting estimates, professional judgment of the management staff was of key significance.
2.1. Deferred tax assets
The Bank recognizes deferred tax assets based on the assumption that it is probable that taxable income sufficient to fully realize the deferred tax asset would be achieved.
2.2. Classification of financial assets
The Bank classifies financial assets on the basis of both the business model for holding the financial assets and assessment whether under the contractual terms require solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. The detailed information about assumptions in this regard is presented in item 13.2 . Classification of financial assets .
3. Accounting estimates
The development of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires from the Bank the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and notes thereto.
Estimates and assumptions applied to the presentation of the value of assets, liabilities, income and costs are made on the basis of historical data available and other factors considered to be relevant in given circumstances.
The assumptions applied for the future and available data sources are the base for making estimates regarding the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, which cannot be determined explicitly on the basis of other sources. The
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
14
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
estimates reflect the reasons for/ sources of uncertainties as at the balance sheet date. The actual results may differ from estimates.
The estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an on-going basis. Adjustments to estimates are recognised in the period when the estimate was changed provided that the adjustment applies to this period alone or in the period when the estimate was changed and in the following periods, should the adjustment impact both the current and future periods.
Below are the most significant booking estimates made by the Bank.
3.1. Estimation of expected credit losses for financial assets and impairment of non-current assets
The Bank assesses whether there is objective evidence of impairment of financial assets (individual items or groups) and non-current assets as at balance sheet date.
3.1.1. Estimation of expected credit losses for financial assets
The Bank applies IFRS 9 requirements regarding impairment in order to recognize and measure the impairment for expected credit losses on debt financial assets that are measured at amortised cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income.
The expected loss in the portfolio of individually insignificant exposures is calculated collectively as a probability- weighted average from three macroeconomic scenarios with different probabilities of occurrence. The final level of the provisions results from the sum of the expected credit losses estimated each year in the future till the maturity date for Stage 2 and Stage 3 assets and in 12-month horizon for Stage 1 assets, including discount.
To determine impairment (or reverse it) in the ISFA (Individually Significant Financial Assets) portfolio, the present value of expected future cash flows has to be calculated. The amount of the future cash flows is determined among others taking account information about the current and forecasted economic standing of the borrower, the forecast value of the recovery amount from collateral of the credit exposure and the macroeconomic factors.
The methodology and assumptions used to estimate both the amount and the time of future cash flows are regularly reviewed and adjusted as needed.
Macroeconomic factors
Credit risk models for the purposes of IFRS 9 were built on the basis of historical relations between changes in economic parameters (i.e. GDP or interest rates) and their subsequent effect on changes in the level of credit risk
(PD/LGD). By the end of 2019, changes in macroeconomic forecasts were relatively slow, moving smoothly from one phase of the cycle to another, without drastic and shocking events changing the macroeconomic situation. The current economic situation caused, among others, by the war in Ukraine has a completely different characteristics - a sudden increase in interest rates, inflation, disruptions of supply chains, a further reduction in GDP forecasts. In addition, due to the effect of aid programmes for mortgage loans, the effect of changing macroeconomic forecasts has been mitigated in relation to what macroeconomic indicators alone would show.
As at 31 December 2023, the Bank revised its macroeconomic indicators forecasts. The macroeconomic assumptions used to determine the expected credit losses are based on forecasts prepared by the Bank’s Macroeconomic Analysis Office, supplemented by management adjustments where, in the opinion of the management, recent economic events have not been fully captured.
Recalibration of model parameters and management adjustments
In 4 th quarter of 2023, in accordance with the provisions of Recommendation R, the Bank periodically recalibrated credit risk models. The recalibration involved the inclusion of newer data periods in the calculation of model risk parameters. The value of correlation of macroeconomic parameters with risk parameters has changed. Changes made in the parameterisation of retail models and for the operating portfolio of the Small Enterprises segment resulted in the release of allowance for expected credit losses for the retail portfolio by PLN 208.5 million and creation of PLN 19.8 million for the SME portfolio. The result for the SME portfolio includes a management adjustment resulting from incomplete implementation of the in-default module in the amount of PLN 46.4 million.
In times of heightened volatility and uncertainty, where portfolio quality and the economic environment are changing rapidly, models are undermined in their ability to accurately predict losses. To mitigate model risk, additional adjustments can be made to address data quality issues, model issues or expert opinions. They also include adjustments resulting from overestimation or underestimation of allowances for expected credit losses by IFRS 9 models.
The current high levels of inflation and interest rates have not materialised in the last few years. The historical correlation of risk parameters (PD in IFRS models) with macroeconomic parameters does not fully reflect the current credit risk of portfolios, therefore the Bank applied a management adjustment increasing the value of write-offs in Stages 1 and 2.
The introduction of management adjustments addressing the above-mentioned issue at the end of 2023 resulted in an increase in the allowance for expected credit losses by PLN 51.3 million for the retail client portfolio and by
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
15
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
PLN 77.2 million for the corporate client portfolio (at the end of 2022 an increase by PLN 108.0 million and PLN 99.7 million, respectively).
In the case of strategic customers, the main macroeconomic factor affecting the portfolio risk parameters is the change in GDP, however, the current high interest rates and inflation have a point effect on the increase in risk in individual industries particularly exposed to these macroeconomic factors. In the Bank’s opinion, current IFRS models for corporate clients do not fully cover the risk of exposure to inflation and the interest rate of individual sectors. As a result, the Bank analysed the sectors in which strategic clients operate (within the corporate client portfolio) in terms of the risk of future problems related to a significant increase in operating costs and debt service and decided to increase, at the end of 2023, the allowance for expected credit losses for this portfolio by PLN 41.3 million (increase by PLN 84.3 million at the end of 2022).
According to the new strategic development plan of the ULPD IFRS9 model, all portfolios with very low default levels (ULDPs) will be integrated into a single model, while reflecting the specificity of the portfolios by using underlying models. Until the current models are integrated into one, a management correction will be applied, which in 2023 caused an increase of allowance for expected credit losses by PLN 17.4 million.
As a result of the planned change in the method of managing corporate clients with exposure up to PLN 1.2 million (Large Easy Lending) to automatic, and the Bank’s receipt of regulatory approval for the transfer of this portfolio from the AIRB method to the standard method (SA), the impact of this change on the level of allowances was estimated. As a result, the credit risk model for these exposures will also change from the SME model to the SBF model. The Bank estimated the management adjustment addressing this change. As a result, there was an increase of allowance for expected credit losses by PLN 39.6 million.
The Bank has developed a new IFRS9 model for corporate clients (SMEs). The planned implementation of the model is waiting for the implementation of the new AIRB model. The Bank estimated the impact of the use of the new reserve model on the amount of allowances. As a result, the management adjustment resulted in the release of allowance for expected credit losses in the amount of PLN 71.4 million.
At the end of 2022, adjustments due to excessive conservativeness of the LGD model resulted in a decrease of impairment for expected credit losses by PLN 113.4 million for retail clients and by PLN 188.0 million for corporate clients.
The above management adjustments did not affect the classification of exposures to Stages presented in these financial statements.
In 2022, a statutory assistance programme was introduced enabling customers with PLN mortgage loans to suspend 4 instalments in 2022 and 4 instalments (one per quarter) in 2023 (credit moratoria). Due to the specificity of PD models, which use information on account behaviour (in particular in terms of timeliness of repayments), model parameters may be underestimated in relation to the customer’s actual situation. Therefore, at the end of 2023, the Bank decided to increase the allowance for expected credit losses for the mortgage loan portfolio by PLN 17.8 million (increase by PLN 24.2 million at the end of 2022) and reclassified part of the exposure portfolio to Stage 2 (customers in arrears on other products or characterised by an uncertain economic situation, e.g. with a high DSTI ratio, meaning a high debt service cost-to-income ratio).
The division of adjustments into stages and into corporate and retail segments is presented in chapter II. 2.9.2 . Quality of the loan portfolio , in section Risk and capital management .
Description of the indications for identification of impairment of financial assets, methodology of calculation of impairment losses and applied accounting principles are described in point 13.12. Expected credit losses .
Thresholds used to identify a significant increase in credit risk
Determining the threshold of a significant increase in credit risk requires judgment and is a significant source of uncertainty in the estimates of expected losses.
Thresholds of PD parameters increase in the lifetime of exposures in relation to PD at origination which indicate significant increase in credit risk are established for models based on assumed methodology.
At the end of 2023 and 2022 these triggers were as follows:
Strategic clients portfolio
Corporate retail portfolio
(SME model)
Mortgages and SE&Micro portfolio
(MTG and SBF model)
Consumer Lending Portfolio
(CLN model)
Investment portfolio
Relative threshold
1
1
0.5
0.7
1
Absolute threshold
100bp
250bp
75bp
350bp
100bp
Absolute threshold – indicates maximum difference between PD at the reporting date and PD at initial recognition which triggers classification to Stage 2
Relative threshold – indicates the maximum measure of the relationship between the PD as at the reporting date and the PD from the initial recognition of the exposure, taking into account the scaling factor determined at the
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
16
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
level of a particular exposure, based on the PD from the initial recognition, beyond which the asset is classified to Stage 2.
In addition, regardless of the relative and absolute thresholds described above, the Bank has an additional condition for identifying a significant increase in credit risk - a three-fold increase in the PD parameter since the exposure was granted.
Different levels of triggers depending of the portfolio result from different characteristics of these portfolio and depend, among others, on the level of average default rates for specific portfolio.
Sensitivity analysis of expected credit losses on assumed PD threshold
In order to show the sensitivity of expected losses to the level of the adopted PD threshold, the Bank estimated the allowances for expected losses in Stages 1 and 2 with the following assumptions:
• all these financial assets would be below the PD threshold and assigned 12-month expected losses and
• all of these assets would exceed this PD threshold and have lifetime expected losses assigned to them.
These estimates show, as at 31 December 2023, hypothetical lower expected losses for Stage 1 and Stage 2 assets by approximately PLN 270 million (including PLN 190 million for corporate portfolio and PLN 90 million for retail portfolio) or higher by approximately PLN 570 million (respectively PLN 340 million for corporate portfolio and PLN 230 million for retail portfolio).
The estimates made as at 31 December 2022 showed, respectively, hypothetical lower expected losses for Stage 1 and Stage 2 assets by approximately PLN 250 million (including PLN 160 million for corporate portfolio and PLN 90 million for retail portfolio) or by approximately PLN 810 million (respectively PLN 420 million for corporate portfolio and PLN 390 million for retail portfolio).
Macroeconomic forecasts and probability weights applied to each of macroeconomic scenarios
Below are presented the macroeconomic forecasts of of key factors adopted as at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022 and the deviations of expected losses in the upside, baseline and negative scenarios from the reported expected losses, weighted by the probability of the scenarios - broken down into corporate, retail and for the entire loan portfolio. The analysis takes into account changes in the time horizon of expected losses (migrations between Stages) resulting from the macroeconomic scenarios used in the analysis. The presented deviations from reported losses do not take into account the impact of management adjustments described earlier. The macroeconomic assumptions used to determine these deviations for the base scenario are based on forecasts
prepared by the Bank’s Macroeconomic Analysis Office, with forward curves for interest rates based on year-end positions.
The tables present the results of the analysis of the change of exposure in Stages and the change of allowance coverage for the entire loan portfolio and separately for the corporate and retail portfolios.
For both the entire loan portfolio and its corporate and retail part, the selective application of a negative scenario with a weight of 100% increases the level of provisions in all Stages (1/2/3). The average increase of the allowance for the entire portfolio is about 14% compared to the average scenario used in the calculation of allowances for 2023. The increase of provisions in this scenario is mainly caused by the migration of exposures to Stage 2 caused mainly by negative GDP growth in the short term and moderate increase of the unemployment rate.
If a 100% weight were applied, for the positive scenario there would be a decrease of allowance by approx. 8% on the entire portfolio (for corporate portfolio by 9% and for retail portfolio by 5%). A positive effect of GDP growth and stable values of other variables are observed here (unemployment rate: about 2%, interest rate: 7-8%).
The application of a weight of 100% for the base scenario remains almost neutral for the amount of provisions (decrease by 1% on the entire portfolio).
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
17
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
t otal loan portfolio
Expected losses weighted by probability – deviation from losses reported in %
Reported expected losses
(collective assessment in Stage 1, 2 and 3)
2024
2025
2026
Total
by Stages
Change in the share of Stage 2 in relation to the entire portfolio in %
Weight assigned to the scenario to determine the reported expected losses
Total
by Stages
GDP
5.4%
4.6%
4.6%
Unemployment
2.2%
2.2%
2.0%
Real estate price index
5.6%
5.4%
7.8%
Upside scenario
3 months’ interest rate
7.0%
7.9%
8.1%
-8%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-14%
-20%
-2%
-6%
100%
GDP
2.5%
3.5%
3.0%
Unemployment
3.0%
3.0%
3.0%
Real estate price index
3.7%
4.1%
6.0%
Baseline scenario
3 months’ interest rate
4.4%
4.4%
4.6%
-1%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-4%
-4%
0%
-1%
100%
GDP
-1.7%
1.5%
0.9%
Unemployment
4.7%
5.9%
7.1%
Real estate price index
-1.9%
2.2%
3.9%
Negative scenario
3 months’ interest rate
2.8%
2.3%
2.2%
14%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
9%
48%
2%
54%
100%
2,374.5
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
361.5
614.3
1,398.7
corporate portfolio
Expected losses weighted by probability – deviation from losses reported in %
Reported expected losses
(collective assessment in Stage 1, 2 and 3)
2024
2025
2026
Total
by Stages
Change in the share of Stage 2 in relation to the entire portfolio in %
Weight assigned to the scenario to determine the reported expected losses
Total
by Stages
GDP
5.4%
4.6%
4.6%
Unemployment
2.2%
2.2%
2.0%
Real estate price index
5.6%
5.4%
7.8%
Upside scenario
3 months’ interest rate
7.0%
7.9%
8.1%
-9%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-18%
-25%
-1%
-5%
100%
GDP
2.5%
3.5%
3.0%
Unemployment
3.0%
3.0%
3.0%
Real estate price index
3.7%
4.1%
6.0%
Baseline scenario
3 months’ interest rate
4.4%
4.4%
4.6%
-2%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-6%
-5%
0%
-1%
100%
GDP
-1.7%
1.5%
0.9%
Unemployment
4.7%
5.9%
7.1%
Real estate price index
-1.9%
2.2%
3.9%
Negative scenario
3 months’ interest rate
2.8%
2.3%
2.2%
19%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
10%
63%
1%
64%
100%
1,444.4
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
228.8
413.0
802.6
2022
t otal loan portfolio
Expected losses weighted by probability – deviation from losses reported in %
Reported expected losses
(collective assessment in Stage 1, 2 and 3)
2023
2024
2025
Total
by Stages
Change in the share of Stage 2 in relation to the entire portfolio in %
Weight assigned to the scenario to determine the reported expected losses
Total
by Stages
GDP
4.2%
4.3%
5.2%
Unemployment
2.1%
2.2%
1.8%
Real estate price index
2.1%
3.9%
5.0%
Upside scenario
3 months’ interest rate
10.2%
10.2%
9.9%
-9%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-26%
-16%
-2%
-17%
20%
GDP
1.5%
3.3%
3.5%
Unemployment
3.1%
2.9%
2.8%
Real estate price index
0.3%
2.5%
3.2%
Baseline scenario
3 months’ interest rate
8.0%
7.3%
7.1%
-5%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
4%
-20%
0%
-17%
60%
GDP
-2.8%
1.1%
1.5%
Unemployment
4.6%
5.9%
6.9%
Real estate price index
-5.1%
0.6%
1.2%
Negative scenario
3 months’ interest rate
6.7%
5.4%
4.6%
21%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
17%
63%
3%
104%
20%
2,256.6
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
408.3
783.8
1,064.5
corporate portfolio
Expected losses weighted by probability – deviation from losses reported in %
Reported expected losses
(collective assessment in Stage 1, 2 and 3)
2023
2024
2025
Total
by Stages
Change in the share of Stage 2 in relation to the entire portfolio in %
Weight assigned to the scenario to determine the reported expected losses
Total
by Stages
GDP
4.2%
4.3%
5.2%
Unemployment
2.1%
2.2%
1.8%
Real estate price index
2.1%
3.9%
5.0%
Upside scenario
3 months’ interest rate
10.2%
10.2%
9.9%
-13%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-45%
-20%
-2%
-20%
20%
GDP
1.5%
3.3%
3.5%
Unemployment
3.1%
2.9%
2.8%
Real estate price index
0.3%
2.5%
3.2%
Baseline scenario
3 months’ interest rate
8.0%
7.3%
7.1%
-4%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-15%
-6%
0%
-7%
60%
GDP
-2.8%
1.1%
1.5%
Unemployment
4.6%
5.9%
6.9%
Real estate price index
-5.1%
0.6%
1.2%
Negative scenario
3 months’ interest rate
6.7%
5.4%
4.6%
32%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
29%
90%
3%
129%
20%
1,316.4
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
237.3
535.3
543.7
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
18
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
retail portfolio
Expected losses weighted by probability – deviation from losses reported in %
Reported expected losses
(collective assessment in Stage 1, 2 and 3)
2024
2025
2026
Total
by Stages
Change in the share of Stage 2 in relation to the entire portfolio in %
Weight assigned to the scenario to determine the reported expected losses
Total
by Stages
GDP
5.4%
4.6%
4.6%
Unemployment
2.2%
2.2%
2.0%
Real estate price index
5.6%
5.4%
7.8%
Upside scenario
3 months’ interest rate
7.0%
7.9%
8.1%
-5%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-8%
-11%
-3%
-9%
100%
GDP
2.5%
3.5%
3.0%
Unemployment
3.0%
3.0%
3.0%
Real estate price index
3.7%
4.1%
6.0%
Baseline scenario
3 months’ interest rate
4.4%
4.4%
4.6%
0%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
0%
-2%
0%
-2%
100%
GDP
-1.7%
1.5%
0.9%
Unemployment
4.7%
5.9%
7.1%
Real estate price index
-1.9%
2.2%
3.9%
Negative scenario
3 months’ interest rate
2.8%
2.3%
2.2%
7%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
8%
17%
3%
12%
100%
930.1
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
132.7
201.3
596.1
2022
retail portfolio
Expected losses weighted by probability – deviation from losses reported in %
Reported expected losses
(collective assessment in Stage 1, 2 and 3)
2023
2024
2025
Total
by Stages
Change in the share of Stage 2 in relation to the entire portfolio in %
Weight assigned to the scenario to determine the reported expected losses
Total
by Stages
GDP
4.2%
4.3%
5.2%
Unemployment
2.1%
2.2%
1.8%
Real estate price index
2.1%
3.9%
5.0%
Upside scenario
3 months’ interest rate
10.2%
10.2%
9.9%
-4%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-5%
-10%
-2%
-4%
20%
GDP
1.5%
3.3%
3.5%
Unemployment
3.1%
2.9%
2.8%
Real estate price index
0.3%
2.5%
3.2%
Baseline scenario
3 months’ interest rate
8.0%
7.3%
7.1%
-6%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
25%
-42%
-1%
-55%
60%
GDP
-2.8%
1.1%
1.5%
Unemployment
4.6%
5.9%
6.9%
Real estate price index
-5.1%
0.6%
1.2%
Negative scenario
3 months’ interest rate
6.7%
5.4%
4.6%
8%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
4%
21%
4%
9%
20%
1,035.6
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
194.4
295.3
545.9
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
19
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
3.1.2. Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
The assessment in this respect is based on the estimation of the recoverable value of the asset, which is the value in use or the value of sales less direct costs of sale, depending on which of the above-mentioned values at the time of the review is higher.
The value in use of an asset (or a cash-generating unit when the recoverable amount of an asset item forming joint assets cannot be determined) is estimated, among others, through adoption of estimate assumptions for amounts, times of future cash flows which the Bank may generate from a given fixed asset (or a cash-generating unit) and other factors. To determine the value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value at pre-tax discount rate, which reflects the current market expectations as regards value of money and the specific risk of a given assets item.
When estimating the fair value less costs of sale, the Bank makes use of relevant market data available or valuations made by independent appraisers, which, in principle, are also based on estimates.
The relevant recording rules were delineated in chapter III. Significant accounting principles , in item 14.4 . Impairment of other non-financial assets .
Detailed information on the impairment test in relation to goodwill is presented in additional note 24 . Intangible assets .
3.2. Deferred tax asset for unused tax loss
The Bank recognizes a deferred tax asset for deductible temporary differences and unsettled tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible differences can be offset and tax losses settled. Based on the forecast of the Bank's tax results for the years 2024-2027, it was estimated that the Bank will generate sufficient taxable income to reduce the tax base by the full amount of the tax loss. Therefore, the Bank recognized the full amount of the tax loss in the deferred tax asset. At the end of 2023, the deferred tax asset related to unsettled tax losses amounted to PLN 516.2 million (PLN 1,034.5 million at the end of 2022).
3.3. Measurement of financial instruments not quoted in active markets
The fair value of financial instruments not quoted in active markets is measured using valuation models. For non- option derivatives, the models based on discounted cash flows apply. Options are measured using appropriate option valuation models. Valuation models used by the Bank are verified prior to their usage.
As a rule, in models the Bank uses observable data from active markets. However, in certain circumstances, to choose the right valuation parameter, the Bank makes an estimate by comparing a given instrument to another one present in another market but having similar or identical features. Application of the prudence principle requiring to choose the lower value of assets and the higher value of liabilities as being more probable – especially in the conditions of lower liquidity or/and volatility in financial markets – is fundamental in the valuation made under this approach. Change of assumptions concerning these factors may impact valuation of some financial instruments.
Sensitivity analysis of the valuation of financial instruments not listed on active markets is presented in additional note 35 . Fair value .
3.4. Provisions for retirement and pension benefit
The Bank establishes the provisions for retirement and pension benefit in accordance with IAS 19. The provision for retirement and pension benefit awarded as part of the benefits under the Labour Code regulations is calculated using the actuarial method by an independent actuary as the present value of the future long-term Bank’s obligations towards its employees considering the headcount and payroll status as at the update date.
The provisions are calculated based on a range of assumptions, relating to both discount rates and projected salary rises as well as to staff rotation, death risk and others. The assumptions are verified as at the end of the accounting year.
The tables below show the sensitivity of the model to the values of each assumption as at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022. The value of pension provisions recognised in the Bank’s books as at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022, respectively, is presented as a base variant.
Assumptions adopted for the valuation:
− discount rate – 5.40%,
− long-term wage growth rate – 5.00%.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
20
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
Provisions for retirement and pension benefit (in PLN million)
lower bracket
base variant
upper bracket
Discount rate (-1% / base variant / + 1%)
80.4
88.7
98.4
Deviation from the assumed dynamics of changes in salaries (- 0.5% / base variant / +0.5%)
83.9
88.7
93.7
2022
Provisions for retirement and pension benefit (in PLN million)
lower bracket
base variant
upper bracket
Discount rate (-1% / base variant / + 1%)
63.9
70.2
77.5
Deviation from the assumed dynamics of changes in salaries (- 0.5% / base variant / +0.5%)
66.5
70.2
74.0
3.5. Lease period for perpetual contracts
The lease period was determined taking into account the option of extension and shortening available in the concluded contracts, if the option is likely to be used. In the case of contracts concluded for an indefinite period with the option of termination for both parties to the contract, the Bank assessed whether there are significant costs of withdrawal from the contract. The contracts for an indefinite period owned by the Bank are primarily property lease contracts. If there are no significant costs, the notice period for both parties to the contract has been set as the lease period. If the costs of leaving the contract are significant, the Bank has adopted a period of 4 years as the lease period. The adopted period results from the strategy of physical presence in a given location, ensuring flexibility and business efficiency, and taking into account changing expectations and preferences of the customers.
The adopted estimates do not have a significant impact on the value of assets under the right of use. As at 31 December 2023, a change in the lease term by 1 year results in a change in the value of assets by approx. PLN 8.2 million (approx. PLN 7.3 million as at 31 December 2022).
3.6. Write-downs and portfolio provisions related to the portfolio of mortgage loans indexed to the CHF exchange rate
As at 31 December 2023 and as at 31 December 2022, the Bank held receivables due to CHF-indexed retail mortgage loans. The table below presents the number and individual elements comprising the gross and net balance sheet value of these receivables.
Additionally, as at 31 December 2023, the Bank estimated a provision for legal risk of CHF-indexed mortgage loans in the amount of PLN 128.4 million, which pertains to CHF-indexed mortgage loans removed from the statement of financial position and parts of loans recognised in the statement of financial position, for which the estimated loss value exceeds the gross exposure. As at 31 December 2022, the provision amounted to PLN 53.7 million and related entirely to CHF-indexed mortgage loans removed from the statement of financial position. This provision is presented under Liabilities in the item Provisions (explanatory note 31 ).
as at 31 December
2023
2022
number of contracts (in pieces)
2,753
3,318
capital balance
583.6
719.0
the amount of the adjustment to the gross carrying amount
-510.2
-581.6
other elements of the gross carrying amount (interest, ESP)
3.1
2.1
gross carrying amount
76.5
139.5
impairment for expected credit losses
-7.6
-16.2
Net carrying amount of CHF-indexed mortgage loans
68.9
123.3
Provision for legal risk of CHF-indexed mortgage loans
128.4
53.7
As at 31 December 2023, the number of CHF-indexed mortgage loan agreements removed from the statement of financial position, excluding closed agreements as a result of cancellation of the agreement by the court or as a result of conversion to PLN loans in connection with the settlement (for more details, see the settlement programme in explanatory note 31 . Provisions ), amounted to 2,479 (2,373 as at 31 December 2022) and the corresponding disbursement amount was PLN 351.8 million (PLN 342.9 million as at 31 December 2022).
As at 31 December 2023, there were 1,389 court cases pending against the Bank (1,041 cases at the end of 2022) in connection with concluded CHF-indexed loan agreements in PLN. The outstanding principal of the mortgage loans to which the proceedings related was PLN 290.6 million as at 31 December 2023 (PLN 251.8 million at the end of 2022). By 31 December 2023, 384 court cases had ended with a final court judgement.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
21
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Changes in the period regarding the estimation of the adjustment/provision for legal risk, both in relation to loans in the Bank’s portfolio and in relation to repaid loans, the Bank presents in the statement of profit or loss in the item Cost of legal risk of FX mortgage loans (explanatory note 10 . ).
The table below presents the change in 2023 and 2022:
− in gross carrying amount adjustments for CHF-indexed mortgage loans recognised in the statement of financial position, and
− in provision for legal risk of CHF-indexed mortgage loans.
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
an adjustment to the gross carrying amount for loans recognized in the statement of financial position
provision for legal risk of CHF-indexed mortgage loans
an adjustment to the gross carrying amount for loans recognized in the statement of financial position
provision for legal risk of CHF-indexed mortgage loans
Balance at the beginning of the period
581.6
53.7
345.6
37.6
Changes in the period, including:
-71.4
74.7
236.0
16.1
provisions recognised/ reversed
93.5
11.6
271.5
21.4
transfer between provisions*
-73.1
73.1
-3.0
3.0
utilisation, including from settlements
-80.9
-10.0
-82.0
-8.3
FX differences
-10.9
-
49.5
-
Balance at the end of the period
510.2
128.4
581.6
53.7
*) In 2023, the Bank changed the presentation of the part of the loss, previously recognised as an adjustment to the gross carrying amount of loans recognised in the statement of financial position , in relation to loans for which the estimated loss value exceeded the gross exposure, to the provision for legal risk of CHF-indexed mortgage loans .
The amount of the adjustment to the gross carrying amount due to legal risk for the portfolio of CHF-indexed mortgage loans presented in the statement of financial position and the amount of provisions relating to legal risk for CHF-indexed mortgage loans already removed from the statement of financial position depends on many variables, i.e. the scale of settlements with borrowers, the expected number of future disputes, possible future legal settlements, ended with a nullifying judgement and the distribution of probabilities of individual scenarios.
As at 31 December 2023, a portfolio approach was used to estimate the adjustment to the gross carrying amount related to the portfolio of CHF-indexed mortgage loans recognised in the statement of financial position and to
estimate the provision for the assets related to CHF-indexed mortgage loans removed from the statements resulting from legal risk related to these loans.
The adjustment to the gross carrying amount of the CHF portfolio is aimed at reflecting the actual and expected changed cash flows resulting from the agreement (this approach results from the fact that the legal risk related to the portfolio of CHF-indexed mortgage loans changes the estimation of payments on these assets, and the introduction of a correction to the gross carrying amount will allow for the presentation of the gross carrying amount at a value that will reflect the actual and expected changed cash flows resulting from the agreement).
For financial assets that have already been removed from the statement of financial position, the creation of provisions for legal risk on a portfolio basis results from the assessment of the probability of a cash outflow.
As at 31 December 2023, potential losses due to legal risk are estimated as probability-weighted average of three scenarios - base, positive and negative - taking into account the estimated probability of occurrence. The scenarios on which the estimation is based are diversified in terms of the expected number of court cases (calculated on the basis of the Bank’s professional judgement resulting from the Bank’s experience to date and an analysis of the current market situation with regard to cases ended with a annulling judgement), as well as the scale of settlements with customers expected by the Bank.
As at 31 December 2023, for the portfolio of CHF-indexed mortgage loans recognised in the statement of financial position, the Bank assumes in each scenario that for a specific part of the portfolio there may be:
• cancellation of the loan agreement after the end of the final court proceedings or
• conversion of loans indexed to CHF to loans denominated in PLN (whose interest rate is determined based on the WIBOR rate) through voluntary settlements.
The calculation of losses in the event of cancellation of the loan agreement is based on the assumption that the Bank will refund instalments to the customer and return the principal of the loan granted to the Bank by the customer, without taking into account the recovery by the Bank of remuneration for the borrower’s use of the capital. This solution, depending on the scenario, covers from 60% to 75% of the portfolio of CHF-indexed mortgage loans included in the statement of financial position, which are not subject to legal proceedings. For CHF-indexed mortgage loans recognised in the statement of financial position being the subject of litigation, the Bank recognised the full loss resulting from the annulment. The positive, baseline and negative scenarios differ in the number of litigation cases and the size of the settlement portfolio, and the weights of the different scenarios are equal.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
22
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
The calculation of losses in the case of conversion of loans from CHF-indexed to PLN-denominated through voluntary settlements was made in accordance with current estimates and terms of the settlements offered by the Bank with the right to remuneration. This solution, depending on the scenario, covers from 5% to 15% of the CHF- indexed mortgage portfolio recognised in the statement of financial position.
As at 31 December 2023, for financial assets already removed from the statement of financial position, the Bank assumes in each scenario that for a specific part of the portfolio there may be a cancellation of the loan agreement after the end of the legally binding court proceedings. The calculation of losses in the event of cancellation of a loan agreement is analogous to the CHF-indexed mortgage portfolio recognised in the statement of financial position. This solution, depending on the scenario, covers 11% to 19% of financial assets already removed from the statement of financial position, which are not subject to legal proceedings. For mortgage loans already removed from the statement of financial position being the subject of litigation, the Bank recognised the full loss resulting from the annulment. The positive, baseline and negative scenarios differ in their assumptions about the number of contentious cases, and the weights of the individual scenarios are equal.
The change in the estimate due to the adjustment to the gross carrying amount of mortgage loans indexed to CHF recognised in the statement of financial position and the provision for financial assets already removed from the statement of financial position in 2023 compared to their balance as at 31 December 2022 resulted from the periodic review of the main assumptions of the calculation, taking into account the expected number of new litigation cases and the update of other model parameters.
The main source of uncertainty for the above estimates is the number of litigation cases and the propensity of clients to conclude settlements in accordance with the programme offered by the Bank.
As at 31 December 2023:
• a change in the share of the portfolio of loans subject to voluntary settlements by +/-5 p.p. at the expense of the share of the portfolio of loans not affected by loss would result in a change in the level of gross carrying amount adjustment for CHF-indexed mortgage loans recognised in the statement of financial position by +/- PLN 7 million (compared to +/-PLN 21 million as at 31 December 2022),
• a change in the share of the portfolio of loans affected by cancellation of the loan agreement by +/-5 p.p. at the expense of the share of the portfolio of loans not affected by loss would result in a change in the level of gross carrying amount adjustment for CHF-indexed mortgage loans recognised in the statement of financial position by +/-PLN 17 million (compared to +/-PLN 38 million as at 31 December 2022),
• a change in the share of the portfolio of loans covered by voluntary settlements at the expense of the share of the portfolio of loans affected by the cancellation of the loan agreement by +/- 5 p.p. would result in a change in the level of gross carrying amount adjustment for CHF-indexed mortgage loans included in the statement of financial position by +/-PLN 10 million (compared to +/-PLN 18 million as at 31 December 2022),
• a change in the share of loans removed from the financial statements affected by the cancellation of the loan agreement at the expense of the share of loans removed from the financial statements not affected by loss by +/- 5 p.p. would result in a change in the provision for legal risk for mortgage loans indexed to CHF already removed from the statement of financial position by +/-PLN 11 million (compared to +/-PLN 11 million as at 31 December 2022).
As at 31 December 2023, the impairment losses on expected credit losses on the portfolio of mortgage loans indexed to the CHF exchange rate resulting from recognition of these loans in Stage 1 amounted to PLN 0.3 million, PLN 2.6 million in Stage 2 and PLN 4.6 million in Stage 3. For comparison, as at 31 December 2022, the provisions resulting from the recognition of the aforementioned loans in Stage 1 amounted to PLN 1.0 million, PLN 8.9 million in Stage 2 and PLN 6.3 million in Stage 3.
3.7. Returns of part of the cost of credit resulting from prepayments of consumer loans
On 11 September 2019, the European Court of Justice (CJEU) announced a judgement on consumer credit agreements, which included guidelines on the correct settlement of the total cost of consumer credit in the event of early repayment. After the publication of the above-mentioned judgement, the President of UOKiK presented his position, in which he fully shared the findings of the CJEU judgement.
In connection with the CJEU judgement and the UOKiK statement in 2019, the Bank adapted its activities to the current interpretation of the regulations as follows:
• Salary refunds regarding loans repaid by 11 September 2019 are based on the complaint path. The Bank estimated the expected outflows resulting from the reimbursement of commissions to customers and created a provision for this in 2019 in the amount of PLN 17.1 million. As at 31 December 2023, there was no change in the estimates in relation to the reimbursement of commissions made on the complaint path. An increase or decrease in the number of complaints by 10% would result in an increase or decrease in the provision by PLN 1.7 million, respectively. As at 31 December 2023, the provision amounted to PLN 5.8 million (PLN 6.5 million as at 31 December 2022).
• With regard to prepayments made from 11 September 2019, the Bank reimburses commissions collected after the customer has made early loan repayment using the proportional method. These revenues are
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
23
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
recognised using the effective interest rate method, which is characterised by a faster rate of recognition of revenues than the linear method used to calculate the return. In order to correctly take into account the impact on the measurement of receivables and financial result, the Bank estimated the difference between the settlement of revenues using the effective rate method and the linear method based on expected commission returns using historical data on loan prepayment profiles with different maturities. In 2023, the gross value of consumer loans and mortgage loans measured at amortised cost increased by PLN 4.4 million to the total amount of PLN 17.4 million, which decreased the gross value (in 2022 it was PLN 4.9 million and PLN 21.8 million, respectively).
4. Measurement of subsidiaries and associates in separate financial statements
In the Bank’s separate financial statements, investments in the Bank’s subsidiaries and associates are initially recognised at cost, and then accounted for using the equity method. The investment includes goodwill (net of any accumulated impairment losses), as at the acquisition date.
Unrealised gains on transactions between the Bank and these entities are eliminated proportionally to the Bank’s share in these entities. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of impairment of the transferred asset.
At the end of each reporting period, the Bank assesses the existence of indications that indicate whether there has been an impairment of investments made in subsidiaries and associates.
5. Foreign currency
5.1. The functional currency and the presentation currency
Items included in the Bank’s financial statements are measured in the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates ("functional currency"). The financial statements are presented in PLN, which is the functional currency and the presentation currency of the Bank.
5.2. Transactions in foreign currency
Transactions expressed in foreign currencies are translated at FX rate prevailing at the transaction date. The financial assets and liabilities, being result of the said transactions and denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the FX rate prevailing on a given day. The foreign exchange differences resulting from the settlements of the said transactions and the balance sheet valuation of the financial assets and liabilities denominated in foreign
currency are recognised in the statement of profit or loss in the specific item FX result , which is an element of Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result .
Foreign exchange differences under changes to the fair value of debt financial instruments classified as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income are recognised in accumulated comprehensive income relating to financial assets classified to this financial category.
6. Net interest income
Interest income and expense for all financial instruments are recognised in the income statement.
Revenue from interest on financial assets measured at amortised cost and measured at fair value through other comprehensive income is recognised in the income statement at amortised cost using the effective interest rate or effective interest rate adjusted for credit risk.
The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts the estimated future cash inflows or payments made in the expected period until the expiry of the financial instrument, and in justified cases in the shorter period, to the net carrying amount of the asset or financial liability.
When calculating the effective interest rate, the Bank estimates the cash flow, taking into account all the provisions of the financial instrument contract; however, it does not take into account potential future losses related to bad loans. The calculation includes all fees and commissions paid and received by the parties to the contract that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other bonuses and discounts.
Potential future credit losses are only taken into account for financial assets that are impaired due to credit risk at the time of initial recognition. The above is aimed at calculating the effective interest rate adjusted for credit risk.
Interest income includes interest and commissions (received or due) included in the calculation of the effective interest rate on: loans with repayment schedules, interbank deposits and securities.
In the case of financial assets or a group of similar financial assets classified under Stage 3, interest income is accrued from the present value of the receivable (i.e. value reduced by an impairment loss) using the interest rate used to discount future cash flows for the purpose of estimating impairment losses.
Interest income / expense on derivatives designated as hedging instruments in hedge accounting including interest income/expense from settlements of the price alignment amout resulting from the service in accordance with the settled-to-market approach are presented in Net interest income .
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
24
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
7. Commission income and costs
Commission income arises from providing financial services by the Bank and comprises i.a. fees for extending a loan, the Bank’s commitment to extend a loan, cards issue, cash management services, brokerage services, insurance products-related services and asset management services. Commission income comprises also margins on FX derivatives transactions.
Fees and commissions (both income and expenses) directly attributed to origination of financial assets with repayment schedule are recognised in the statement of profit or loss as effective interest rate component and are part of the interest income.
The Bank recognizes the following effective interest rate-adjusting commissions:
• commissions for application review and credit commitment letter issue,
• commissions for limit/ overdraft granted,
• commissions for granting loan or limit/ overdraft,
• commission for restructured loan processing,
• commission for amending the credit agreement as to the amount, currency or schedule of repayments,
• costs of credit and cash loan agency commissions.
Other commissions attributed to origination of financial assets without the repayment schedule are settled using a straight-line method throughout the agreement term.
The Bank recognizes the following commissions as the ones cleared on a straight-line basis:
• the commissions described as the commissions adjusting the effective interest rate for the loans for whose commissions no cash flows can be estimated (first of all, current account overdrafts, working capital loans and revolving loans),
• commissions for issuing, confirming or prolonging the time and increasing the amount of guarantees or letters of credit,
• commissions for multi-facility agreements,
• commissions for the loan or limit/ overdraft granted to start another lending year.
Fees on commitment to extend a cash loan, which is likely to be taken, are deferred and as at the date of financial assets origination are settled as the component of effective interest rate or using straight-line method based on the above mentioned criterion.
Other fees and commissions relating to the financial services offered by the Bank – like cash management services, brokerage services and asset management services – are recognised in the income statement including the five steps approach:
1) identify the contract with a customer,
2) identify individual performance obligations in the contract,
3) determine the transaction price,
4) allocate the transaction price to individual performance obligations,
5) recognise income when (or as) each performance obligation is satisfied.
Based on the performed analysis, the Bank recognised commission and fee income:
• once the service has been delivered (also for upfront fees) i.e. at transfer of the control over the goods or services,
• over time, if the service delivery is over time,
• at point-in-time, when the Bank performs a key operation,
• when there is an actual benefit from the perspective of the customer.
After (or during) satisfaction of the performance obligations, the Bank recognises as income the amount which equals the transaction price, that was allocated to this individual performance obligation.
Commission income that was accrued and is due but was not paid on time is derecognised from the Bank’s financial result upon the lapse of 90 days.
Income and costs under bancassurance commission
Fees and commission related to insurance products are recognised in the income statement according to their economic content and classified as:
• commissions being part and parcel of a fee under a financial instrument wherewith the insurance product is linked,
• fee for agency service, and
• fee for additional services after the insurance product sale.
Prior to implementation of the insurance product, in order to recognise it properly in the statement of profit or loss, the Bank analyses features of the insurance product and also the link between the insurance product and the
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
25
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
banking product. In this analysis, the Bank takes account of the prevalence of the economic content over the legal form. The factors analysed by the Bank include but are not limited to:
• manner in which an insurance product is offered, option of purchasing a banking product without the insurance product as well as option of purchasing only the insurance product at the Bank,
• pricing conditions of the two products sold together and separately,
• profitability of the insurance and banking products sold together and separately,
• sales target of combined products versus sales target of the same banking products sold without insurance,
• option of concluding an insurance agreement outside the Bank,
• number of resignations and the value of refunded insurance premiums,
• settlement cycle with a client,
• scope of activities performed by the Bank for the insurer and their duration.
Insurance products offered with loans are treated by the Bank as linked to lending products, mainly because of lack of the possibility to purchase at the Bank an insurance product without a loan or a cash loan.
For the absolute majority of insurance products linked with lending products functioning at the Bank, the income on insurance products is earned based on monthly settlements with both the insurer and the client. Since the client may resign at any time from the insurance coverage for the following month, the Bank treats such insurance as renewed each month and settled for each month separately.
Therefore, the income on insurance products settled monthly is recognised in the income statement also on a monthly basis. The Bank recognises the income on such insurance in the commission income on insurance products. The Bank analogically presents the costs directly related to these insurance products. Such an approach ensures compliance with the matching principle.
The Bank applies an analogical approach to real property insurance with mortgage loans. Taking account of the materiality principle, the Bank presents full income on this insurance in the net commission income.
Most insurance products linked with the Bank’s deposit products (current accounts and savings accounts) use the monthly-settlement structure. Therefore, the income on insurance products settled monthly is recognised in the income statement also on a monthly basis. The Bank recognises the income on such insurance in the commission income on insurance products.
Commissions under insurance products not linked to banking products are recognised in the income statement:
• on a straight-line basis during the insurance policy term – if the Bank, apart from other sales operations, also provides additional services during the insurance term,
• on a one-off basis – if the Bank does not provide any additional services during the insurance policy term.
Should there be a risk of refund of the fee under the insurance product, the Bank decreases its income by the amounts of estimated provisions. The provisions for refunds are established based on the historical data on actual refunds made in the past and based on projections as to the amount of refunds in the future.
8. Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result
Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result includes gains and losses arising from disposal and change of fair value of assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss at initial recognition excluding interest rate derivatives designated as hedging instruments in strategies based on hedge accounting principles.
Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result also includes fair value adjustments for pre-settlement credit risk and analogous risk generated by the Bank (bilateral value adjustment).
9. Net income on the sale of financial assets and dividend income
Net income on the sale of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income consists of realised gains and losses arising from the sale of debt securities and loans measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and dividend income.
Revenue from dividends is recognised in the income statement on the date of determining the shareholders' rights to receive them.
The result on the sale of securities measured at amortized cost consists of the realized profits and losses arising from the sale of debt securities measured at amortized cost.
10. Net (loss)/income on hedge accounting
This item includes the measurement of hedged and hedging transactions in fair value hedging accounting and the net income on measurement of hedging instruments in the ineffective part of hedge relationship of cash flows hedge accounting.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
26
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
11. Net (loss)/income on other basic activities
Net income on other basic activities includes cost and income not attributed directly to Bank’s banking and brokerage activity. These include in particular: net income due to sale of assets (non-current assets and intangible assets), income on sales of other services, income due to recovered bad debts, received and paid damages, penalties and fines.
12. Factoring services
The Bank provides factoring services in local and international trade. Handling and financing receivables as well as risk management are their essence. In addition, as part of factoring activities, the Bank provides additional services, in the field of financial limits for debtors, debt collection and taking over commercial risk. Domestic factoring without taking over risk (with recourse) is the dominant form of factoring activity of the Bank.
Interest income and commissions included in the calculation of the effective interest rate are recognized in the income statement under Net interest income , and other commission income under Net commission income .
13. Financial assets and liabilities
13.1. Initial recognition
The Bank recognizes a financial asset or liability in the statement of financial position when it becomes bound by the provisions of the contract of this instrument.
Purchase and sale transactions of financial assets measured at amortised cost, measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and measured at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in accordance with the accounting method adopted for all such operations on the transaction settlement date – the date on which the asset is delivered to the unit or delivered by the unit. Loans and receivables are recognised upon disbursement of funds to the borrower.
Upon initial recognition, a financial asset or financial liability is measured at fair value, increased in the case of a financial asset or liability not classified as measured at fair value through profit or loss, by significant transaction costs that can be directly attributed to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset or financial liability.
13.2. Classification of financial assets
The Bank classifies financial assets into one of the following categories:
• measured at amortised cost,
• measured at fair value through other comprehensive income,
• measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Financial assets measured at amortised cost
Financial assets shall be measured at amortised cost if both of the following conditions are met and is not designated to be measured at fair value through profit or loss:
• the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows and
• the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
Debt financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
Financial asset shall be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income if both of the following conditions are met and it is not designated for measurement measured at fair value through profit or loss:
• the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows and sell financial assets and
• the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
Equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
Equity instruments are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income in a situation where, upon initial recognition in the Bank’s books, an irrevocable decision has been made to designate a specific investment to be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
27
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
All financial assets that do not meet the criteria for classification to financial assets measured at amortised cost or financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income are classified as financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Business model assessment
The Bank assesses the objectives of the business model at the level of the Bank’s unit that manages financial assets and is a so-called business owner of the particular financial assets portfolio. The following business models are identified for managing the financial assets i.e. in order to:
• collect contractual cash flows,
• collect contractual cash flows and sell financial assets,
• other (e.g.: in order to maximize profits on sales).
The business models are established at the level which is the best reflection of the Bank approach to management of financial assets in order to fulfil business objectives and generate cash flows.
During assessment, the Bank verifies all areas of Bank’s units activities identified as business owners of a particular portfolio of financial assets and which may have influence on the decisions taken with regard to holding assets in the Bank’s portfolio, including but not limited to:
• assumptions of the product offer,
• organisational chart of a Bank’s unit,
• assumptions of assessment of the performance of the particular assets portfolio (e.g.: approach to planning, management information assumptions, key assessment indicators),
• approach to compensation of the key managers in relation to portfolio performance or cash flows generated on the portfolio,
• the risk generated by the assets portfolio and approach to management of those risks,
• assessment of sales activities from assets portfolio (frequency, volume and reasons for the sales), and
• assessment of expectations regarding sales activities in the future.
The Bank permits the sales of financial assets held to collect contractual cash flows, due to the following reasons:
• increase of credit risk,
• sales close to maturity,
• infrequent sales,
• sales insignificant in value.
The Bank took the following assumptions:
• Sales close to maturity means the sales of financial assets whose:
− original maturity is more than 1 year and sales occurs less than 6 months before maturity date,
− original maturity is less than 1 year and sales occurs less than 3 months before maturity date.
• infrequent sales means that the number of sales compared to the average number of items in the business model is less than 10%,
• insignificant in value means for which both the value of the sales compared to the total value of the business model and the net gains from the sales compared to the total net interest income of the business model is less than 10%.
Assessment of cash flow characteristics
In order to assess the cash flow characteristics the Bank formulated the following definitions:
• principal – means fair value of the financial asset at initial recognition in the Bank’s books,
• interest – means the payment including consideration for:
− time value of money,
− credit risk resulting from principal amount outstanding within a specified period,
− other basic lending risks and costs (e.g. liquidity risk and administrative costs), and
− profit margin.
The assessment is to confirm that the realised cash flows are solely repayment of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. The Bank verifies the contractual terms, which have influence on the timing of realised cash flows and the amount of the cash flow realised on particular financial asset.
In particular the Bank verifies the following conditions:
• contingent events which have influence on the timing and the amount of cash
• leverage,
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
28
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
• prepayment or funding extension conditions,
• non-recourse conditions for the realised cash flows,
• terms that modified the consideration for time value of money.
The assessment of the conditions that modified the time value of money is conducted based on qualitative or quantitative analysis.
In case the qualitative assessment does not provide the conclusions as to the realised cash flow characteristics, the Bank performs a quantitative assessment. The quantitative assessment is based on comparison of the difference between:
• undiscounted contractual cash flows and
• undiscounted cash flows that would arise at benchmark asset that not include the conditions modifying consideration for time value of money.
If the difference between assessed cash flows is significant, then the verified asset will be obligatorily classified to measurement measured at fair value through profit or loss, as the realised cash flows are not solely repayments of principal and interest on principal amount outstanding.
13.3. Classification of financial liabilities
The Bank classifies financial liabilities into one of the following categories:
• measured at fair value through profit or loss,
• measured at amortised cost,
• financial guarantees.
Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
Derivatives that are liabilities and financial liabilities recognised as a result of the short sale of securities are measured after initial recognition measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
Financial liabilities being a contractual obligation to deliver cash or other financial asset to another entity not measured at fair value through profit or loss, being a deposit or loan received or a financial liability recognised in the result on financial asset sales transaction that cannot be derecognised from the statement of financial position.
Financial guarantees
A financial guarantee is a contract under which the issuer undertakes to make specified payments to the beneficiary to compensate the beneficiary for losses caused by the failure of a specified debtor to make repayments under the original or modified terms of a debt instrument contract.
13.4. Derecognition
The Bank derecognizes a financial asset when, and only when: the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire or the Bank transfers the financial asset and the transfer qualifies for derecognition.
The Bank transfers a financial asset if and only if it:
• transfers the contractual rights to receive cash flows, or
• retains contractual rights to receive cash flows but assumes a contractual obligation to remit the cash flows.
In a situation where the Bank retains contractual rights to cash flows but assumes a contractual obligation to transfer these cash flows to a third party, the Bank treats such a transaction as a transfer of a financial asset only if all of the following three conditions are met:
• the Bank is not required to pay the final recipients until it receives the corresponding amounts resulting from the original asset,
• under the transfer agreement, the Bank may not sell or pledge the original asset other than a security for the obligation to transfer cash flows established for the benefit of final recipients,
• the Bank is required to remit all the cash flows received from the original asset without material delay.
When transferring a financial asset, the Bank assesses the extent to which it retains the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset. Accordingly, where the Bank:
• transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, it derecognizes the financial asset,
• retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, it continues to recognize the financial asset,
• neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, then the Bank determines whether it has retained control of the financial asset. In this case if the Bank has retained control, it continues to recognize the financial asset, and if the Bank has not retained control, it derecognizes the financial asset to the extent of its continuing involvement in the financial asset.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
29
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
The Bank derecognizes a financial liability (or part of a financial liability) from its balance sheet when, and only when the obligation specified in the contract is satisfied or cancelled or expires.
The Bank derecognizes financial assets or their part, if the rights pertaining to the financial assets expire, the Bank waives such rights, sells those receivables, they are cancelled or as a result of significant modification of the loan or cash loan contractual terms.
The Bank reduce the gross carrying amount of a financial asset when the Bank has no reasonable expectations of recovering a financial asset in its entirety or a portion thereof. This principle is applied, among others, to accrued penalty interest, also when the principal amount of the related financial assets is still recognized in the statement of financial position.
The amounts of receivables written down as loss and recovered thereafter reduce the value of impairment loss in the income statement.
13.5. Modification of contractual cash flows
When the terms of the loan and cash loan agreements are renegotiated and contractual cash flows of a financial asset are modified, the Bank assesses if such modification was significant and should result in the extinguishment of that financial asset and recognition of a new financial asset. A financial asset is extinguished if either the qualitative or the quantitative criteria are met.
Qualitative criteria
The Bank assumes that such significant modification of the terms of the agreement will take place in case of a:
• change of the debtor with the consent of the Bank, or
• change of the legal form/type of the financial instrument or
• change of loan currency unless it was included in contractual terms, or
• the modified financial asset does not meet the SPPI test, i.e. the cash flows from the financial asset do not represent, on specified dates, solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding, or
• change in interest rate from fixed to floating or vice versa for financial assets that are not credit-impaired, or
• change of the financial instruments from revolving to non-revolving or vice versa for financial assets that are not credit-impaired, or
• increase of the exposure amount of 50% or an extension of the tenor of the facility/instrument by 50%, if the present value of cash flows under the modified terms, discounted at the original effective interest rate, is at least 10% different from the discounted present value of the remaining cash flows of the original agreement, discounted using the original effective interest rate.
Quantitative trigger
A financial asset is deemed to be extinguished when the present value of cash flows under the modified loan terms, discounted at the original effective interest rate, is at least 10% different from the discounted present value of the remaining cash flows of the original agreement, discounted using the original effective interest rate.
For modifications that do not lead to a derecognition of the financial asset, the net present value difference (using the original effective interest rate) between the cash flows of the asset before and after modification is recognised in the statement of profit and loss.
13.6. Measurement
After initial recognition, the Bank measures financial assets, including derivatives that are assets, at their fair values, except for the financial assets measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
After initial recognition, all financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, except for:
• financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss. Such liabilities, including derivatives that are liabilities, are measured at fair value, in particular a derivative liability that is linked to and must be settled by delivery of an unquoted equity instrument,
• financial liabilities resulting from the transfer of a financial asset which do not qualify for derecognition or which are recognised on a continuing involvement basis,
• commitments to provide a loan at a below-market interest rate which it shall subsequently measure it at the higher of:
− the amount of impairment for expected credit losses, and
− the amount initially recognised less, when appropriate, the cumulative amount of income recognised in accordance with principles of IFRS 15,
• contingent consideration recognised by the Bank acting as an acquirer in a business combination to which IFRS 3 applies, which it shall subsequently be measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
30
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
If the estimates of payments or inflows change (excluding immaterial modifications and changes in estimates of expected credit losses), the Bank adjusts the gross carrying amount of the asset or the amortised cost of the financial liability (or group of financial instruments). For this purpose, the Bank translates the gross carrying amount of a financial asset or the amortised cost of a financial liability as the present value of estimated future contractual cash flows that are discounted at the original effective interest rate of the financial instrument (or the credit- adjusted effective interest rate for purchased or credit-impaired financial assets created) or, where applicable, the revised effective interest rate).
In particular, the Bank adjusts the gross carrying amount of the portfolio of mortgage loans denominated in foreign currencies, taking into account the changed estimated cash flows from these agreements resulting from the legal risk of this portfolio. The adjustment is recorded as a separate line in the income statement Cost of legal risk of FX mortgage loans.
Granted financial guarantees are measured at the higher of:
• the amount being the most appropriate estimate of the expenditures needed to fulfil the current obligation arising from the financial guarantee, upon consideration of the probability of materialisation thereof;
• the amount recognised at the initial recognition, adjusted with the settled amount of commission received for granting the guarantee.
13.7. Gains and losses resulting from subsequent measurement
A gain or loss arising from a change in the fair value of a financial asset or financial liability that is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised as follows:
• a gain or loss on a financial asset or financial liability classified as measured at fair value through profit or loss is recognised in the income statement;
• a gain or loss on an asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income is recognised directly in equity through statement of changes in equity.
Interest income is calculated using the effective interest rate method. The relevant value is computed by applying the effective interest rate method to the gross carrying amount of the financial asset, except for:
• purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets. The Bank applies the credit risk adjusted effective interest rate to the value of amortised cost of a financial asset as of the initial recognition, and
• financial assets that are not purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets which subsequently became credit-impaired financial assets (Stage 3).
For those financial assets the Bank applies the effective interest rate to the value of amortised cost (net) of a financial asset in subsequent reporting periods.
Dividends on an equity instrument are recognised in the income statement when the entity’s right to receive payment is established.
Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from a change in the fair value of a financial asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income denominated in foreign currency are recognised directly in equity only for non-monetary assets. Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from monetary financial assets (e.g. debt securities) denominated in foreign currency are recognised directly in the income statement.
At the moment of derecognition of financial assets from the balance sheet, cumulated gains and losses recognised previously in equity:
• regarding debt financial assets are recognised in the income statement,
• regarding equity instruments are recognised in equity.
The fair value of financial assets and liabilities quoted in an active market (including securities) is determined on the basis of the bid price for long position and offer price for short position. Should there be no active market for a given instrument or for the securities not quoted on an active market, the Bank establishes the fair value with the use of valuation techniques that include using recent arm’s length market transactions, discounted cash flow analysis and option pricing models and other techniques commonly used by market players.
Market activity is assessed on the basis of frequency and the volume of effected transactions as well as access to information about quoted prices which by and large should be delivered on a continuous basis.
The main market and the most beneficial one at the same time is the market the Bank can access and on which in normal conditions it would enter into sale/purchase transactions for the item of assets or transfer of a liability.
Based on the employed methods of determining the fair value, financial assets/liabilities are classified to the following categories:
• Level 1: financial assets/liabilities measured directly on the basis of prices quoted in the active market.
• Level 2: financial assets/liabilities measured on the basis of measurement techniques based on assumptions
using data from an active market or market observations.
• Level 3: financial assets/liabilities measured on the basis of measurement techniques commonly used by the
market players, the assumptions of which are not based on data from an active market.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
31
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
The Bank verifies on a monthly basis whether any changes occurred to the quality of the input data used for individual measurement techniques and determines the reasons therefor and their impact on the fair value calculation for the financial assets/liabilities item. Each identified case is reviewed individually. Following detailed analyses, the Bank takes a decision whether its identification entails any changes to the approach for fair value measurement or not.
In justified circumstances, the Bank decides to make changes to the fair value measurement methodology and their effective date construed as the circumstances change date. Then, it assesses the impact of changes on the classification to the individual categories of the fair value measurement hierarchy. Any amendments to the measurement methodology and their rationale are subject to detailed disclosures in a separate note to the financial statements.
13.8. Cost basis of debt and equity securities
Estimation of fair value of and result on sale of securities requires application of a certain cost basis for investment. The cost basis for investment applied in that respect is based on the interpretation resulting in application by an analogy of the guidelines given in IAS 2 Inventories, however only as far as possible considering the unique nature of the financial instruments of this type.
The Bank applies the “weighted average purchase price” as the effective cost basis for investment to estimate fair value of and result on sale of securities with the capital rights.
The Bank applies the “first-in first-out” (FIFO) method as the cost basis for investment for debt securities.
13.9. Derivative instruments and hedge accounting
Derivative instruments are measured at fair value without cost of transactions, which are to be incurred. The base of initial fair value valuation of derivatives is the transaction price, i.e. fair value of received or paid amount.
Settlements exchanged for Interest Rate derivatives cleared via a central counterparty that are subject to settled to market contracts reduce the derivative’s carrying value.
The credit risk component is included in the fair value measurement for derivative instruments through credit valuation adjustments. Valuation adjustments are estimated per counterparty considering the expected pre- settlement exposure credit risk and the same risk generated by the Bank. This approach provides for the possibility of occurrence of risk of bilateral value adjustments. The adjustment is made using the expected positive exposure estimated through numerous simulations (the results from the scenarios leading to a negative outcome are eliminated) and the present market value (or its estimation through referencing to comparable data) of credit
default swaps (CDS). Own risk of the Bank and the risk of materialisation of a scenario of concurrent client and Bank insolvency are calculated by analogy.
In addition, for receivables resulting from matured or terminated but unsettled derivatives, the Bank establishes impairment losses using the methodology applied to assessing the risk of impaired credit receivables.
The two adjustments as mentioned above were differently reflected in the financial statements. Fair value adjustments due to risk for non-matured transactions were presented in the item Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result, whereas the impairments losses for matured transactions in the item Impairment for expected credit losses.
If a transaction whose fair value was adjusted in the previous reporting period in the item Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result becomes mature or subject to restructuring, then the amount of the previous fair value adjustment is moved to the item Impairment for expected credit losses and the added part of the impairment loss for such already matured transaction is presented in the statement of financial position in the item Impairment for expected credit losses. Therefore the financial result is impacted only by the amount of surplus of the current impairment loss (or write-down) for a mature transaction above the amount of the fair value adjustment made before the transaction has matured.
The Bank uses derivative instruments in order to hedge against FX and interest rate risk, arising from activity of the Bank. Those derivatives, which were not designated as hedge instruments pursuant to the principles of hedge accounting, are classified as instruments measured at fair value through financial result.
13.9.1. Hedge accounting
The Bank applies the hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39.
Hedge accounting presents the offsetting effects of fair value changes of both hedging instruments and hedged items which impact the income statement.
The Bank designates certain derivative instruments as fair value hedging instrument or cash flow hedging instrument.
Fair value hedge
The Bank applies the fair value hedge accounting in order to hedge changes in fair value of fixed-rate debt instruments classified to the portfolio of assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and fixed-rate debt instruments classified to the portfolio of assets at amortised cost against the risk resulting from interest rate changes.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
32
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Cash flow hedge
The Bank applies cash flow hedge accounting in order to hedge the amount of future cash flows of certain portfolios of assets/liabilities of the Bank or the portfolio of highly probable planned transactions against the interest rate risk and the highly probable planned transactions against the FX risk.
13.9.2. Derivative instruments not qualifying as hedging instruments
Changes in fair value of derivatives that do not fulfil the criteria of hedge accounting are disclosed in the statement of profit or loss for the current period. Changes in fair value of interest rate derivatives arising from ongoing accrual of interest coupon are disclosed under Net interest income on derivatives , whereas the remaining part of changes in the fair value of interest rate derivatives is presented under Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result .
Changes in the fair value of FX derivatives are presented under Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result .
13.10. Offsetting financial instruments
The Bank offsets financial assets and financial liabilities and presents them in a net amount in the statement of financial position when and only when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
In order to mitigate credit risk, the Bank concludes master agreements with contracting parties, with which the Bank concludes transactions. These master agreements provide for offsetting financial assets and liabilities in case of a breach of the master agreement. Due to the conditional nature of these contractual provisions, there is no netting in the financial statements and the effects of conditional netting are presented in note 36 . Offsetting of financial instruments .
13.11. Repo / reverse repo transactions
The Bank presents the financial assets sold with the repurchase clauses (repo, sell–buy–back transactions) in its statement of financial position, simultaneously recognising a financial liability under a repurchase clause. This is done in order to reflect the risks and benefits arising on this asset item that are retained by the Bank after the transfer.
For the securities purchased with a reverse repurchase clause (reverse repo, buy–sell–back), the financial assets held are presented as receivables arising from repurchase clause, hedged with securities.
13.12. Expected credit losses
Estimation of the impairment loss is based on the expected credit loss. This approach shall be applied to debt financial assets measured at amortised cost and financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, lease receivables, contract assets, irrevocable loan commitments and financial guarantees, except for investment in equity securities.
At each reporting date, the Bank measures the impairment for expected credit losses for a financial asset at an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses if the credit risk on that financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition. If at the reporting date, the credit risk on the financial asset has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the Bank measures the impairment for expected credit losses for that financial asset at an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses.
The Bank estimates expected credit losses in a way that takes account of:
• an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes,
• the time value of money, and
• reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.
The Bank applies the definition of exposures in default status, impaired exposures and non-performing exposures in accordance with regulatory requirements. A debtor or an exposure is assessed as default is also identified as an impaired and non-performing exposure.
Three stage approach
During the process of estimating expected credit losses, the change of the credit quality for a particular credit exposure since initial recognition is described based on three stages, the reflecting the various approaches to measurement the expected credit losses:
• Stage 1 includes performing exposures that have not had a significant increase in credit risk since initial
recognition. Expected credit loss shall be measured based on 12-month expected credit losses (or till maturity date if such exposures will expire in less than 12 months).
• Stage 2 includes performing exposures that have had a significant increase in credit risk since initial
recognition. Expected credit loss is calculated on the basis of anticipated losses throughout the lifetime, or from the reporting date until the remaining maturity.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
33
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
• Stage 3 – impaired exposures, which means non-performing loans. Expected credit loss shall be measured
based on lifetime expected credit losses and the probability of default (PD) = 100%.
The Bank qualifies the financial exposures to Stage 1, 2 or 3 using a cascade approach in the following order:
1. Identification of impaired exposures and classification thereof to Stage 3,
2. Allocation to Stage 2 based on triggers for significant increase of credit risk.
3. Allocation of other exposures to Stage 1.
Significant increase in credit risk
The Bank determines the significant increase in credit risk, which results in classification to Stage 2, based on one of the following triggers (where the first one is the leading one):
• significant increase in the lifetime PD at reporting date comparing to the lifetime PD at initial recognition occurring over the period from the reporting date till maturity date;
• watch list status,
• threefold increase in PD
• the asset has an internal rating of 18 or 19
• customer service by a corporate restructuring unit,
• forbearance status,
• collective assessment of sifnificant increase in dredit ris of an entire portfolio
• more than 30 days past due.
Thresholds of significant increase in PD parameters in the lifetime of exposure comparing to PD at initial recognition, indicating significant increase in credit risk, are established for models according to assumed methodology as:
• absolute threshold – indicates maximum difference between PD at the reporting date and PD at initial recognition which triggers classification to Stage 2,
• relative threshold – indicates the maximum measure of the relationship between the PD as at the reporting date and the PD from the initial recognition of the exposure, taking into account the scaling factor determined at the level of a particular exposure, based on the PD from the initial recognition, beyond which the asset is classified to Stage 2.
The methodology of establishing PD thresholds to indicate significant increase in credit risk is based on performing an appropriate segmentation followed by statistical indication of the threshold to classify exposures to Stage 2 which maximizes discriminatory power of classification to stages, under certain assumptions, among others, minimization of classification errors.
Evidence and triggers for classification of assets at amortised costs to the Stage 3
At each balance sheet date, the Bank assesses whether a financial assets item or a group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset item or a group of financial assets is impaired if and only if, there is evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset item (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has (have) an impact on the expected future cash flows of the financial asset item or a group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated. The Bank recognizes the expected credit losses based on reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.
Evidence of impairment
The evidence of impairment is:
• identification of objective evidence of impairment (in the case of corporate and retail credit exposures), or
• a delay in repayment of more than 90 days and, at the same time, the amount of the arrears exceeds the absolute and relative materiality threshold.
Objective evidence of impairment does not require expert judgment – identification of the occurrence of such evidence causes the credit exposure to be considered defaulted and, at the same time, impaired without further analysis. Objective impairment evidence of corporate or retail credit exposures cover the occurrence of minimum one of the following situations:
• restructuring of the credit exposure for non-commercial reasons related to significant financial difficulties of the client, resulting in a change to the existing terms of the contract, full or partial refinancing of the exposure at risk, which would not have taken place if the client had not experienced financial difficulties (including forbearance), resulting in a loss of more than 1% of the present value of discounted future cash flows; for retail credit exposures – non-performing restructuring,
• write-down or write-off by the Bank in the process of restructuring of a significant amount of corporate client receivables resulting in a reduction in cash flows from a given financial asset,
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
34
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
• filing by the Bank, the client's counterparty or another bank for the client's bankruptcy or the initiation of proceedings under the restructuring law,
• declaration of bankruptcy; in the case of corporate credit exposures, the client was put into liquidation, ceased operations,
• the credit exposure becomes due to the termination of the credit agreement by the Bank,
• sale by the Bank of a credit receivable (or its part) with a loss greater than 5% of the balance sheet exposure amount, if the sale was caused by the deteriorating credit quality of the exposure,
• the occurrence of an overdue exceeding 30 days or granting another forbearance on a credit exposure classified initially as forbearance non-performing, and then healed and in the forbearance performing status during the trial period,
• interest-free status (interest stoppage) for a credit exposure,
• for retail credit exposure, over 3-month arrears in repayment of due liabilities under the loan with a one-off repayment of the entire mobilised capital at the end of the loan period,
• for corporate credit exposures – making a decision to recover debts as part of the debt collection strategy,
• questioning the balance sheet credit exposure by the client in court proceedings.
Impairment triggers
Impairment triggers require an individual expert assessment of the debtor's situation and a decision as to whether the classification to default as an impaired exposure is justified.
The triggers for impairment for corporate credit exposures (excluding exposures to entrepreneurs) include:
• granting by a natural person in default of obligations, a surety at the Bank for significant obligations of a company belonging to it or when a natural person is a debtor of the Bank and the company belonging to it is in default,
• over 3-month arrears in repayment (including all interest, principal and commissions) under the loan with a one-off repayment of all disbursed capital at the end of the loan period (not applicable if the repayment frequency exceeds one month),
• the customer belongs to the same economic or legal group as the defaulting debtor,
• disappearance of the possibility of refinancing,
• for exposures resulting from transactions concluded on the financial market – disappearance of an active market (e.g. suspension of quotations on the WSE) for a given financial asset (shares, bonds, other securities) held by the Bank due to financial difficulties of the issuer / client, which may have a negative effect on the future cash flows of a given financial asset,
• the customer ceases to repay principal, interest or commission and the delay in repayment or the oldest unauthorised overdraft continues for more than 45 calendar days,
• bankruptcy threat, submission of an application to initiate proceedings under restructuring law or other financial reorganization, which may result in non-repayment of a financial asset or its delay,
• no intention or possibility of repayment by the debtor due to the existing financial problems; in particular, the following events may indicate significant financial difficulties (the events described in points "1" to "5" are not triggers for impairment if they were assumed in the client's financial plans at the time of granting the involvement and the Bank accepted such plans:
1) negative equity at the end of the annual accounting period,
2) negative cash flows from operating activities in three consecutive annual accounting periods (from the cash flow statement, and if it is not prepared, then from the simplified cash flow statement),
3) revenues from core activities decrease significantly (over 50% year on year based on the results of annual accounting periods) or revenues from core activities decrease (over 30% year on year based on the results of annual accounting periods) and, at the same time, the ratio of debt to EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, profit before deduction of interest on interest-bearing liabilities, taxes and depreciation) is greater than 4 or EBITDA is less than 0 (if the contract contains a different definition of the trigger, the event is a trigger for impairment, if it is exceeded level 4 as defined in the contract. If the contract indicates the level of the ratio > 4, then we identify the triggers for impairment when exceeding the level specified in the contract),
4) Negative EBITDA in two consecutive annual financial periods,
5) the implementation of financial projections by the client negatively differs from the range approved by the Bank by at least 20%, which leads to a significant breakdown of financial ratios,
6) the events described in points "1" to "5" occurred during the accounting year, provided that they occurred in the amounts considered significant and the Bank expects that the situation will not improve until the end of the annual accounting period and this situation may result in failure to repay the financial asset or its delay,
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
35
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
7) active enforcement to client accounts kept in the Bank, if the oldest active enforcement order persists for more than 90 days and the total amount of active titles exceeds PLN 100 thousand; PLN for customers of the corporate sales network or PLN 500 thousand for strategic clients,
8) unsettled claims under guarantees granted by the Bank (lack of customer funds), if the customer's overdue liability to the Bank due to the payment of the guarantee by the Bank persists for more than 45 days from the date of payment of the guarantee claim,
9) termination of a loan agreement with another bank of significant value,
• a material breach of contractual terms by the customer, which may have a negative impact on future cash flows from a given financial asset (if there has been a material breach of contractual terms, but the Bank, after identifying and assessing the causes and effects of such breach, accepted them (temporarily or permanently) or changed, such an event is not treated as a trigger for impairment),
• unknown whereabouts of the client, resulting in a lack of representation in contacts with the Bank and undisclosed assets of the client,
• crisis of the sector in which the client operates, combined with the borrower's weak position in a given sector,
• restructuring of the loan receivable for non-commercial reasons related to significant financial difficulties of the client, resulting in a change to the existing terms of the contract, full or partial refinancing of the exposure at risk, which would not have occurred if the client had not experienced these financial difficulties (including forbearance) and loss of the net present value of cash flows is equal to or less than 1%,
• credit fraud of the debtor towards the Bank or another ING Group entity,
• the exposure has received a forbearance 2 or more times in the last 5 years,
• a significant deterioration of the client's rating resulting in its reclassification to a risk class of at least 17 with a simultaneous drop by at least 4 classes.
The Bank has also determined the following additional triggers for impairment for leveraged transactions (i.e. transactions with a high level of debt relative to operating profit):
• a significant breach of an important financial clause or failure to return to the state from before the breach, especially when the customer simultaneously requests a repayment facility,
• forbearance refinancing of the existing borrower with an increased level of financial leverage (IBD / EBITDA, i.e. interest bearing debt / earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, total liabilities / profit before deduction of interest on interest-bearing liabilities, taxes and depreciation) compared to leverage levels at the time of funding or previous refinancing,
• refinancing of the exposure with the repayment of the entire mobilised capital at the end of the loan period in the event of financial difficulties of the client and with a low probability of refinancing by another bank under current market conditions,
• the base case and stress case scenarios indicate the lack of sufficient and stable cash flows to service the debt in accordance with the adopted schedule;
and the following additional triggers for the revenue-generating real estate financing transactions:
• LTV (Loan to Value) > 90% and this is not a temporary situation,
• historical DSCR (debt service cover ratio) ratio < 1.0 or ICR (interest coverage ratio) < 1.0 (depending on which indicator is used for transaction risk assessments) for two consecutive annual accounting periods and cash flows generated by the real estate are, in the opinion of experts, insufficient to repay and service the loan in accordance with the adopted schedule.
The triggers for impairment for retail credit exposures and credit exposures to entrepreneurs include:
• failure to meet a minimum of three debt repayment arrangements within the current period of arrears,
• a natural person who has issued a surety in the Bank for significant obligations of their company is in default or a natural person is a debtor of the Bank and their company is in a state of default,
• the business client is related to the same group of debtors (legally or economically) in which one of the debtors is defaulted,
• no intention or possibility of repayment – in the Bank 's opinion, the debtor does not want to pay off the obligation or is unable to pay; the inability to repay the liability occurs when the debtor's sources of income are insufficient to repay the instalments due, e.g.:
− for an individual client: loss of job, termination of social benefits payments, divorce, serious illness, death of the debtor, obtaining information on untimely servicing of a debt of significant value in another bank (over 90 days overdue) or commencement of enforcement / debt collection activities by another bank,
− for a business client: (anticipated) cash shortfall, (anticipated) high or sudden increase in leverage, (anticipated) breach of financial clauses, (anticipated) deterioration in a market where the debtor's position is weak,
• approving a forbearance to the customer that is not able to repay its financial obligations under a loan agreement with the Bank due to existing or anticipated financial difficulties,
• credit fraud of the debtor towards the Bank – reasonable suspicion of extortion of a loan, i.e. an obligation whose credit documentation or the established facts indicate that it was granted as a result of deliberate
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
36
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
misrepresentation of the Bank by presenting documents, certificates, and statements that are not factually correct,
• occurrence of minimum two forbearance instances within 5 years of granting the first forbearance.
In the process of identifying impairment, the Bank first assesses whether there is any objective evidence or trigger for impairment for financial assets.
The entire loan portfolio of retail and corporate clients is subject to the control for impairment of exposure. Credit exposure is assessed for impairment in relation to the debtor automatically on a daily basis for customers from retail segments and on a current basis and on the applicable dates of regular and irregular portfolio monitoring in relation to corporate customers. Objective evidence of impairment requires the client to be reclassified to the portfolio of non-performing exposures.
Identification of the triggers for impairment of the credit exposure of corporate clients requires an individual expert assessment of the debtor's situation and a decision whether the classification to default is justified, i.e.:
• assessment of the customer’s potential to repay all credit obligations to the Bank in compliance with the agreement and a documented assessment,
• if no default or impairment is identified, a written justification for leaving the client in the performing portfolio should be prepared,
• if as a result of the assessment a situation of default or impairment was identified – reclassification of the client to the portfolio of non-performing exposures.
If, as a result of the assessment, it is concluded that there is no evidence of impairment for a given financial asset, the asset is included in groups of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics that indicate the debtor's ability to repay the entire liability in accordance with the terms of the contract. In the groups designated in this way, the impairment loss is calculated using the collective method, based on the valuation of expected credit losses. If there is evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred on an asset measured at amortised cost, the amount of the impairment loss is the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate of the financial instrument.
In practice, this means that for assets from the Stage 3 portfolio subject to individual assessment (individually significant financial assets), the impairment is calculated directly using discounted future cash flows for a given asset, and for assets from the Stage 3 portfolio subject to collective assessment (financial assets insignificant) –is determined using the collective impairment method with the use of the expected credit loss over the life of the asset. When estimating future cash flows, the available information about the debtor is taken into account, in
particular, the ability to repay the exposure is assessed, and in the event that the credit exposure has collateral, the estimation also takes into account the expected future cash flows from the realization of the collateral, taking into account inter alia time, costs and difficulties in recovering payments as a result of selling the collateral.
If the existing evidence of impairment of an assets item or financial assets group measured at amortised cost indicate that there will be no expected future cash flows from the above mentioned financial assets, the impairment loss of assets equals their carrying amount.
The Bank applies a definition of default, in line with the guidelines of the European Banking Authority (EBA) No. EBA/GL/2016/07 of 18.01.2017 on the application of the definition of default under Article 178 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013.
Measurement of expected credit losses
In order to measure the expected credit losses under collective approach, the Bank uses the adjusted to IFRS 9 requirements the existing regulatory capital models (PD, LGD, EAD) developed for the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB) approach. The models of risk parameters for the purpose of IFRS 9 follow the same structure as the models for regulatory capital purposes, however the manner of estimating the specified value of PD, LGD and EAD is adjusted to IFRS 9 requirements, in particular it includes reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecast of future economic conditions. The model’s parameters were calibrated in accordance with the “point-in-time” approach. EAD parameter includes the repayment schedules in accordance with credit agreements.
The amount of the revaluation charge calculated collectively is based on the history of losses for asset portfolios with similar credit risk characteristics. For the purposes of determining risk parameters, the Bank uses over thirty models for the needs of which exposures are classified into homogeneous groups with similar characteristics based on different criteria (mainly product characteristics, e.g. loan duration, form of collateral and purpose of the loan, and type of client and financing). Exposures from the retail banking segment are divided into mortgage and consumer. Corporate banking exposures are grouped mainly by customer size (e.g. small and medium-sized enterprises, corporations), customer type (e.g. financial institutions), loan application (e.g. real estate financing, project financing) and product (e.g. leasing, factoring).
The Bank measures the lifetime expected credit losses LEL (Lifetime Expected Loss) – is the discounted amount of partial losses over the lifetime of the exposure, relating to default events in each 12-month time window by the maturity date of the exposure, taking into account the scenario weights.
For credit exposures classified to Stage 1, a 12-month expected credit loss is applied.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
37
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
For credit exposures in default at Stage 3 and for which the collective provision is computed, the Bank measured the lifetime expected credit losses.
The time value of money was reflected in expected credit losses by two discount factors:
• The discount factor between the moment of default and the moment of debt recovery. It is used for the parameters of the regulatory LGD models.
• Discounting between the reporting date and the moment the exposure becomes in default which is partly taken into account in calculating the lifetime expected loss LEL. The Bank assumes that for each time window of 12 months the event of default occurs on average in the middle of the period 0-12 months.
The Bank measures the expected credit losses as the probability weighted average of the few macroeconomic scenarios (mostly three: a baseline, negative and positive scenario) with different probability to occur. The expected loss is determined separately for each scenario and the probability weighted average results from the weights (probabilities) assigned to each scenario (sum of weights = 100%). Such approach fulfils IFRS 9 requirements that the impairment for expected credit losses should reflect an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined based on a number of possible outcomes.
Weightings of scenarios result directly from macroeconomic assumptions made. The Bank has chosen for the 90th percentile of macroeconomic factors distribution as a downside scenario because it corresponds the assumptions of other calculations in the Bank related to risk appetite, which use 90% confidence level (e.g. RWA at risk) and 10th percentile for positive scenario as a mirror approach. 90th and 10th percentile of the distribution imply directly the probabilities of realization of these scenarios – both have statistically a 20% probability of realization. Consequently, the baseline scenario is a supplement of these extreme scenarios and it has 60% probability weighting.
The forecast (measurement) of the expected loss is conducted at each point in time in the future depending on the expected future economic conditions at a given point. Based on the data about past events, the Bank determined the relation between the observable parameters of expected loss (PD, LGD) and macroeconomic factors as functions, based on which – at predicted macroeconomic factors – Bank computes the predicted parameter values of expected loss in a given year in the future in accordance with forward looking “point in time” approach. The impact of macroeconomic factors on expected credit losses is ensured in the Bank by including them in the modelling of particular risk parameters, which enables appropriate selection of factors specific for a given parameter and portfolio type. Selection of appropriate macroeconomic factors constitutes a part of model building process and includes several stages, both expert based that guarantee an economically interpretable relation as well as statistical approach which enables the assessment of their significance and power of relations. The assessment of
the adequacy of the impact of macroeconomic factors is part of the overall assessment of the models for determining impairment for expected credit losses as part of the model monitoring performed by the Bank.
For the purpose of measurement of the expected credit loss, the Bank determines the level of EAD exposures only for irrevocable loan commitments through the use of CCF conversion factors (the range of utilization of the undrawn loan commitment during a period from the reporting date till the default event) from regulatory EAD models (estimated in accordance with “through the cycle” approach). EAD decreases during the time according to payment schedule of the particular credit exposure.
For exposures with a specified final repayment date, the time to maturity is equal to the final repayment date. If the final repayment date exceeds 30 years, the expected loss calculation period is limited to 30 years.
For the financial exposures without maturity payment date (e.g.: some revolving credit facilities and credit cards) the expected lifetime is determined by the statistical behavioural parameter.
The LGD parameter, which is a function of used techniques for mitigation of credit risk and it is expressed as percentage of EAD, it is estimated on a product and exposure level based on the parameters of the regulatory LGD models (estimated according to “through the cycle” approach) which were properly calibrated for the purpose of IFRS 9. Collateral recoveries are an integral part of the construction of LGD models and, as a rule, the criteria for recognizing collateral are consistent with the CRR requirements. The most important collaterals recognized by the Bank include mortgage collaterals (residential and commercial) as well as guarantees and sureties.
The level of LGD which is used for the estimation of the amount of the impairment loss according to the collective method for defaulted exposures (PD = 100%), depends on the period during which the exposure was identified as defaulted. In addition, for corporate clients segment in the field of large and medium-sized companies, the value of the LGD parameter is 100% after at least 78 months of the exposure being in default. In a similar way, regarding the retail clients segment and enterpreneurs, the value of the LGD parameter takes the value of 100% when the following conditions are met:
• the impairment event took place and the objective evidences of the impairment occurs continuously for 47 months from the date of recognition of impairment in relation to entrepreneurs,
• defaulted exposures that belong to the impaired portfolio (POCI),
• the exposures were assessed as credit fraud, i.e. they were registered as a suspicion of credit fraud or reported as a notification of a suspected crime.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
38
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Recognition of impairment for expected credit losses for assets at amortised cost
Impairment losses are presented as a reduction of the carrying amount of the assets is recognised in the statement of profit or loss for the period.
If in a consecutive period, the amount of loss due to the impairment decreases as a result of an event that took place after the impairment (e.g. improved credit capacity assessment of the debtor), the decrease is recognized as a reversal in the statement of profit or loss. The Bank determined the events whereunder it is possible to reverse credit exposure impairment.
The Bank applies the same criteria for client’s exit from default and reversal of impairment loss. The process of opening the trial period followed by curing – transfer from the non-performing portfolios to the performing portfolio is executed:
• for clients from the mortgage and consumer loans segment – at the business segment level, unless it relates to a situation identified at the debtor's level (e.g. bankruptcy),
• for corporate clients – at the debtor level.
If the debtor is in an impaired portfolio and has no exposure in the forbearance statute, it is considered healed and qualified for a performing portfolio if all the following conditions are met in the following order:
• no evidence or trigger for impairment being the source of default or indicating a high probability of non- payment – are not active,
• at least 3 months (trial period) have elapsed from the date of completion of the evidence / trigger for impairment and during this period the client's behaviour (intention to repay) and situation (repayment ability) were positively assessed, and in the case of a corporate client, the assessment of the financial situation was documented,
• the client made regular repayments – no arrears > 30 days in the trial period,
• at the end of the trial period the client is considered able to pay its credit obligations in full, without recourse to collateral,
• without arrears in repayment exceeding the amount of the absolute limit; if any arrears exist in an amount in excess of the absolute limit, the trial period is extended until the time the amount of arrears drops below the limit.
A client in an impaired portfolio with an exposure with the status of a forbearance granted – is considered healed and qualified for a performing portfolio if all the following conditions are met:
• no evidence or trigger for impairment being the source of default or indicating a high probability of non- payment – are not active,
• minimum 12 months (trial period) have passed since the last of the events specified below:
− granting the last restructuring measures, i.e. granting a forbearance facility,
− the exposure has been assigned default status;
− end of the grace period set forth in the restructuring agreement,
• in the trial period, the client made material/regular repayments:
− the client, as part of its regular payments in accordance with the agreed terms of the restructuring, repaid a material amount in the amount of the early past due (if there were past due amounts) or a write-down (if there were no overdue amounts),
− the client made regular repayments in compliance with the new repayment schedule in line with the restructuring terms and conditions – no arrears > 30 days in the trial period,
• at the end of the trial period, the client has no arrears and no concerns exist as to full repayment of the exposure in compliance with the terms and conditions of restructuring.
The Bank applied additional default exit criteria for all Obligors:
• If impairment evidence or indicator of impairment is identified in the probation period which is the source of default/ indicates a high likelihood of non-repayment, the end date of the probation period will be reset and the probation period is re-started until expiry of such evidence/indicator.
• If in the probation period and after the end of the grace period, DPD > 30 occurred, the probation period end date will be reset and the probation period will restart until DPD returns to below 31 days.
• All conditions of exit from default and reversal of impairment should be met also with regard to new exposures to the Obligor, in particular where the previous defaulted and restructured exposures of the Obligor were sold or written off.
An exception to the principle of lack of active evidence / impairment triggers constituting the source of default is evidence ‘classification to Stage 3 / provision’ - its persistence does not suspend the start of the probationary period (because it is the effect and not the cause of the default) - classification to Stage 3 and the provision is also maintained during the probationary period.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
39
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Indications of classification of a financial asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income to Stage 3
The Bank assesses as at each balance sheet date whether there is any objective evidence of impairment of debt financial assets classified as measured at fair value through other comprehensive income. Confirmation of the objective evidence of impairment is a trigger for classification of an asset to Stage 3.
The evidence indicating that a financial asset or a group of financial assets have been impaired may result from one or more triggers which are presented below:
• significant financial problems of the issuer (e.g. material negative equity, losses incurred in the current year exceeding the equity, termination of credit facility agreement of material value at other bank),
• breach of contractual terms and conditions, specifically with regard to default or delay in repayment of liabilities due (e.g. interest or nominal value), interpreted as materialisation of the issuer’s credit risk,
• awarding the issuer with repayment facilities by their creditors, which would not be awarded in different circumstances,
• high probability of bankruptcy or other financial restructuring of the issuer,
• identification of financial assets impairment in the previous period,
• disappearance of the active market for financial assets that may be due to financial difficulties of the issuer,
• published analyses and forecasts of rating agencies or other units which confirm a given (high) risk profile of the financial asset,
• other tangible data pointing to determinable decrease in estimated future cash flows resulting from financial assets group which appeared upon their initial recognition in the Bank books. The data referred to hereinabove may concern unfavourable changes in the payment situation on the part of issuers from a certain group or unfavourable economic situation of a given country or its part, which translates into the repayment problems sustained by this group of assets.
Recognition of impairment for expected credit losses of the debt financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
Impairment losses for debt financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income are recognised in the statement of profit or loss. These impairment losses derecognised from other comprehensive income.
13.13. Purchased or created financial assets impaired due to credit risk
The Bank recognises as the separate category, the purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets at initial recognition (POCI).
Such assets may be recognised due to following reasons:
• purchase of credit impaired financial assets,
• significant modification (described in item 13.5 . ) due to derecognition of original loan or
• origination of new credit exposure for the client for which other exposures were classified to Stage 3.
Those assets are excluded from the three stage approach described in item 13.12 .
The change in the cumulated lifetime expected credit losses, both positive and negative, is recognised as impairment gain or loss in profit or loss.
14. Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
14.1. Property, plant and equipment
Own property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment consist of controlled non-current assets and costs to construct such assets. Non- current assets include property, plant and equipment items with an expected period of use above one year, maintained to be used to serve the Bank’s needs or to be transferred to other entities, based on the lease contract or for administrative purposes.
Property, plant and equipment, with the exception of land and buildings, are recorded at purchase price or production cost i.e. after initial recognition they are recorded at historical cost less depreciation and impairment. The historical costs are made up of the purchase price/ production cost and the costs directly related to the purchase of assets.
Each component part of property, plant and equipment items, whose purchase price or production cost is material in comparison with the purchase price or production cost of the entire item, is depreciated separately. The Bank allocates the initial value of the property, plant and equipment into its significant parts.
Land and buildings are carried in accordance with the revaluation model, after initial recognition at a revalued amount, being its fair value at the date of the revaluation less any subsequent accumulated depreciation and subsequent accumulated impairment losses. Revaluations are made with sufficient regularity to ensure that the
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
40
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
carrying amount does not differ materially from that which would be determined using fair value at the balance sheet date.
The revaluation effect is reflected in other comprehensive income in case of the value increase, or carried through the income statement in case of the balance sheet asset’s value decrease. However, the increase of value is recognised as income statement insofar as it reverses the decrease of value due to revaluation of the same asset that was previously recognised as costs of a given period. Similarly, the decrease of the asset’s value resulting from revaluation shall be set off against the relevant surplus resulting from the previous revaluation of the same asset. The entire revaluation surplus is carried through retained earnings at the time of withdrawing from use or selling the asset item.
Fixed assets in leasing
The Bank is a party to lease contracts, under which it receives the right to control the use of an identified asset for a given period in exchange for remuneration. The Bank applies IFRS 16 to all lease agreements, except for all lease agreements for intangible assets and exemptions provided for in the standard and described below.
The Bank identifies leasing and non-leasing components in concluded contracts. Non-lease payments under contracts are recognised as an expense in accordance with relevant IFRS. Lease payments are recorded in accordance with the rules described below.
At the date of commencement of the lease, the Bank recognizes assets due to the right to use the assets. The initial valuation of the lease liability is determined by the Bank at the present value of future lease payments. Identifying future lease payments requires a lease period to be determined. When determining the lease period, the Bank takes into account the irrevocable lease period together with the periods for which the lease can be extended and the periods in which the lease can be terminated. In order to make an assessment, the Bank takes into account all relevant facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to use or not to use these options. At the start of the lease contract, the Bank assesses whether it can be assumed with sufficient certainty that it will benefit the option to extend the lease, or that it will not use the option to terminate the lease. The Bank reviews the lease period in order to reassess significant events or circumstances that may affect the estimated length of the lease period. Leasing ceases to be enforceable if both the lessee and the lessor have the right to terminate the lease without the other party's permission, which results in a slight penalty, at the most. For lease contracts concluded for an indefinite period, in which there is a two-sided notice and potentially high costs related to the termination of the contract, the Bank estimates the lease period.
To determine the discounted value of lease payments, the Bank uses the leasing interest rate, and if the rate is not easily available, the Bank uses the marginal interest rate. The Bank determines the leasing interest rate as the sum of swap interest rate and internal transfer price, taking into account currencies in which lease contracts and contract maturities are denominated. After the lease commencement date, the carrying amount of the liability:
• increased by accrued leasing interest, which is recognised in the income statement and losses as interest expenses,
• less lease payments paid,
• updated as a result of reassessment, changes in leasing or changes in essentially fixed leasing fees.
At the commencement date of the lease, the Bank recognizes assets due to the right to use equal to the initial measurement of the lease liability. The cost of an asset due to the right of use also includes:
• fees paid on the date of commencement or before the date of commencement of the lease, less leasing incentives received,
• initial direct costs incurred by the lessee,
• costs to be borne by the lessee in connection with bringing the asset to its original condition.
The right to use is depreciated over the duration of the lease and is reduced for impairment losses. The value of the right to use is updated during the lease period as a result of modifications of the lease agreement.
The Bank uses the exemption for:
• short-term leases – a contract may be classified as a short-term contract if the duration of the contract does not exceed 12 months and a purchase option is not provided for the subject of the contract,
• leases in which the subject of the contract has a low value – assets may be classified as low-value assets if the gross purchase price of the new component does not exceed EUR 5,000 and the subject of the contract is not and will not be sub-leased.
Lease payments under the above mentioned contracts are recognised by the Bank as costs in the income statement in a systematic manner throughout the duration of the lease.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
41
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
14.2. Intangible assets
An intangible asset is an identifiable non-monetary asset without physical substance.
Intangible assets are deemed to include assets which fulfil the following requirements:
• they can be separated from an economic entity and sold, transferred, licensed or granted for use for a fee to third parties, both separately, and together with their accompanying contracts, assets or liabilities,
• arise from contractual titles or other legal titles, irrespective of whether those are transferable or separable from the business entity or from other rights and obligations.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on acquisition of an entity is recognised at the acquisition price being the surplus of the aggregate of:
• provided payment,
• sums of all non-controlling interest in the acquired entity, and
• in the case of combining entities executed measured at fair value as at the day of acquiring interest in the capital of the acquired entity, previously belonging to the acquiring entity,
over the net amount determined as at the day of acquiring values of the identifiable acquired assets and assumed liabilities.
The goodwill recognised in the financial statements of the Bank was recognised pursuant to the requirements binding on the day of first application of IFRS i.e. at acquisition price being a surplus of the cost of combining the business entities over the interest of the acquirer’s in the net fair value of all identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. After the initial recognition, the goodwill is recognised at acquisition price less any accumulated impairment losses.
Computer software
Purchased computer software licences are capitalised in the amount of costs incurred for the purchase and adaptation for use of specific computer software.
Expenditures attached to the development or maintenance of computer software are recognised as costs when incurred.
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets purchased by the Bank, are recognised at purchase price or production cost less amortization and total amount of impairment losses.
Subsequent costs
Subsequent costs incurred after initial recognition of acquired intangible asset are capitalised only if the following conditions are met:
• it is likely that the outlays (taking into account the new version of the software) will result in a significant increase in functionality in relation to the originally assessed performance standard, and
• these costs can be reliably measured and attributed to internally used existing software.
In other cases, costs are recognised in the income statement in the reporting period in which they were incurred.
14.3. Depreciation and amortization charges
The depreciation/amortization charge of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets is applied using the straight line method, using defined depreciation/amortization rates throughout the period of their useful lives. The depreciable/amortisable amount is the purchase price or production cost of an asset, less its residual value. The useful life, depreciation/amortization rates and residual values of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are reviewed annually. Conclusions of the review may lead to a change of depreciation/amortization periods recognised prospectively from the date of application (the effect of this change is in accordance with IAS 8 carried through income statement).
In case of buildings measured at fair value, the accumulated depreciation balance at the revaluation date is removed from the carrying amount gross, and the net carrying amount is adjusted to the revalued amount.
Depreciation and amortization charges are recognised in the income statement. At each balance sheet date goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful life are regularly tested for impairment. The depreciation/amortization periods are as follows:
• lands and buildings 50 years
• investments in external fixed assets, period of rental, lease, leasing, no longer than 10 years
• devices 3 to 7 years
• equipment 5 years
• costs of development of software 3 years
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
42
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
• software licenses 3 years
14.4. Impairment of other non-financial assets
For each balance sheet date, the Bank assesses the existence of objective triggers for impairment of an asset.
If such a trigger exists, the Bank performs an estimation of the recoverable value. If, and only if, the recoverable amount of an asset is less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset shall be reduced to its recoverable amount.
As regards company goodwill, it is tested for impairment as at the balance sheet date regardless of whether or not there are triggers for impairment in place.
Recognition of impairment loss
If there are triggers for impairment of common property, i.e. the assets which do not generate cash independently from other assets or groups of assets, and the recoverable amount of the individual asset included among common property cannot be determined, the Bank determines the recoverable amount at the level of the cash-generating unit, to which the given asset belongs. An impairment loss is recognised if the book value of the asset or cash- generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount. The goodwill impairment is determined by estimating the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit the given goodwill applies to. Should the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit be lower than the carrying amount, impairment loss is made.
The impairment loss is recognised in the income statement under General and administrative expenses . Impairment losses for cash-generating units reduce the goodwill of the cash-generating units (group of units) in the first place and then reduce proportionally the book value of other assets in the unit (group of units).
Reversing impairment loss
Goodwill impairment loss is not subject to reversal.
An impairment loss of an asset other than goodwill is reversed if, and only if, there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount.
An impairment loss can be reversed only up to the amount, at which the book value of impaired asset does not exceed its book value, which decreased by depreciation/amortization charge, would be established, if any impairment loss had not been recognised.
15. Other financial assets
Other financial assets include trade receivables and other receivables.
The Bank introduced the simplified approach regarding to measurement of the impairment for expected credit losses and recognise the impairment at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses.
Trade receivables are covered by write-downs after reaching the overdue threshold, which is 60 days. In justified cases, and in particular in the case of receivables for deficiencies and damages, claims contested by debtors and other receivables for which the Bank considers the risk of non-recovery as high, write-downs are made earlier, before reaching the 60-day overdue threshold.
If the effect of the time value of money is material, the value of receivable is determined by discounting the expected future cash flows to the present value, applying the discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of time value of money.
Budgetary receivables are recognised as part of other financial assets, except for corporate income tax receivables, which are a separate item in the statement of financial position.
16. Provisions
Provisions, including provisions for off-balance sheet items, are recognised in the statement of financial position when the Bank has a legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events and it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect is material, the amount of provision is measured by discounted, expected cash flows using pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and those risks specific to the liability. This is also applicable to the recognition of provisions for risk-bearing off-balance sheet items including non-financial guarantees, letters of credit and irrevocable unutilised credit lines.
Provisions for irrevocable unused credit lines for corporate exposures are recognized in the income statement under the item Impairment for expected credit losses .
The Bank establishes provisions for restructuring costs only when the general criteria of recognising provisions under IAS 37 are met and in particular but not limited to the situation when the Bank is in possession of a formal restructuring plan determining at least the operations or part thereof, basic locations, place of employment, the functions and estimated number of employees entitled to compensation, the expenditure to be undertaken and the term of execution. The commencement of restructuring procedure or the public announcement thereof is a condition indispensable for establishing the provision. The established provisions comprise only the direct and necessary expenditures to be undertaken due to the restructuring procedure, which are not related to the current business operations nor cover the future operating costs.
The Bank creates provisions for legal risk on an individual or portfolio basis:
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
43
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
• in an individual approach, the Bank creates provisions for liabilities resulting from court cases and other legal claims if the probability of an outflow of resources to settle the obligation is higher than 50%.
• in the case of a larger population of similar court cases or other legal claims, the probability of an outflow of resources to meet the Bank 's obligation is measured on a portfolio basis, taking into account the group of obligations as a whole, and the provision is estimated using the expected value method as a probability weighted average of a few scenarios (most often three: baseline, positive and negative) with different probabilities assigned to each scenario.
The Bank applies the above principles to legal claims that do not affect cash flows from financial assets recognised in the statement of financial position – in this case the Bank applies IFRS 9, as described in item 13.6 .
If the legal claim relates to a financial asset that has been excluded from the statement of financial position (e.g. repaid), provision is created on the basis of IAS 37.
17. Prepayments and deferred income
17.1. Prepayments
Prepayments comprise of particular expenses which will be settled against the profit or loss as being accrued over the future reporting periods. Deferred costs include primarily provisions for material costs due to services provided for the Bank by counterparties, as well as insurance costs paid in advance to be settled in the future periods. Prepayments are presented in the statement of financial position in the item Other assets .
17.2. Deferred income
This item comprises mainly fees settled on a straight-line basis and other types of income collected in advance which will be settled against the income statement in future reporting periods. Deferred income is presented in the statement of financial position in the Other liabilities .
18. Employee benefits
18.1. Benefits under the Act on employee pension programmes
Expenses incurred due to a programme of certain contributions are recognised as costs in the income statement.
18.2. Short-term employee benefits
Short-term employee benefits of the Bank (other than termination benefits) comprise of remuneration, bonus, paid annual leave and social security contributions.
The Bank recognizes the anticipated, undiscounted value of short-term employee benefits as an expense of an accounting period when an employee rendered service (regardless of payment date) in correspondence with other on-balance liabilities.
The amount of short-term employee benefits on the unused holidays to which Bank employees are entitled is calculated as the total of unused holidays to which particular Bank employees are entitled.
18.3. Long-term employee benefits
18.3.1. Benefits under the Labour Code regulations
Provisions for retirement benefits granted under benefits due to regulations of the Labour Code are estimated on the basis of the actuarial valuation. The provisions being the result of an actuarial valuation are recognised and adjusted on an annual basis.
Provisions for long-term employee benefits are recognised in the item Provisions from the statement of financial position in correspondence with remuneration costs in the income statement.
The assumptions of the method used to compute and present actuarial gains and losses are given in the item concerning estimates on retirement and pension benefits provision.
18.3.2. Variable remuneration programme benefits
Variable remuneration benefits to employees that are to be settled in cash are recognised as an expense during the performance period with a corresponding entry of a liability towards employees.
The share-based payment components that are to be settled in cash are recognised as an expense and liability during the performance period (the year for which the employee receives the benefits) based on the benefit’s fair value. The fair value is remeasured every balance sheet date until the settlement with the employee, with changes in the fair value recognised as gains or losses in the statement of profit or loss.
The share-based payment components that are to be settled in shares are recognised as an expense during the performance period based on the fair value. The corresponding entry is in equity. The fair value is remeasured at grant date and any changes are recognised in equity.
The fair value of the share-based payment components is determined with reference to the share price and the present value of estimated dividend payments during the deferral period.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
44
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
19. Equity
Equity includes: share capital, supplementary capital from the sale of shares above their nominal value, accumulated other comprehensive income, retained earnings and own shares for the purposes of the employee incentive scheme. All amounts of equity and funds are presented at nominal value.
Share capital
Share capital is presented at nominal value, in accordance with the Articles of Association (the company’s charter) and entry into the commercial register of the parent entity.
Dividends
Dividends for the financial year which have been approved by the General Shareholders’ Meeting, but not paid at the balance sheet date are disclosed under Dividend liabilities in the item Other liabilities .
Share premium
Share premium is formed from agio obtained from the issue of shares reduced by the attributable direct costs incurred with that issue.
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Accumulated other comprehensive income is created as a result of:
• valuation of financial instruments classified for measurement measured at fair value through other comprehensive income,
• valuation of derivatives for the element being the effective cash flow hedge,
• valuation of non-current assets measured at fair value,
• actuarial gains and losses.
The deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from above mentioned valuations are included in the accumulated other comprehensive income. The accumulated other comprehensive income is not subject to profit distribution.
Retained earnings
Retained earnings are created from profit allocations and are designated for purposes specified in the statute or other legal regulations. Retained earnings comprise of:
• other supplementary capital,
• other reserve capital,
• general banking risk fund,
• valuation of share-based payments,
• undistributed result from previous years,
• net result.
Other supplementary capital, other reserve capital and general banking risk fund are created from profit write-offs and are allocated for purposes specified in the Articles of Association (the company’s Charter) or other legal regulations.
General banking risk fund is created in accordance with the Banking Law Act of 29 August 1997 as amended, from profit after tax.
The net financial result represents the gross result under the statement of profit or loss for the current year, adjusted with the corporate income tax.
Own shares for the purposes of the incentive program
The Bank purchases its own shares in order to fulfil the obligations arising from the incentive scheme, variable remuneration components on the principles described in point 18.3.2 . Variable remuneration programme benefits .
20. Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of a cash flow statement include the value of cash (at the cash desks and the Central Bank) and cash equivalents e.g. balances on current accounts and overnight deposits held by other banks.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
45
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
21. Taxes
21.1. Income tax
Income tax is recognised as current and deferred tax. Current income tax is recognised in the income statement. Deferred income tax is recognised in the income statement or equity depending on the type of temporary differences.
Current tax is a liability calculated based on taxable income at the prevailing tax rate at the balance sheet date including adjustments of previous years’ tax liability.
21.2. Deferred income tax
The Bank creates a provision for deferred tax in respect of a timing difference caused by different moment of recognising income as generated and costs as incurred in accordance with the accounting regulations corporate income tax provisions. A positive net difference is recognised in liabilities as Deferred tax provisions . A negative net difference is recognised under Deferred tax assets.
The deferred tax provision is created by using the balance sheet method for all positive timing differences as at the balance sheet date arising between tax value of assets and liabilities and their carrying amount disclosed in the financial statements, except for situations where deferred tax provision arises from:
• initial recognition of goodwill,
• goodwill the amortization of which is not a tax deductible expense,
• initial recognition of an asset or liability under a transaction which does not constitute a business combination and which on its origination has no impact on the gross financial result or taxable income or loss.
Deferred tax assets are recognised with respect to all negative timing differences as at the balance sheet date between the tax value of assets and liabilities and their carrying amount disclosed in the financial statements and unused tax losses. Deferred tax assets are recognised in such amount in which taxable income is likely to be earned allowing to set off negative timing differences, except for the situations when the component of deferred tax assets arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability with a transaction which does not constitute a business combination and on its origination have no impact on the gross financial result or taxable income or loss.
The carrying amount of a deferred tax asset shall be verified for each balance sheet date and reduced if it is no longer likely to achieve taxable income sufficient for a partial or full realization of the deferred tax assets component.
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax provisions are estimated with the use of the tax rates which are expected to be in force when the asset is realised or provision released, assuming the tax rates (and tax provisions) legally or factually in force as at the balance sheet date.
Income tax pertaining to items directly recognised in equity is recognised in equity.
Deferred tax assets and provisions are recognised by the Bank in the statement of financial position after offsetting. The Bank offsets deferred tax assets and deferred tax provisions, where it has legal title to effect such offsetting, and the deferred assets and provisions pertain to the same taxpayer.
21.3. Tax on certain financial institutions
The tax on certain financial institutions (instituted by virtue of the Act of 15 January 2016, Journal of Laws 2016 item 68) is not income tax and is shown in the income statement as Tax on certain financial institutions .
21.4. Other taxes
Income, costs and assets are recognised less the value added tax, tax on civil law acts, and other sales taxes, except where the sales tax, paid upon purchase of goods and services, is not recoverable from the tax authorities; in that case, the sales tax is recognised accordingly as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset, or as part of a cost item.
The net amount of sales tax recoverable from or payable to the tax authorities is recognised in the statement of financial position as part of receivables or liabilities.
IV. Comparability of financial data
Changes in income statement
In these annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023, the Bank resigned from presenting in the income statement the impact of the adjustment to the gross carrying amount of loans due to credit moratoria , which was a more detailed presentation of interest income. This item was presented in the Bank’s annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2022. Because the effect of the credit moratoria was recognised in its entirety in 2022, the presentation of a separate line in the income statement in the financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023 was no longer relevant.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
46
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Changes in cash flow statement
In these annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 by 31 December 2023 in relation to the annual financial statements for prior periods, the Bank made changes in the presentation of individual items of the statement of cash flows, consisting in separating the following items in the operating activities:
• Change in transferred assets – in the reports for previous periods, the amounts corresponding to the change in these assets were presented – depending on the adopted valuation category – in the lines Change in financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss or/and Change in investment securities .
• Change in subordinated liabilities – to this item amounts corresponding to non-monetary changes in the carrying amount of subordinated liabilities – other than accrued and unpaid interest - were transferred. In the financial statements for the previous periods, the Bank presented these amounts in the item Change in other liabilities .
The introduction of the above changes was aimed at a more complete reflection in the cash flows statement of changes in items presented in assets and liabilities of the statement.
The table contains individual items presented in the operating activities of the statement of cash flows, in the breakdown and at values presented in the annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2022 and in the breakdown and at values presented in these annual financial statements. Cash flows from investing and financing activities remained unchanged and did not require restatement.
for the year ended 31 December 2022
in the annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2022 ( published data )
change
in the annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023 ( comparable data )
Net profit
1,714.4
1,714.4
Adjustments, including:
1,750.6
0.0
1,750.6
Share of net profit (loss) of subsidiaries and associates accounted for using the equity method
-134.6
-134.6
Depreciation and amortisation
267.2
267.2
Interest accrued (from the income statement)
-5,330.3
-5,330.3
Interest paid
-2,050.0
-2,050.0
Interest received
7,410.0
7,410.0
Dividends received
-6.8
-6.8
Gains (losses) on investing activities
3.9
3.9
Income tax (from the income statement)
660.4
660.4
Income tax paid
-68.9
-68.9
Change in provisions
20.0
20.0
Change in loans and other receivables to other banks
-3,598.1
-3,598.1
Change in financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
-325.7
-79.4
-405.1
Change in hedge derivatives
-5,628.1
-5,628.1
Change in investment securities
-502.3
-1,266.4
-1,768.7
Change in transferred assets
not applicable
1,345.8
1.345.8
Change in loans and other receivables to customers
-7,918.0
-7,918.0
Change in other assets
177.9
177.9
Change in liabilities to other banks
-5,560.3
-5,560.3
Change in liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
524.2
524.2
Change in liabilities to customers
21,752.7
21,752.7
Change in subordinated liabilities
not applicable
31.7
31.7
Change in other liabilities
2,057.4
-31.7
2,025.7
Net cash flows from operating activities
3,465.0
0.0
3,465.0
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
47
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
V. Notes to the financial statements
1. Segment reporting
Segments of operation
The management of the Bank’s activity is conducted within the areas defined in the Bank’s business model. The Bank’s business model, above all for the purpose of management reporting, includes division of clients into two main segments:
• retail banking segment,
• corporate banking segment.
The basis for distinguishing individual segments are entity criteria and - in the case of division into sub-segments - financial criteria (especially turnover, level of collected assets). The specific rules of assigning clients to respective segments are governed by the clients segmentation criteria specified in the Bank’s internal regulations.
The Bank has separated in organisational terms the operations performed by the Centre of Expertise Treasury. The Centre of Expertise Treasury manages short-term and long-term liquidity risk in line with the effective regulations and risk appetite internally set at the Bank, manages interest rate risk and invests surpluses obtained from business lines while maintaining the liquidity buffer in the form of liquid assets. The Centre of Expertise Treasury’s net income on operations is allocated to the business lines considering its support function for the Bank’s business lines.
Retail banking segment
Within the framework of retail banking, the Bank provides services to private individuals - the mass client segment and wealthy clients segment.
This activity is analyzed in terms of the main products, including: loan products (overdraft facilities, card-related loans, installment loans, mortgage loans), deposit products (current accounts, term deposits, savings accounts), structured, fund participation units, brokerage services and bank cards.
Corporate banking segment
Corporate banking area encompasses as follows:
• providing services to institutional clients,
• providing services to individual entrepreneurs,
• financial Markets products.
Services to institutional clients encompass strategic clients, large corporate entities and mid-sized companies. For corporate activity, the Bank provides reporting broken down by leading products covering i.e. loan products (working loans, investment loans), deposit products (current accounts, term deposits and negotiated deposits, savings accounts), financial markets products, trust services and capital market operations.
The service of individual entrepreneurs includes natural persons conducting business activity and partner companies that do not keep full accounting in accordance with the provisions of the Act on accounting, civil partnerships or general partnerships whose partners are only natural persons who do not keep full accounting in accordance with the provisions of the Accounting Act, and housing communities. The activity of entrepreneurs is reported in terms of the main products, including credit products (cash loan, credit line, credit card), deposit products (company account, foreign currency account, account for housing communities), terminals and payment gateways.
Financial markets products encompass operations performed in money and capital markets, conducted both on the proprietary basis as well as for the customers’ benefit. Within the framework of this activity, currency, money and derivative instrument market products and securities operations (treasury securities, shares and notes) are specified.
Measurement
The measurement of the segment’s assets and liabilities, segment’s revenue and costs is based on the accounting standards applied by the Bank, included in notes describing applied accounting standards. In particular, both internal and external interest income and costs for individual segments are determined with the use of the transfer price system within the Risk Transfer System (RTS). Transfer prices are defined based on the yield curve for a given currency that is common for assets and liabilities. The transfer price that is determined for the products being assets and liabilities with the same position on the yield curve is identical. The original transfer price – coming from the product measurement regarding the yield curve can be modified and the factors adjusting the transfer price can be the following: a premium for obtaining long-term liquidity, matching of the Bank’s position, a hedging cost for sophisticated products and the pricing policy. Thereafter, based on quotation rates available at news services, yield curves are developed using mathematical equations. Revenue, costs, results, assets and liabilities for a given segment account for elements that are directly attributable to the segment in question, as well as element that may be attributed to that segment based on reasonable premises. The Bank presents segment's interest income reduced by the cost of the interest.
Geographic segments
The Bank pursues business within the territory of the Republic of Poland.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
48
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Income statement by segments
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Retail
banking
Corporate banking
Total
Retail
banking
Corporate banking
Total
Income total
4,399.8
5,723.4
10,123.2
2,545.3
4,787.2
7,332.5
net interest income
3,722.1
4,039.4
7,761.5
1,877.9
3,452.4
5,330.3
net commission income, including:
592.4
1,486.1
2,078.5
581.5
1,437.3
2,018.8
commission income, including:
917.6
1,731.2
2,648.8
906.5
1,665.1
2,571.6
transaction margin on currency exchange transactions
79.1
630.7
709.8
87.8
615.0
702.8
account maintenance fees
108.7
323.4
432.1
113.2
334.6
447.8
lending commissions
24.8
481.9
506.7
26.2
447.7
473.9
payment and credit cards fees
393.3
173.5
566.8
364.2
148.6
512.8
participation units distribution fees
63.7
0.0
63.7
61.2
0.0
61.2
insurance product offering commissions
192.1
1.7
193.8
188.6
1.9
190.5
other commissions
55.9
120.0
175.9
65.3
117.3
182.6
commission expenses
-325.2
-245.1
-570.3
-325.0
-227.8
-552.8
other income/expenses
85.3
197.9
283.2
85.9
-102.5
-16.6
General and administrative expenses
-1,926.2
-1,582.5
-3,508.7
-2,065.9
-1,413.8
-3,479.7
including depreciation and amortisation
-184.2
-124.2
-308.4
-167.4
-99.8
-267.2
Segment operating result
2,473.6
4,140.9
6,614.5
479.4
3,373.4
3,852.8
impairment for expected credit losses
-6.2
-451.7
-457.9
-290.2
-381.2
-671.4
cost of legal risk of FX mortgage loans
-105.5
0.0
-105.5
-294.3
0.0
-294.3
tax on certain financial institutions
-231.3
-413.0
-644.3
-246.6
-400.3
-646.9
share of profit/(loss) of subsidiaries and associates accounted for using the equity method
70.8
181.2
252.0
25.6
109.0
134.6
Gross profit
2,201.4
3,457.4
5,658.8
-326.1
2,700.9
2,374.8
Income tax
-
-
-1,217.9
-
-
-660.4
Net profit
-
-
4,440.9
-
-
1,714.4
Assets, liabilities, and net cash flow by segments
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Retail
banking
Corporate banking
Total
Retail
banking
Corporate banking
Total
Assets of the segment
87,588.5
148,051.2
235,639.7
87,270.9
118,831.2
206,102.1
Segment investments in subsidiaries and associates accounted for using the equity method
1,761.0
-
1,761.0
1,624.1
-
1,624.1
Other assets (not allocated to segments)
-
-
2,199.1
-
-
3,433.1
Total Assets
89,349.5
148,051.2
239,599.8
88,895.0
118,831.2
211,159.3
Segment liabilities
117,928.9
99,565.8
217,494.7
108,052.5
89,065.0
197,117.5
Other liabilities (not allocated to segments)
-
-
5,486.2
-
-
4,774.9
Equity
-
-
16,618.9
-
-
9,266.9
Total equity and liabilities
117,928.9
99,565.8
239,599.8
108,052.5
89,065.0
211,159.3
Capital expenditure
152.1
125.0
277.1
151.0
103.4
254.4
Net cash flow from operating activities
5,542.6
-8,275.2
-2,732.6
2,105.0
-853.2
1,251.8
Net cash flow from operating activities (not allocated to segments)
-
-
25.9
-
-
2,213.2
Net cash flow from operating activities total
5,542.6
-8,275.2
-2,706.7
2,105.0
-853.2
3,465.0
Net cash flows from investing activities
-384.6
-398.2
-782.8
-514.7
-463.4
-978.1
Net cash flows from financing activities
-9.5
7,487.8
7,478.3
-
-814.8
-814.8
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
49
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2. Net interest income
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Interest income, including:
11,821.2
7,793.6
interest income calculated using effective interest rate method, including:
10,779.9
6,843.8
interest on financial instruments measured at amortised cost
8,756.9
5,737.2
interest on loans and other receivables to other banks
1,026.4
519.7
interest on loans and other receivables to customers
6,782.8
4,525.1
interest on investment securities
947.7
692.4
interest on financial instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, including:
2,023.0
1,106.6
interest on loans and other receivables to customers
527.8
360.0
interest on investment securities
1,495.2
746.6
other interest income, including:
1,041.3
949.8
interest income related to the settlement of valuations of cash flow hedging derivatives
1,038.7
946.9
other interest on loans and other receivables to customers measured at fair value through profit or loss
2.6
2.9
Interest expenses, including:
-4,059.7
-2,463.3
interest on deposits from other banks
-274.3
-355.6
interest on deposits from customers
-3,123.6
-1,584.0
interest on subordinated liabilities
-76.0
-25.8
interest on lease liabilities
-17.2
-7.9
other interest cost related to the settlement of valuations of cash flow hedging derivatives
-568.6
-490.0
Net interest income
7,761.5
5,330.3
The interest costs presented in the table relate to financial liabilities measured at amortised cost.
For assets in Stage 3, interest income is calculated based on net exposure amounts, i.e. amounts that include interest impairment for expected credit losses.
For 2023, interest income on financial assets in Stage 3 amounted to PLN 170.3 million compared to PLN 109.5 million in 2022.
Impact of adjustments to the gross carrying amount of loans due to credit moratoria
In 2022, in connection with the entry into force of the Act on crowdfunding for business ventures and assistance to borrowers, the Bank recognised in net interest income (as a reduction of income on interest on loans and other receivables granted to customers) an adjustment to the gross carrying amount of PLN mortgage loans. The amount of the adjustment as at 31 December 2022 was PLN 1,549.2 million.
In 2023, on average 66.1% of the PLN mortgage portfolio (in terms of value, compared to the entire portfolio meeting the criteria required to take advantage of credit holidays) was covered by credit holidays. The indicator was defined as the average interest of customers in holidays based on the four quarters of 2023 in which customers could take advantage of credit holidays.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
50
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
3. Net commission income
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Commission income
2 648,8
2 571,6
transaction margin on currency exchange transactions
709,8
702,8
account maintenance fees
432,1
447,8
lending commissions
506,7
473,9
payment and credit cards fees
566,8
512,8
participation units distribution fees
63,7
61,2
insurance product offering commissions
193,8
190,5
brokerage activity fees
50,5
58,0
fiduciary and custodian fees
25,9
25,2
foreign commercial business
44,6
43,6
agency in financial instruments transactions
1,5
5,4
other commission
53,4
50,4
related to assets / liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss
3,0
2,2
other
50,4
48,2
Commission expenses
-570,3
-552,8
card fees paid
-315,3
-296,1
commission paid on agency in selling deposit products
-78,3
-87,0
brokerage activity fees
-21,7
-24,4
commission paid on disclosing credit information
-22,1
-21,5
commission paid on cash handling services
-26,2
-27,6
electronic banking services fees
-17,5
-13,0
commission paid on trading in securities
-13,6
-10,9
costs of the National Clearing House (KIR)
-18,2
-16,4
agency in financial instruments transactions
-10,9
-10,4
other commission
-46,5
-45,5
related to assets / liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss
-7,1
-9,4
other
-39,4
-36,1
Net commission income
2 078,5
2 018,8
*) Fiduciary and custodian fees show the commissions earned on custody services, where the Bank keeps or invests assets for their clients.
The table includes the following items relating to financial instruments that are not measured at fair value through profit or loss and which have not been included in the calculation of the effective interest rate:
• revenues in the total amount of PLN 509.7 million from granting loans (PLN 476.1 million in 2022),
• costs in the total amount of PLN 107.5 million for intermediation in the sale of deposit products and providing credit information (PLN 117.9 million in 2022).
Revenues from contracts with customers within the meaning of IFRS 15 amounted to PLN 2,139.1 million in 2023 compared to PLN 2,095.5 million in 2022.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
51
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
4. Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
FX result and net income on interest rate derivatives, including
214.2
-109.3
FX result
188.9
196.6
currency derivatives
25.3
-305.9
Net income on interest rate derivatives
51.9
94.3
Net income on debt instruments held for trading
46.1
35.5
Net income on repo transactions
14.3
13.5
Net income on measurement of loans to customers
0.5
0.0
Net income on equity instruments
-0.1
-4.7
Total
326.9
29.3
The result on derivatives includes the net result on trading and fair value measurement of interest rate instruments (FRA, IRS/CIRS, cap options) and currency instruments (swaps, options).
The result on debt instruments includes the net result on trading in government securities and the result on the fair value measurement of these instruments.
The result on equity instruments for 2023 includes the result on valuation of these instruments at fair value. As result on equity instruments for 2022, the result on the sale of shares of one company from the portfolio of non- trading financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss was presented.
5. Net income on the sale of securities and loans and dividend income
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Net income on the sale of securities measured at amortised cost
0.0
-24.8
Net income on sale of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and dividend income, including:
-15.2
26.5
sale of debt securities
-6.3
19.7
sale of loans
-16.3
0.0
dividend income
7.4
6.8
Total
-15.2
1.7
Dividend income received in 2023 and 2022 comes from companies whose shares the Bank kept as at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022, respectively, in its portfolio.
6. Net (loss)/income on hedge accounting
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Fair value hedge accounting for securities
-8.8
-35.4
valuation of the hedged transaction
401.0
-527.6
valuation of the hedging transaction
-409.8
492.2
Cash flow hedge accounting
4.0
-4.0
ineffectiveness under cash flow hedges
4.0
-4.0
Total
-4.8
-39.4
For details of the hedge accounting applied by the Bank, refer to the subsequent part of the financial statements, Risk and capital management section, in chapter II. 3.8 . Hedge accounting .
7. Net (loss)/income on other basic activities
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Sale of other services
4.7
0.7
Net income on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
-2.1
-4.6
Banking activity-related compensations and losses
-27.8
-6.0
Other
1.5
1.7
Total
-23.7
-8.2
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
52
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
8. General and administrative expenses
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Personnel expenses, including:
-1,821.6
-1,501.3
wages and salaries, including:
-1,490.4
-1,212.8
variable remuneration programme
-41.6
-29.9
ING Group’s incentive programme
0.0
-0.1
retirement benefits
-8.9
-6.3
employee benefits
-331.2
-288.5
Cost of marketing and promotion
-162.8
-140.9
Depreciation and amortisation, including:
-308.4
-267.2
on property, plant and equipment
-234.4
-200.4
including depreciation of the right to use
-124.0
-101.1
on intangible assets
-74.0
-66.8
Other general and administrative expenses, including:
-1,215.9
-1,570.3
IT costs
-359.4
-310.3
advisory and legal services, audit costs
-174.1
-99.2
maintenance costs of buildings and real estate valuation to fair value
-168.4
-116.4
obligatory payments to the Bank Guarantee Fund, including:
-151.4
-224.3
obligatory restructuring fund
-151.4
-170.0
bank guarantee fund*
0.0
-54.3
communication costs
-52.0
-41.6
transport and representation costs
-46.6
-32.3
fees to the Polish Financial Supervision Authority
-24.0
-21.6
disputed claims
-23.5
-39.2
short-term and low-value lease costs
-13.2
-12.0
donation
-8.1
-13.7
contributions to the Commercial Banks Protection System **
0.0
-470.7
other ***
-195.2
-189.0
Total
-3,508.7
-3,479.7
*) In the 4 th quarter of 2022, the BFG Board adopted a resolution on reducing the target level of deposit guarantee scheme funds in banks to 1.6% of the amount of funds guaranteed in banks and branches of foreign banks covered by the mandatory deposit guarantee scheme. Therefore, for 2023, the BFG did not collect obligatory contributions to the bank guarantee fund and the obligatory contribution for 2022 attributable to ING Bank Śląski S.A. was reduced to PLN 54.3 million.
**) In 2022, eight Polish banks, including ING Bank Śląski S.A. (participating banks) established the Commercial Bank Protection System. The system is managed by a joint-stock company established for this purpose (Management Unit). In the Management Unit, an aid fund was created, to which the participating banks contribute cash. In 2023, there were no contributions to the aid fund (in 2022, the Bank paid PLN 470.7 million into the aid fund).
***) In the data for 2022, in the amount presented in other items, PLN 23.7 million was recognised due to the Bank’s payment to the Borrowers’ Support Fund (FWK). In July 2022, the Act on crowdfunding for business ventures and assistance to borrowers entered into force, which introduced, among others, the obligation for the banking sector to make an additional contribution to the Borrowers’ Support Fund by the end of 2022 in the amount of PLN 1.4 billion. In 2023, there were no contributions to the FWK.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
53
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
8.1. Employee benefits
Variable Remuneration Programme
Benefits are awarded to the employees covered with the Programme, based on their performance appraisal for a giv-en year. Variable remuneration programme benefits to persons holding managerial positions having a material im-pact on the risk profile of the Bank (in accordance with guidelines and Regulation on the risk management system and internal control system, remuneration policy and a detailed method of capital estimation in banks have been granted in one of two programmes:
• An equity-settled share-based payment and cash programme, which operates from mid-2022. In this pro- gramme the benefit is granted in two parts:
− one paid in a fixed amount of cash (no more than 50%), and
− one granted as rights to ING Bank Śląski shares (at least 50%); an equity-settled share-based payment.
• A cash-settled share-based payment and cash programme, which operated until mid-2022. In this programme the benefit is granted in two parts:
− one paid in a fixed amount of cash (no more than 50%), and
− one paid in cash with the amount of cash based on the price of ING Bank Śląski shares (at least 50%); a cash-settled share-based payment.
The variable remuneration programme for any given performance year is settled over a period of up to six years (the deferral period) in tranches. Furthermore, the components that are settled in shares and in cash are subject to a one-year retention period after settlement.
The significant accounting principles applied to variable remuneration programme benefits are included in chapter III. Significant accounting principles, in item 18.3.2 . Variable Remuneration Programme benefits .
The tables show the instruments granted under share-based payment schemes.
2023
Fair value of instruments at the measurement date
(in PLN million)
Number of instruments
granted
(pcs.)
Number of instruments
outstanding at the beginning of the period
(pcs.)
Number
of instruments exercised
during 2023
(pcs.)
Number of instruments forfeited
during 2023 (pcs.)
Number of instruments granted but not yet exercised
as at 31 December 2023
(pcs.)
Equity-settled
Programme 2022
260.25
38,921
38,921
-
-
38,921
Programme 2023
260.25
60,192
60,192
-
-
60,192
Total
99,113
99,113
99,113
Cash-settled
Programme 2017
260.25
62,308
8,959
8,160
-
8,959
Programme 2018
260.25
66,323
17,817
8,646
-
17,875
Programme 2019
260.25
66,319
26,785
8,561
-
18,224
Programme 2020
260.25
57,414
23,251
-
-
23,251
Programme 2021
260.25
46,868
46,868
27,398
-
19,470
Programme 2022
260.25
34,542
34,542
-
-
34,542
Total
333,774
158,222
52,765
122,321
2022
Fair value of instruments at the measurement date
(in PLN million)
Number of instruments
granted
(pcs.)
Number of instruments
outstanding at the beginning of the period
(pcs.)
Number
of instruments exercised
during 2022
(pcs.)
Number of instruments forfeited
during 2022 (pcs.)
Number of instruments granted but not yet exercised
as at 31 December 2022
(pcs.)
Equity-settled
Programme 2022
171.6
38,531
38,531
-
-
38,531
Cash-settled
Programme 2017
171.6
62,308
17,077
8,118
-
8,959
Programme 2018
171.6
66,323
26,493
8,618
-
17,875
Programme 2019
171.6
66,319
26,785
-
-
26,785
Programme 2020
171.6
57,414
57,414
34,163
-
23,251
Programme 2021
171.6
46,377
46,377
-
-
46,377
Programme 2022
171.6
34,435
34,435
-
-
34,435
Total
333,176
208,581
50,899
-
157,682
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
54
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
9. Impairment for expected credit losses
Net impairment for expected credit losses
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Loans and other receivables to other banks, including:
-1.1
-0.2
measured at amortised cost
-1.1
-0.2
Investment securities, including:
-15.8
0.4
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
-8.9
0.2
measured at amortised cost
-6.9
0.2
Loans and other receivables to customers, including:
-431.8
-642.3
measured at amortised cost*, including:
-438.4
-627.4
corporate banking
-424.2
-355.6
corporate and municipal debt securities
3.0
-4.4
retail banking
-14.2
-271.8
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
6.6
-14.9
Provisions for off-balance sheet liabilities
-9.2
-29.3
Total
-457.9
-671.4
*) The values presented in the item Loans and other receivables to customers measured at amortised cost include, among others, the amounts of repayments regarding receivables previously removed from the balance sheet, which in 2023 amounted to PLN 0.4 million, similar to 2022.
Allowances on expected credit losses in the balance sheet
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Loans and other receivables to other banks, including:
1.4
0.2
measured at amortised cost
1.4
0.2
Investment securities, including:
26.3
10.5
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
12.2
3.3
measured at amortised cost
14.1
7.2
Loans and other receivables to customers, including:
3,259.3
3,006.9
measured at amortised cost*, including:
3,236.6
2,977.6
corporate banking
2,280.4
1,934.8
corporate and municipal debt securities
1.7
4.7
retail banking
956.2
1,042.8
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
22.7
29.3
Provisions for off-balance sheet liabilities
115.6
107.9
Total
3,402.6
3,125.5
10. Cost of legal risk of FX mortgage loans
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Provisions for legal risk of FX indexed mortgage loans, including:
relating to loans in the Bank's portfolio
-93.5
-271.5
relating to repaid loans
-12.0
-22.8
Total
-105.5
-294.3
Detailed information on the legal risk of CHF-indexed mortgage loans is presented later in the report in note 31 . Provisions. Significant assumptions regarding the calculation of legal risk provisions for CHF-indexed mortgage loans are described in chapter III. Significant accounting principles, in point 3.6 .
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
55
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
11. Tax on certain financial institutions
Under the Act on the Tax on Certain Financial Institutions (hereinafter referred to as the "Act"), banks are charged a so-called bank tax amounting to 0.0366% of the value of its assets on a monthly basis. The basis for taxation is the sum of assets after deductions provided for in the Act (i.a. by the value of PLN 4 billion, the value of own funds, the value of Treasury securities, the value of assets in the form of securities legally covered by the Treasury guarantee and the value of assets resulting from the repurchase transaction in which Treasury securities are subject). For 2023, the tax amounted to PLN 644.3 million (PLN 646.9 million for 2022).
12. Income tax
Income tax recognised in the income statement
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Current tax, of which:
561.3
1,120.9
current tax for the financial year
559.9
1,141.7
tax on dividends
1.4
1.3
taxes relating to previous years
0.0
-22.1
Deferred tax, including:
656.6
-460.5
rise and reversal of temporary differences
138.2
56.7
tax loss
518.4
-517.2
Total
1 217.9
660.4
The amount presented for 2023 under tax loss includes settlement of tax losses incurred by the Bank in previous years - respectively 50% of the tax loss incurred as at 31 December 2021 was settled and 50% of the tax loss incurred as at 31 December 2022 was settled - the losses were settled in the amount of PLN 2,728.4 million and at the same time deferred tax in the amount of PLN 518.4 million was settled. The Bank forecasts that other losses (50% of 2021 and 50% of 2022 losses) will be deducted in tax settlement in 2024.
Current tax for the financial year
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Current tax for the financial year included in the income statement
559.9
1,141.7
Current tax for the financial year included in equity
578.1
-1,141.7
Total
1,138.0
0.0
The Bank has two sources of current tax, a tax calculated on the profit and loss account and a tax calculated on the unrealised valuation of hedging instruments (IRS), recorded in other comprehensive income and pertaining to instruments settled in accordance with the STM (settled-to-market) approach. The negative value in 2022 reflects the receivables that resulted from the increase in the negative unrealised valuation of IRS hedging instruments settled under STM as a result of an increase in interest rates. The significant increase in negative valuation was the main reason for the tax loss for 2022 and 2021.
Current income tax assets / liabilities
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Current income tax assets
0.0
566.0
Current income tax liabilities
100.5
0.0
For 2021, the Bank used a simplified form of paying corporate income tax advances. In 2021, the Bank recorded a tax loss and therefore, due to the simplified form of paying income tax advances, the advance payments were the Bank's receivable from the Tax Office. From 2022, the Bank resigned from the simplified form of paying the aforementioned advances and due to the fact that in 2022 it recorded a tax loss, it did not pay the advances to the Tax Office. The decrease in current income tax receivables in 2023 results from the deduction of tax liabilities from other taxes (tax on certain financial institutions and value added tax) from the overpayment for 2021.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
56
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Calculation of the effective tax rate
The deviation in the effective tax rate above 19% in 2023 was mainly due to:
• increase, including:
− tax on certain financial institutions in the amount of PLN 644.3 million (PLN 646.9 million in 2022),
− a fee for the BFG (contribution to the resolution fund) in the amount of PLN 151.4 million (in 2022 it was PLN 224.3 million and included a contribution to the guarantee fund of banks and contribution to the resolution fund),
− creation of provisions for legal risk of mortgage loans in foreign currencies in the amount of PLN 105.1 million (PLN 294.3 million in 2022).
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
A. Profit before tax
5,658.8
2,374.8
B. 19% of profit before tax
1,075.2
451.2
C. Increases – non-deductible expenses, including:
191.5
243.9
tax on certain financial institutions
122.4
122.9
prudential fee in favour of BGF
28.8
42.6
provisions for legal risk of foreign currency mortgage loans and commission returns
20.0
55.6
costs of derecognition of credit and non-credit receivables from the balance sheet
1.3
2.4
impairment loss on receivables in a part not covered with the deferred tax
6.1
4.4
provisions for disputable debt claims and other assets
4.9
8.7
State Fund for Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (PFRON) payments
1.4
1.5
representation expenses
0.8
0.6
other
5.8
5.2
D. Decreases – tax exempt income, including:
48.8
34.7
valuation using the equity method of subsidiaries
47.9
25.6
release of provisions for disputed claims
0.8
0.7
recognition of a deferred tax asset due to a change in the method of accounting for securities in income tax
0.0
8.3
other
0.1
0.1
E. Income tax from the income statement (B+C-D)
1,217.9
660.4
Effective tax rate (E : A)
21.52%
27.81%
13. Earnings and book value per ordinary share
Basic earnings per share
The calculation of basic earnings per share of the Bank for 2023 was based on net profit of PLN 4,440.9 million (year 2022: PLN 1,714.4 million) and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding at the end of 2023 totalling 130,117,872 shares (year-end: 130,100,000 shares).
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Net profit
4,440.9
1,714.4
Weighted average number of ordinary shares
130,117,872
130,100,000
Earnings per ordinary share (in PLN)
34.13
13.18
Diluted earnings per share
In 2023 as well as in 2022, there were no factors that would dilute the profit per one share. In the described periods, ING Bank Śląski S.A. issued neither bonds convertible to shares nor options for shares. The share capital comprises ordinary shares only (no preference shares). Therefore, the diluted earnings per share are the same as the underlying profit per share.
Book value per share
The calculation of the book value per share of the Bank for 2023 was based on the amount of equity in the amount of PLN 16,618.9 million (year 2022: PLN 9,266.9 million) and the number of shares at the end of 2023 and 2022 in the number of 130,100,000 shares.
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Book value
16,618.9
9,266.9
Number of shares
130,100,000
130,100,000
Book value per share (PLN)
127.74
71.23
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
57
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
14. Cash in hand and balances with the Central Bank
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Cash in hand
782.4
932.6
Balances with the Central Bank
5,969.0
1,405.0
Total
6,751.4
2,337.6
The Bank maintains on the current account with the National Bank of Poland the statutory reserve, which at the end of 2023 amounted to 3.5% of the value of deposits received (similar to the end of 2022).
The arithmetic mean of the holdings of required reserves, which the Bank is obliged to keep on a current account with the National Bank of Poland, during a given period, was:
• PLN 7,255.9 million for the period from 30 November 2023 to 1 January 2024.,
• PLN 6,532.2 million for the period from 30 November 2022 to 1 January 2023.
Holdings of statutory reserve funds on an overdraft account with the National Bank of Poland are remunerated during the reserve period in the amount determined by the Monetary Policy Council. As at 31 December 2023, the interest rate was 5.75% (6.75% as at 31 December 2022).
15. Loans and other receivables to other banks
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Current accounts
145.0
329.1
Interbank deposits:
137.8
398.8
including O/N deposits
72.9
21.9
Loans and advances
3,350.4
2,355.9
Reverse repo transactions
19,000.3
3,759.5
Placed call deposits
69.1
361.1
Deferred payment receivables from a subsidiary
125.9
0.0
Total (gross)
22,828.5
7,204.4
Impairment for expected credit losses
-1.4
-0.2
Total (net)
22,827.1
7,204.2
Disclosures on the credit quality of loans and other receivables granted to other banks are presented later in the financial statements in Risk and capital management section, in chapter II. 2.9.6 . Credit quality of other financial assets .
Loans and receivables to other banks by maturity
as at 31 December
2023
2022
without specified maturity
145.0
329.1
up to 1 month
13,461.0
4,469.5
over 1 month and up to 3 months
6,026.5
27.5
over 3 months and up to 1 year
362.2
136.3
over 1 year and up to 5 years
2,833.8
2,242.0
Total (gross)
22,828.5
7,204.4
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
58
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
16. Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
as at 31 December
2023
2022
transferred debt securities
other finnancial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
Total
transferred debt securities
other finnancial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
Total
Financial assets held for trading, including:
165.2
2,234.9
2,400.1
163.8
1,895.8
2,059.6
valuation of derivatives
-
899.8
899.8
-
974.9
974.9
other financial assets held for trading, including:
165.2
1,335.1
1,500.3
163.8
920.9
1,084.7
debt securities:
165.2
719.3
884.5
163.8
443.3
607.1
Treasury bonds in PLN
133.1
599.7
732.8
125.2
441.7
566.9
Czech Treasury bonds in CZK
32.1
119.1
151.2
38.6
1.2
39.8
European Investment Bank bonds
-
0.5
0.5
-
0.4
0.4
repo transactions
-
615.8
615.8
-
477.6
477.6
Financial assets other than those held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss, including:
-
39.0
39.0
-
56.5
56.5
loans obligatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
-
38.6
38.6
-
54.6
54.6
equity instruments
-
0.4
0.4
-
1.9
1.9
Total
165.2
2,273.9
2,439.1
163.8
1,952.3
2,116.1
Detailed disclosures on the nominal values of derivative instruments and their valuation broken down into individual types of derivative instruments along with the remaining dates for their implementation are presented in note 17 . Valuation of derivatives .
Securities that can be pledged or sold by the collateral recipient are presented as transferred debt securities . These assets, as required by IFRS 9, are presented separately by the Bank in the statement of financial position under Transferred assets . For further information on assets pledged as security for liabilities, see note 20 .
In 2023, the Bank did not sell equity instruments from the portfolio of financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss. In 2022, the Bank sold instruments from this portfolio. These were shares in one company, acquired in 2021 as part of a settlement for the sale of shares in another company. In 2022, the Bank reported a loss of - PLN 4.7 million due to the sale of the shares, which is presented in note 4 . Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result .
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss (excluding the valuation of derivatives) by maturity
as at 31 December
2023
2022
other financial assets held for trading
loans are obligatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
equity instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss
Total
other financial assets held for trading
loans are obligatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
equity instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss
Total
without specified maturity
-
-
0.4
0.4
-
-
1.9
1.9
up to 1 month
615.8
0.9
-
616.7
510.9
-
-
510.9
over 1 month and up to 3 months
-
0.3
-
0.3
-
2.8
-
2.8
over 3 months and up to 1 year
41.6
8.4
-
50.0
57.1
9.7
-
66.8
over 1 year and up to 5 years
489.8
17.8
-
507.6
402.6
29.2
-
431.8
over 5 years
353.1
0.3
-
353.4
114.1
1.5
-
115.6
for which the maturity has expired
-
10.9
-
10.9
-
11.4
-
11.4
Total
1,500.3
38.6
0.4
1,539.3
1,084.7
54.6
1.9
1,141.2
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
59
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
17. Valuation of derivatives
The tables below present the nominal values of derivatives whose valuation is presented in financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss (positive valuation) and financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss (negative valuation) of the Bank's statement of financial position. Notional amounts of the same-currency transaction derivatives were presented in the amounts purchased, while two-currency transactions showed both purchased and sold amounts. The fair value valuation of derivatives includes a valuation adjustment for counterparty credit risk (CVA) and Bank default (DVA).
2023
as at 31 December
Fair value
Nominal value of instruments with remaining maturity
Assets
Liabilities
up to
3 months
from
3 months
to 1 year
over 1 year
Total
Interest rate derivatives, including:
347.4
625.2
125,668.0
242,589.6
550,143.2
918,400.8
settled via CCP
222.5
255.3
124,912.4
240,261.7
541,166.7
906,340.8
contracts for the future FRA interest rate – PLN
7.6
13.0
59,408.0
73,894.5
38,225.0
171,527.5
Interest rate swaps (IRS PLN) fixed – float
257.3
443.8
43,086.9
160,427.6
461,737.4
665,251.9
Interest rate swaps (IRS EUR) fixed – float
51.5
135.8
17,376.6
7,006.5
35,553.6
59,936.7
Interest rate swaps (IRS USD) fixed – float
2.1
2.9
5,296.5
239.6
3,439.5
8,975.6
Interest rate swaps (IRS CZK) fixed - float
20.8
21.4
0.0
31.7
9,611.9
9,643.6
Interest rate swaps (IRS GBP) fixed - float
0.2
0.4
500.0
440.0
884.9
1,824.9
Interest rate swaps (IRS HUF) fixed - float
1.0
1.0
0.0
0.0
56.8
56.8
CAP options – EUR
6.9
6.9
0.0
549.7
612.4
1,162.1
CAP options – PLN
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
21.7
21.7
Currency derivatives, including:
548.8
431.1
30,934.9
12,092.0
9,548.8
52,575.7
currency contracts (swap, forward), including:
471.4
351.8
30,576.3
11,717.5
2,894.2
45,188.0
currency contracts (swap, forward) EUR / PLN
240.9
199.5
10,452.0
5,064.6
722.2
16,238.8
currency contracts (swap, forward) USD / PLN
124.8
45.7
4,643.9
2,937.9
713.7
8,295.5
currency contracts (swap, forward) EUR / USD
22.2
20.7
11,699.5
1,262.0
572.3
13,533.8
currency contracts - other currency pairs
83.5
85.9
3,780.9
2,453.0
886.0
7,119.9
CIRS, inluding:
77.4
79.3
358.6
374.5
6,654.6
7,387.7
CIRS EUR/PLN (float-float)
61.7
18.8
210.8
374.5
4,286.4
4,871.7
CIRS EUR/PLN (float-fixed)
15.7
60.5
147.8
0.0
2,368.2
2,516.0
Current off-balance sheet transactions, including:
3.6
4.0
23,660.7
-
-
23,660.7
foreign exchange operations
3.6
4.0
2,549.1
-
-
2,549.1
operations in securities
0.0
0.0
21,111.6
-
-
21,111.6
Total
899.8
1,060.3
180,263.6
254,681.6
559,692.0
994,637.2
2022
as at 31 December
Fair value
Nominal value of instruments with remaining maturity
Assets
Liabilities
up to
3 months
from
3 months
to 1 year
over 1 year
Total
Interest rate derivatives, including:
266.9
929.7
103,751.1
180,595.4
450,278.1
734,624.6
settled via CCP
191.2
164.8
103,097.4
179,157.5
439,859.1
722,114.0
contracts for the future FRA interest rate – PLN
14.5
14.3
66,723.0
54,684.0
5,464.0
126,871.0
Interest rate swaps (IRS PLN) fixed – float
218.2
624.2
32,455.4
118,353.8
407,573.8
558,383.0
Interest rate swaps (IRS EUR) fixed – float
11.2
271.8
1,480.1
6,964.6
26,226.6
34,671.3
Interest rate swaps (IRS USD) fixed – float
2.1
1.2
2,936.0
240.4
5,571.2
8,747.6
Interest rate swaps (IRS CZK) fixed - float
13.6
11.1
0.0
328.2
3,782.1
4,110.3
Interest rate swaps (IRS GBP) fixed - float
0.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
995.6
995.6
CAP options – EUR
6.7
6.7
156.6
0.0
620.9
777.5
CAP options – PLN
0.4
0.4
0.0
24.4
43.9
68.3
Currency derivatives, including:
705.8
670.7
35,143.5
27,570.3
8,890.0
71,603.8
currency contracts (swap, forward), including:
641.2
605.3
35,143.5
27,570.3
3,451.6
66,165.4
currency contracts (swap, forward) EUR / PLN
113.1
114.3
8,988.3
8,425.4
1,571.1
18,984.8
currency contracts (swap, forward) USD / PLN
260.1
229.5
15,941.4
8,316.9
16.4
24,274.7
currency contracts (swap, forward) EUR / USD
51.7
94.6
5,743.9
2,347.2
189.0
8,280.1
currency contracts - other currency pairs
216.3
166.9
4,469.9
8,480.8
1,675.1
14,625.8
CIRS, inluding:
64.6
65.4
0.0
0.0
5,438.4
5,438.4
CIRS EUR/PLN (float-float)
57.3
50.3
0.0
0.0
3,933.7
3,933.7
CIRS EUR/PLN (float-fixed)
7.3
15.1
0.0
0.0
1,504.7
1,504.7
Current off-balance sheet transactions, including:
2.2
1.9
8,306.7
-
-
8,306.7
foreign exchange operations
2.2
1.9
2,865.8
-
-
2,865.8
operations in securities
0.0
0.0
5,440.9
-
-
5,440.9
Other off-balance sheet financial instruments
0.0
0.0
1,219.4
-
-
1,219.4
Total
974.9
1,602.3
148,420.7
208,165.7
459,168.1
815,754.5
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
60
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Interest rate derivatives IRS/FRA settled-to-market
IRS / FRA interest rate derivatives submitted for clearing via central counterparties / CCP are settled in accordance with the "settlement-to-market / market settlement" approach. Under the terms of the said service, the balance sheet exposure resulting from the transaction is settled on a daily basis based on the change in the fair value of individual transactions. As a result, no Variation Margin is placed. The carrying amount of individual transactions includes cash flows realised as part of the daily settlement of exposures arising therefrom, including cash flows resulting from the settlement of the price alignment amout, which ensures the economic equivalence of the applied approach to the "collateralized-to-market" approach.
18. Derivative hedging instruments
In the financial statements prepared for 2023 (similarly to 2022), the Bank applies fair value hedge accounting and cash flow hedge accounting. The table below presents the valuation of hedging instruments, broken down into instruments securing the fair value of securities and cash flow hedging instruments. The valuation of hedging instruments is presented in the item Derivative hedge instruments in assets (positive valuation) and liabilities (negative valuation) of the statement of financial position of the Bank.
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
Cash flow hedging instruments
204.8
273.5
139.2
367.2
Instruments hedging the fair value of securities
3.6
6.8
0.0
2.3
Total hedging instruments
208.4
280.3
139.2
369.5
For details of the hedge accounting applied by the Bank, refer to the subsequent part of the financial statements, Risk and capital management section, in chapter II. 3.8 . Hedge accounting .
19. Investment securities
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, including:
23,829.9
15,728.1
debt securities, including:
23,594.0
15,607.2
Treasury bonds in PLN
21,259.1
12,069.2
Treasury bonds in EUR
546.1
1,803.4
European Investment Bank bonds
1,377.7
1,308.9
Austrian government bonds
411.1
425.7
equity instruments
235.9
120.9
Measured at amortised cost, including:
32,697.5
32,620.1
debt securities, including:
32,697.5
32,620.1
Treasury bonds in PLN
13,095.0
13,352.5
Treasury bonds in EUR
2,940.4
3,192.1
European Investment Bank bonds
6,700.4
6,815.7
Bonds of the Polish Development Fund (PFR)
3,859.7
3,858.4
Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego bonds
1,804.8
1,802.1
NBP bills
4,297.2
3,599.3
Total
56,527.4
48,348.2
The value presented in the item equity instruments in the category of assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) includes investments in shares issued by entities that are considered to be material from the perspective of the Bank's operations. The approach to the fair value measurement of these instruments is described in the further part of the report in note 35 . Fair value . In 2023, the Bank received income in the form of dividends in the amount of PLN 7.4 million (PLN 6.8 million in 2022), which was presented in the profit and loss account under Net income on the sale of securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and dividend income .
Disclosures on the credit quality of investment securities are presented later in the financial statements in the section Risk and capital management , in chapter II. 2.9.6 . Credit quality of other financial assets .
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
61
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Investment securities by maturity
as at 31 December
2023
2022
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
measured at amortised cost
Total
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
measured at amortised cost
Total
without specified maturity
235.9
-
235.9
120.9
-
120.9
up to 1 month
-
4,400.0
4,400.0
48.5
3,599.3
3,647.8
over 3 months and up to 1 year
466.2
5,159.7
5,625.9
-
180.6
180.6
over 1 year and up to 5 years
20,563.8
19,818.7
40,382.5
10,118.6
22,615.2
32,733.8
over 5 years
2,564.0
3,319.1
5,883.1
5,440.1
6,225.0
11,665.1
Total
23,829.9
32,697.5
56,527.4
15,728.1
32,620.1
48,348.2
20. Assets securing liabilities
Assets securing liabilities that meet the criteria for separate presentation in the statement of financial position (transferred assets)
The Bank presents separately in the statement of financial position, assets securing liabilities that can be pledged or resold by the collateral recipient (transferred assets). IFRS 9.3.2.23(a) requires these assets to be segregated and presented separately from other assets in the statement of financial position.
As at 31 December 2023 (similar to 31 December 2022), the Bank held assets securing liabilities in the portfolio of financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss.
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Bods securing liabilities arising from securities sold with a repurchase agreement (sell-buy-back transactions), including:
Treasury bonds in PLN
133.1
125.2
Czech Treasury bonds in CZK
32.1
38.6
Total
165.2
163.8
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
62
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Other assets securing liabilities
The carrying amount of other assets securing liabilities that do not meet the criteria for separate presentation in the statement of financial position is presented in the table below.
as at 31 December
2023
2022
portfolio of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
portfolio of financial assets measured at amortised cost
Total
portfolio of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
portfolio of financial assets measured at amortised cost
Total
Treasury bonds in PLN, including:
245.1
831.1
1,076.2
240.9
842.8
1,083.7
providing security for the benefit of the Bank Guarantee Fund
-
528.7
528.7
-
581.4
581.4
constituting a block on the obligation to pay a contribution to the guarantee fund of banks
-
200.1
200.1
-
199.6
199.6
constituting a blocking of the obligation to pay a contribution to the banks’ compulsory restructuring fund
245.1
-
245.1
240.9
-
240.9
constituting the lodging of securities collateral for initial margin
-
30.7
30.7
-
30.9
30.9
representing the payment of securities collateral for the initial margin for the ATS Market
-
61.4
61.4
-
20.6
20.6
providing security for the KDPW CCP settlement fund
-
10.2
10.2
-
10.3
10.3
Treasury bonds in EUR, including:
-
67.7
67.7
-
73.5
73.5
constituting the margin for the settlement of EUREX transactions
-
67.7
67.7
-
73.5
73.5
European Investment Bank bonds, including:
202.0
397.4
599.4
283.7
504.1
787.8
providing security for settlements with LCH
-
256.7
256.7
78.1
354.1
432.2
constituting the margin for the settlement of EUREX transactions
202.0
115.1
317.1
205.6
124.4
330.0
in the Euroclear account, earmarked as collateral for transactions not submitted to clearing houses
-
25.6
25.6
-
25.6
25.6
Austrian Government bonds securing the settlements made with LCH
411.1
-
411.1
425.7
-
425.7
Total
858.2
1,296.2
2,154.4
950.3
1,420.4
2,370.7
The blocking of securities takes place taking into account the conditions resulting from:
• Act on the Bank Guarantee Fund, deposit guarantee system and forced restructuring
• Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council (EU) No. 648/2012 of 4 July 2012
• from concluded contracts,
• liabilities under repo agreements.
The Bank has deposited call-type margins as security for derivative transactions. Receivables in this respect are presented in note 15 . Loans and other receivables to other banks and in note 21 . Loans and other receivables to customers .
Restricted assets, apart from the instruments presented in this note, also include the value of the obligatory reserve that the Parent company of the Bank is required to maintain in its current account with the NBP. More information on the required reserve is provided in note 14 . Cash in hand and balances with the Central Bank .
Securities not constituting the Bank's assets accepted as collateral for liabilities under repo transactions
The market value of buy-sell-back / reverse repo securities was PLN 607.4 million as at 31 December 2023 compared to PLN 471.2 million as at 31 December 2022. As at 31 December 2023, securities worth PLN 595.7 million were further resold (compared to PLN 433.7 million as at 31 December 2022).
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
63
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
21. Loans and other receivables to customers
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Measured at amortised cost
140,189.8
137,520.3
Measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
6,473.2
8,213.2
Total (net)
146,663.0
145,733.5
Some of the mortgage loans have been designated by the Bank for the "Holding and Sell" business model and may be sold to ING Bank Hipoteczny S.A. (being a subsidiary of the Bank) as part of the so-called pooling. These loans are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income.
From the point of view of the consolidated financial statements, pooled loans still meet the criterion of the "Mainte- nance" business model, due to the fact that pooling transactions take place within the Capital Group.
The Bank uses the discounted cash flow model to measure mortgage loans assigned to the portfolio measured at fair value. Due to the use of input data in the valuation model that is not based on observable market data, the valuation technique belongs to Level 3.
Disclosures on the credit quality of the loan portfolio are presented later in the financial statements in the section Risk and capital management in chapter II. 2.9.2 . Quality of loan portfolio .
Loans and receivables to customers measured at amortised cost
as at 31 December
2023
2022
gross
impairment for expected credit loss
net
gross
impairment for expected credit loss
net
Loan portfolio, of which:
141,698.8
-3,236.6
138,462.2
138,648.9
-2,977.6
135,671.3
Corporate banking
87,129.4
-2,280.4
84,849.0
86,025.4
-1,934.8
84,090.6
loans in the current account
16,480.9
-141.5
16,339.4
19,035.3
-484.1
18,551.2
term loans and advances
66,456.8
-2,137.2
64,319.6
63,208.0
-1,446.0
61,762.0
debt securities (corporate and municipal)
4,191.7
-1.7
4,190.0
3,782.1
-4.7
3,777.4
Retail banking
54,569.4
-956.2
53,613.2
52,623.5
-1,042.8
51,580.7
mortgages
45,396.2
-199.5
45,196.7
43,896.7
-234.9
43,661.8
loans in the current account
706.4
-62.7
643.7
697.5
-63.5
634.0
other loans and advances
8,466.8
-694.0
7,772.8
8,029.3
-744.4
7,284.9
Other receivables, of which:
1,727.6
0.0
1,727.6
1,849.0
0.0
1,849.0
call deposits placed
606.9
0.0
606.9
827.6
0.0
827.6
other
1,120.7
0.0
1,120.7
1,021.4
0.0
1,021.4
Total
143,426.4
-3,236.6
140,189.8
140,497.9
-2,977.6
137,520.3
Loans and receivables to customers by maturity
as at 31 December
2023
2022
measured at amortised cost
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
measured at amortised cost
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
without specified maturity
17,093.9
0.0
19,214.9
0.0
up to 1 month
7,071.2
39.1
5,707.2
25.4
over 1 month and up to 3 months
6,506.2
27.3
6,938.8
26.3
over 3 months and up to 1 year
15,355.9
120.2
13,750.9
92.2
over 1 year and up to 5 years
48,956.0
738.5
43,539.0
727.2
over 5 years
46,478.6
5,545.2
49,726.6
7,339.7
for which the maturity has expired
1,964.6
2.9
1,620.5
2.4
Total (gross)
143,426.4
6,473.2
140,497.9
8,213.2
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
64
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
22. Investments in subsidiaries and associates accounted for using the equity method
as at 31 December
the carrying amount
Name
Type of capital relationship
% of the Bank share in equity
2023
2022
ING Investment Holding (Polska) S.A.*
subsidiary
100.00%
1,271.4
1,157.0
ING Bank Hipoteczny S.A.
subsidiary
100.00%
456.9
438.7
ING Usługi dla Biznesu S.A.
subsidiary
100.00%
32.0
27.8
Nowe Usługi S.A.
subsidiary
100.00%
0.7
0.6
Total
1,761.0
1,624.1
*) ING Investment Holding (Poland) S.A. holds shares in the following entities: ING Commercial Finance S.A. (100% shares), ING Lease (Poland) Sp. z o.o. (100% shares), SAIO S.A. (100% shares), Paymento Financial S.A. (100% shares) and an associate of Goldman Sachs TFI S.A. (45% shares).
The reconciliation of the carrying amount of investments in subsidiaries and associates for 2023 and 2022 is presented below.
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Opening balance
1,624.1
1,531.9
purchase of shares
27.0
1.3
valuation using the equity method in the period
252.0
134.6
dividends received
-144.7
-27.9
other
2.6
-15.8
Closing balance
1,761.0
1,624.1
Changes in the portfolio of investments in subsidiaries and associates accounted for using the equity method
Acquisition of Paymento Financial S.A.
On 27 January 2023, the Polish Financial Supervision Authority (PFSA, KNF) stated that there are no grounds to object to the acquisition by ING Investment Holding (Polska) S.A. - a 100% subsidiary of ING Bank Śląski - of a controlling stake in Paymento Financial S.A. The acquisition transaction was finalized on 31 March 2023.
Paymento Financial S.A. provides professional financial services and IT solutions for the financial sector. The company is a National Payment Institution and its activity is subject to the supervision of the Office of the PFSA.
The acquisition of the technology company means strengthening the e-commerce competences at ING Bank Śląski S.A. and support in further development of the offer in this areae.
23. Property, plant and equipment
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Right of use assets, including:
431.3
387.1
real estate
413.1
372.7
means of transport
18.2
14.3
other assets
0.0
0.1
Own real estate
215.3
245.1
Investments in non-owned fixed assets
93.0
87.3
Computer hardware
100.5
122.2
Other property, plant and equipment
67.9
58.4
Fixed assets under construction
57.1
26.4
Total
965.1
926.5
There are no legal constraints on property, plant and equipment at the end of 2023 and 2022.
Contractual obligations to purchase property, plant and equipment
In 2023, the Bank concluded agreements with business partners resulting in future increase in the value of property, plant and equipment in the total amount of PLN 6.5 million. Due to the framework nature of some of the contracts, this amount is not targeted - its amount will result from cost estimates calculated during the implementation. The agreements pertain to real estate (buildings and structures), investments in external fixed assets, fixed assets under construction and other fixed assets. At the end of 2022, the Bank had agreements (partly framework agreements) on real estate (buildings and structures), investments in external fixed assets, fixed assets under construction and other fixed assets for the total amount of PLN 20.0 million.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
65
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
The tables present changes in gross value and accumulated depreciation for individual groups of property, plant and equipment in 2023 and 2022.
2023
for the year ended 31 December
right of use assets
real estate
means of transport
other assets
Total
own real estate
investments in non- owned fixed assets
computer hardware
other property, plant and equipment
fixed assets under construction
Total
Opening gross value
704.0
39.9
1.3
745.2
419.9
473.8
453.4
377.7
26.4
2,496.4
Additions, including:
195.4
14.4
0.2
210.0
12.1
47.1
31.1
25.1
111.7
437.1
new contracts for the right of use
69.9
13.0
-
82.9
-
-
-
-
-
82.9
adjustment of the asset in connection with the recalculation of the lease liability
125.5
1.4
0.2
127.1
-
-
-
-
-
127.1
purchases
-
-
-
0.0
-
36.4
-
-
111.7
148.1
investment takeovers
-
-
-
0.0
8.8
10.7
30.7
24.2
-
74.4
reclassification from non-current assets held for sale
-
-
-
0.0
3.3
-
-
0.9
-
4.2
acquisition of an organised part of an enterprise
-
-
-
0.0
-
-
0.4
-
-
0.4
Reductions, including:
-56.6
-9.6
0.0
-66.2
0.0
-11.9
-1.1
-0.2
-81.0
-160.4
early termination of the contract
-34.5
-9.6
-
-44.1
-
-
-
-
-
-44.1
adjustment of the asset in connection with the recalculation of the lease liability
-22.1
-
-
-22.1
-
-
-
-
-
-22.1
sale and liquidation
-
-
-
0.0
-
-1.1
-1.1
-0.2
-
-2.4
investment takeovers
-
-
-
0.0
-
-
-
-
-74.4
-74.4
other
-
-
-
0.0
-
-10.8
-
-
-6.6
-17.4
Fair value change, including:
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-26.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-26.0
included in other comprehensive income
-
-
-
0.0
-0.1
-
-
-
-
-0.1
included in income statement*
-
-
-
0.0
-25.9
-
-
-
-
-25.9
Closing gross value
842.8
44.7
1.5
889.0
406.0
509.0
483.4
402.6
57.1
2,747.1
Opening accumulated depreciation
-331.3
-25.6
-1.2
-358.1
-174.8
-386.5
-331.2
-319.3
0.0
-1,569.9
Changes in the period, including:
-98.4
-0.9
-0.3
-99.6
-15.9
-29.5
-51.7
-15.4
0.0
-212.1
depreciation charges
-113.6
-10.1
-0.3
-124.0
-14.8
-29.5
-51.5
-14.5
-
-234.3
reduction in scope and early termination of the contract
15.2
9.2
-
24.4
-
-
-
-
-
24.4
reclassification from non-current assets held for sale
-
-
-
0.0
-1.1
-
-
-0.9
-
-2.0
acquisition of an organised part of an enterprise
-
-
-
0.0
-
-
-0.2
-
-
-0.2
Closing accumulated depreciation
-429.7
-26.5
-1.5
-457.7
-190.7
-416.0
-382.9
-334.7
0.0
-1,782.0
Closing net value
413.1
18.2
0.0
431.3
215.3
93.0
100.5
67.9
57.1
965.1
*) in line General and administrative expenses , in detailed item maintenance costs of buildings and real estate valuation to fair value .
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
66
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2022
for the year ended 31 December
right of use assets
real estate
means of transport
other assets
Total
own real estate
investments in non- owned fixed assets
computer hardware
other property, plant and equipment
fixed assets under construction
Total
Opening gross value
549.4
36.0
0.9
586.3
422.1
344.8
372.6
443.6
38.5
2,207.9
Additions, including:
186.1
7.8
0.4
194.3
13.0
132.8
82.0
20.3
120.9
563.3
new contracts for the right of use
53.9
6.4
-
60.3
-
-
-
-
-
60.3
adjustment of the asset in connection with the recalculation of the lease liability
132.2
1.4
0.4
134.0
-
-
-
-
-
134.0
purchases
-
-
-
0.0
-
28.4
-
-
120.9
149.3
investment takeovers
-
-
-
0.0
12.6
12.5
82.0
18.7
-
125.8
reclassification to/from another category of property, plant and equipment
-
-
-
0.0
0.4
91.9
-
1.6
-
93.9
Reductions, including:
-31.5
-3.9
0.0
-35.4
-8.1
-3.8
-1.2
-86.2
-133.0
-267.7
early termination of the contract
-24.3
-3.7
-
-28.0
-
-
-
-
-
-28.0
adjustment of the asset in connection with the recalculation of the lease liability
-7.2
-0.2
-
-7.4
-
-
-
-
-
-7.4
sale and liquidation
-
-
-
0.0
-2.2
-1.4
-1.2
-0.3
-
-5.1
investment takeovers
-
-
-
0.0
-
-
-
-
-125.8
-125.8
reclassification to non-current assets held for sale
-
-
-
0.0
-5.4
-0.1
-
-0.9
-
-6.4
reclassification to/from another category of property, plant and equipment
-
-
-
0.0
-0.5
-1.5
-
-85.0
-6.9
-93.9
other
-
-
-
0.0
-
-0.8
-
-
-0.3
-1.1
Fair value change, including:
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-7.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-7.1
included in income statement*
-
-
-
0.0
-7.1
-
-
-
-
-7.1
Closing gross value
704.0
39.9
1.3
745.2
419.9
473.8
453.4
377.7
26.4
2,496.4
Opening accumulated depreciation
-256.6
-19.7
-0.9
-277.2
-162.9
-294.4
-288.0
-370.0
0.0
-1,392.5
Changes in the period, including:
-74.7
-5.9
-0.3
-80.9
-11.9
-92.1
-43.2
50.7
0.0
-177.4
depreciation charges
-91.2
-9.6
-0.3
-101.1
-14.2
-29.1
-43.2
-12.8
-
-200.4
reduction in scope and early termination of the contract
16.5
3.7
-
20.2
-
-
-
-
-
20.2
reclassification to non-current assets held for sale
-
-
-
0.0
1.8
0.1
-
0.9
-
2.8
reclassification to/from another category of property, plant and equipment
-
-
-
0.0
0.5
-63.1
-
62.6
-
0.0
Closing accumulated depreciation
-331.3
-25.6
-1.2
-358.1
-174.8
-386.5
-331.2
-319.3
0.0
-1,569.9
Closing net value
372.7
14.3
0.1
387.1
245.1
87.3
122.2
58.4
26.4
926.5
*) in line General and administrative expenses , in detailed item maintenance costs of buildings and real estate valuation to fair value .
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
67
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
24. Intangible assets
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Goodwill obtained as a result of a branch of ING Bank NV contributed in kind
223.3
223.3
Software
193.0
148.0
Outlays for intangible assets
32.4
20.5
Other intangible assets
1.4
1.4
Total
450.1
393.2
Changes in 2023 and 2022 in particular groups of intangible assets are presented below.
2023
for the year ended 31 December
Goodwill
Software
Outlays for intangible
assets
Other
intangible
assets
Total
Opening gross value
223.3
1,331.0
20.5
19.3
1,594.1
Additions, including:
0.0
144.5
129.0
1.4
274.9
purchases
-
-
129.0
-
129.0
investment takeovers
-
114.9
-
1.4
116.3
acquisition of an organised part of an enterprise
-
29.6
-
-
29.6
Reductions, including:
0.0
-0.4
-117.1
0.0
-117.5
investment takeovers
-
-
-116.3
-
-116.3
other
-
-0.4
-0.8
-
-1.2
Closing gross value
223.3
1,475.1
32.4
20.7
1,751.5
Opening accumulated depreciation
0.0
-1,183.0
0.0
-17.9
-1,200.9
Changes in the period, including:
0.0
-99.1
0.0
-1.4
-100.5
depreciation charges
-
-72.6
-
-1.4
-74.0
acquisition of an organised part of an enterprise
-
-26.5
-
-
-26.5
Closing accumulated depreciation
0.0
-1,282.1
0.0
-19.3
-1,301.4
Closing net value
223.3
193.0
32.4
1.4
450.1
2022
for the year ended 31 December
Goodwill
Software
Outlays for intangible
assets
Other
intangible
assets
Total
Opening gross value
223.3
1,234.3
14.6
18.0
1,490.2
Additions, including:
0.0
96.9
105.1
1.3
203.3
purchases
-
-
105.1
-
105.1
investment takeovers
-
96.9
-
1.3
98.2
Reductions, including:
0.0
-0.2
-99.2
0.0
-99.4
investment takeovers
-
-
-98.2
-
-98.2
other
-
-0.2
-1.0
-
-1.2
Closing gross value
223.3
1,331.0
20.5
19.3
1,594.1
Opening accumulated depreciation
0.0
-1,117.2
0.0
-16.9
-1,134.1
Changes in the period, including:
0.0
-65.8
0.0
-1.0
-66.8
depreciation charges
-
-65.8
-
-1.0
-66.8
Closing accumulated depreciation
0.0
-1,183.0
0.0
-17.9
-1,200.9
Closing net value
223.3
148.0
20.5
1.4
393.2
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
68
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Contractual obligations to purchase intangible assets
In 2023, the Bank concluded agreements with contractors for the future purchase of intangible assets for a total amount of PLN 32.8 million, however, due to the framework nature of some of the agreements, this amount is not the target amount. These agreements, as in the previous year, concern the purchase of licenses and the implementation of computer software.
At the end of 2022, the Bank had contracts (partly of a framework nature) for the purchase of licenses and software implementation for a total amount of PLN 69.9 million.
Impairment test of cash generating units with respective goodwill
The goodwill impairment test is carried out at least once every year, irrespective of identification of any triggers for impairment.
At the Bank, the impairment test covered the goodwill obtained as a result of a branch of ING Bank NV contributed in kind, which was assigned to the corporate activity of the Bank. The smallest identifiable cash-generating units were determined and goodwill totalling PLN 223.3 million was assigned thereto. No other additional elements of intangible value and indefinite useful life were identified that could be assigned to the identified cash-generating units.
The test input data cover the economic capital, risk-weighted assets and profit before tax per segment and effective tax rate. The test is performed using the model that calculates and compares the current value of free cash flow of the unit to the estimated book value of the unit’s funds. The cash flows of the unit are defined as net profits less capital needed to maintain the solvency ratio at the required level.
A discount rate of 11.42% representing the weighted average cost of capital, estimated on the basis of the risk-free rate (5.20%), beta factor (1.13) and share price risk premium (5.50%), was used to discount the flows as at 2023 yearend. As at 2022 yearend, the discount rate used to discount the flows was 13.34% and was estimated based on a risk-free rate of 6.86%, a beta factor of 1.08 and a share price risk premium of 6.00%. Other assumptions include the nominal growth rate after the forecast period (3.5% at the end of 2023 as well as at the end of 2022).
The recoverable value was determined based on the estimation of the useable value of the assets component taking into account the estimated forecast of expected future cash flows generated during the continued use. The cash flow forecasts are based on rational assumptions that reflect the most accurate appraisal of the management regarding all the conditions that will appear during the remaining lifetime of the assets. The cash flow forecasts are based on mid-term plan approved by the Bank and the strategy covering the maximum period of the next three
years. The data regarding the subsequent years come from extrapolation. Extrapolation assumes that the cash flow generating centre will maintain the gross profit to risk weighted assets ratio at the level from the last year of the Bank’s forecast and its profits will increase by previously determined growth rate. Legitimacy of the assumptions made is verified periodically, and any divergence between the cash flows estimated based on the future cash flows and the actual ones is analysed as appropriate.
The test showed the surplus of present value over the net book value of the cash-generating unit thus no impairment was determined.
N As at 31 December 2023, the sensitivity analysis of the goodwill impairment test shows that:
− increasing the discount rate by 1 p.p. would result in a decrease in the surplus of net cash flows over the net book value of the cash-generating unit by 18% (compared to 28% at the end of 2022),
− reduction of the discount rate by 1 p.p. would result in an increase in the surplus of net cash flows over the net book value of the cash-generating unit by 24% (compared to 34% at the end of 2022).
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
69
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
25. Deferred tax
Movements in temporary differences during the year
2023
for the year ended 31 December
opening balance
changes carried through profit or loss
changes carried through other comprehensive income
closing balance
Deferred tax assets
tax loss
1,034.5
-518.4
-
516.1
impairment for expected credit losses
387.9
31.5
-
419.4
revaluation of financial instruments
145.0
9.1
-68.0
86.1
employee benefits
64.3
7.9
-
72.2
provision for restructuring
8.6
13.0
-
21.6
other provisions
134.5
7.2
-
141.7
settlement of the difference between tax and balance sheet depreciation
17.9
8.7
0.2
26.8
effective interest rate adjustment
103.9
-85.7
-18.2
0.0
finance lease
0.0
4.4
-
4.4
other
12.0
-11.3
-
0.7
Total
1,908.6
-533.6
-86.0
1,289.0
Deferred tax losses
revaluation of financial instruments
100.5
-0.3
46.9
147.1
accrued interest
155.9
68.6
-
224.5
settlement of prepayments/accruals due to depreciation/ amortisation resulting from the investment relief
0.7
0.2
-
0.9
effective interest rate adjustment
0.0
55.4
-27.5
27.9
finance lease
1.0
-1.0
-
0.0
other
0.4
0.1
-
0.5
Total
258.5
123.0
19.4
400.9
Deferred tax disclosed in the balance sheet, of which:
1,650.1
-656.6
-105.4
888.1
Deferred tax assets
888.1
2022
for the year ended 31 December
opening balance
changes carried through profit or loss
changes carried through other comprehensive income
closing balance
Deferred tax assets
tax loss
517.3
517.2
-
1,034.5
impairment for expected credit losses
328.7
59.2
-
387.9
revaluation of financial instruments
424.0
-337.4
58.4
145.0
employee benefits
66.1
-1.8
-
64.3
provision for restructuring
11.2
-2.6
-
8.6
other provisions
94.3
40.2
-
134.5
settlement of the difference between tax and balance sheet depreciation
13.6
4.3
-
17.9
effective interest rate adjustment
0.0
85.8
18.1
103.9
other
11.7
0.3
-
12.0
Total
1,466.9
365.2
76.5
1,908.6
Deferred tax losses
revaluation of financial instruments
123.3
-0.1
-22.7
100.5
accrued interest
207.5
-51.6
-
155.9
settlement of prepayments/accruals due to depreciation/ amortisation resulting from the investment relief
0.9
-0.2
-
0.7
effective interest rate adjustment
16.8
-42.2
25.4
0.0
finance lease
0.7
0.3
-
1.0
other
1.9
-1.5
-
0.4
Total
351.1
-95.3
2.7
258.5
Deferred tax disclosed in the balance sheet, of which:
1,115.8
460.5
73.8
1,650.1
Deferred tax assets
1,650.1
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
70
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Deferred tax recognised directly in equity
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Deferred tax in accumulated other comprehensive income, due to:
57.3
-45.5
financial assets valued through other comprehensive income - debt instruments
67.1
-12.0
financial assets valued through other comprehensive income - equity instruments
40.3
18.4
financial assets valued through other comprehensive income - loans
-27.4
-18.1
property, plant and equipment
0.1
0.1
cash flow hedges
-16.2
-29.6
actuarial gains/losses
-6.6
-4.3
Deferred tax in retained earnings due to:
3.9
1.3
incentive employee programs
4.1
1.3
undistributed profit of previous years
-0.2
0.0
Total
61.2
-44.2
26. Other assets
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Prepayments, including:
93.3
93.5
accrued income
40.7
50.4
due to commissions
1.3
0.8
due to general and administrative expenses
51.3
42.3
Other assets, including:
25.8
27.1
settlements with recipients
20.8
14.3
public and legal settlements
2.1
1.8
non-current assets held for sale
0.0
2.2
other
2.9
8.8
Total
119.1
120.6
including financial assets
25.8
24.9
Expected settlement period of other assets
up to 1 year
117.0
119.0
over 1 year
2.1
1.6
Disclosures on the credit quality of other financial assets are presented later in the financial statements in the section Risk and capital management in chapter II. 2.9.6 . Credit quality of other financial assets .
27. Liabilities to other banks
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Current accounts
636.4
491.0
Interbank deposits
191.0
81.5
Loans received*
7,680.7
0.0
Received call deposits
316.4
80.0
Other liabilities
2.2
5.2
Total
8,826.7
657.7
*) As at 31 December 2023, the item Loans received includes liabilities due to two non-preferred senior loans (NPS) received by ING Bank Śląski S.A. from ING Bank N.V. More information on NPS loans can be found in the Risk and capital management section, in chapter I. 4 . MREL requirements .
Liabilities to other banks by maturity
as at 31 December
2023
2022
without specified maturity
638.6
493.1
up to 1 month
486.9
100.3
over 1 month and up to 3 months
0.0
23.4
over 3 months and up to 1 year
20.6
40.9
over 1 year and up to 5 years
6,532.7
0.0
over 5 years
1,147.9
0.0
Total
8,826.7
657.7
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
71
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
28. Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Financial liabilities held for trading, including:
valuation of derivatives
1,060.3
1,602.3
other financial liabilities held for trading, including::
761.3
601.5
book short position in trading securities
595.6
437.3
repo transactions
165.7
164.2
Total
1,821.6
2,203.8
Detailed disclosures on the nominal values of derivative instruments and their valuation broken down into individual types of derivative instruments along with the remaining dates for their implementation are presented in note 17 . Valuation of derivatives .
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (excluding valuation of derivatives) by maturity
as at 31 December
2023
2022
up to 1 month
165.7
164.2
over 1 year and up to 5 years
244.1
263.6
over 5 years
351.5
173.7
Total
761.3
601.5
29. Liabilities to customers
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Deposits, including:
202,429.1
189,657.3
Corporate banking
90,343.2
84,857.9
current deposits
60,863.9
53,827.1
including O/N deposits
6,453.0
2,529.3
saving deposits
19,444.2
18,060.1
term deposits
10,035.1
12,970.7
Retail banking
112,085.9
104,799.4
current deposits
28,816.0
27,530.3
saving deposits
67,713.1
69,381.1
term deposits
15,556.8
7,888.0
Other liabilities, including:
2,610.8
2,585.3
liabilities under monetary hedges
823.3
743.8
call deposits
10.8
11.4
other liabilities
1,776.7
1,830.1
Total
205,039.9
192,242.6
Starting from 2023, the Bank changed the presentation of data in this note (mostly these are the balances of closed customer accounts), transferring to deposits (current and term) the amounts presented in previous financial statements under Other liabilities - other . Data as at 31 December 2022 have been restated to ensure comparability.
Liabilities to customers by maturity
as at 31 December
2023
2022
without specified maturity
173,501.3
169,385.2
up to 1 month
17,260.3
12,393.1
over 1 month and up to 3 months
5,592.3
5,201.5
over 3 months and up to 1 year
8,656.6
5,224.5
over 1 year and up to 5 years
29.3
38.1
over 5 years
0.1
0.2
Total
205,039.9
192,242.6
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
72
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
30. Subordinated liabilities
Bank has in its balance sheet two subordinated loans resulting from agreements with the parent entity, i.e. with ING Bank N.V. based in Amsterdam. These are:
• The agreement concluded on 30 September 2019 in the amount of EUR 250.0 million. On 28 November 2019, the Bank obtained the PFSA’s consent to include the amount of the loan in the Tier 2 capital .
• Agreement concluded on 30 October 2018 for the amount of EUR 100.0 million. On 30 January 2019, the Bank obtained the consent of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority to include the amount of the loan in the Tier 2 capital .
Both loans were granted for a period of 10 years. The Bank has the right to early repayment of each of them after 5 years, subject to obtaining the relevant consent of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority. Interest on both loans is payable quarterly at EURIBOR 3M plus a margin (1,66% for the 2019 loan and 1,22% for the 2018 loan). The financial conditions of the loans do not differ from market conditions.
At the end of 2023, the total carrying amount of subordinated loans was PLN 1,526.2 million (PLN 1,643.9 million at the end of 2022).
31. Provisions
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Provision for off-balance sheet liabilities
115.6
107.9
Provision for retirement benefits
88.7
70.2
Provision for disputes
37.8
33.7
Provision for restructuring
116.1
49.4
Provision for legal risk of FX mortgage loans *
128.4
53.7
Other provisions
49.8
32.9
Total
536.4
347.8
*) The presented values constitute a provision that applies to CHF-indexed mortgage loans removed from the statement of financial position and parts of loans recognised in the statement of financial position for which the estimated loss value exceeds the gross exposure. In addition, with respect to CHF-indexed mortgage loans recognised in the statement of financial position, the Bank estimates the adjustment to the gross carrying amount and recognises it in the statement of financial position in the item Loans and other receivables to customers . In chapter III. Significant accounting principles , in item 3.6 . Write-downs and portfolio provisions related to the portfolio of mortgage loans indexed to the CHF exchange rate are presented the change in 2023 and 2022 of both provisions and adjustment to the gross carrying amount due to the legal risk of CHF-indexed mortgages.
The tables below present the movements in the individual provisions in 2023 and 2022.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
73
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
for the year ended 31 December
Provision for off-balance sheet liabilities
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Provision for retirement benefits
Provision for disputes
Provision for restructuring
Provision for legal risk
Other provisions
Total
Opening balance
39.3
54.0
14.6
107.9
70.2
33.7
49.4
53.7
32.9
347.8
provisions recognised/ reversed
-5.4
-28.9
43.5
9.2
6.3
7.5
86.1
11.6
19.6
140.3
ransfer within provisions
-
-
-
0.0
-
-
-
73.1
-
73.1
utilisation
-
-
-
0.0
-
-3.4
-19.4
-10.0
-2.7
-35.5
actuarial gains/losses
-
-
-
0.0
12.2
-
-
-
-
12.2
other
-0.8
-0.5
-0.2
-1.5
-
-
-
-
-
-1.5
Closing balance
33.1
24.6
57.9
115.6
88.7
37.8
116.1
128.4
49.8
536.4
Expected provision settlement period:
up to 1 year
0.0
5.5
16.5
38.5
0.0
6.0
66.5
over 1 year
115.6
83.2
21.3
77.6
128.4
43.8
469.9
2022
for the year ended 31 December
Provision for off-balance sheet liabilities
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Provision for retirement benefits
Provision for disputes
Provision for restructuring
Provision for legal risk
Other provisions
Total
Opening balance
32.8
22.4
23.4
78.6
69.4
42.4
67.6
37.6
36.8
332.4
provisions recognised/ reversed
6.5
31.6
-8.8
29.3
4.5
22.9
-
21.4
-
78.1
reclassification due to full repayment of loans
-
-
-
0.0
-
-
-
3.0
-
3.0
utilisation
-
-
-
0.0
-
-31.6
-18.2
-8.3
-3.9
-62.0
actuarial gains/losses
-
-
-
0.0
-3.7
-
-
-
-
-3.7
Closing balance
39.3
54.0
14.6
107.9
70.2
33.7
49.4
53.7
32.9
347.8
Expected provision settlement period:
up to 1 year
0.0
5.4
13.6
4.1
0.0
6.5
29.6
over 1 year
107.9
64.8
20.1
45.3
53.7
26.4
318.2
Provision for retirement benefits
Provisions for retirement severance pay are estimated on the basis of actuarial valuation using the discount rate, which was adopted at the level of 5.4% at the end of 2023 (7% at the end of 2022). Provisions resulting from actuarial valuation are recognised and revalued in annual periods.
The table below includes revision of the balance-sheet liability.
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Opening balance
70.2
69.4
Costs included in the income statement, including:
9.0
6.3
regular employment costs
4.4
4.4
costs of interest
4.6
1.9
Actuarial gains / losses
12.0
-3.7
Paid benefits
-2.5
-1.8
Closing balance
88.7
70.2
Provision for disputes
The value of the proceedings conducted in 2023 concerning liabilities and debt claims did not exceed 10% of the Bank’s equity. The Bank is of the opinion that none of the proceedings conducted in 2023 before court, competent authority for arbitration proceedings or public administration authority, pose a risk to the Bank’s financial liquidity, individually or in total.
Provision for restructuring
In 2023, the Bank’s Management Board decided to continue in 2024-2026 the process initiated in 2016, which is related to the employment restructuring resulting from the continuation of a long-term project to evolve the Bank’s organisational structure, including, above all, further optimisation of the number of outlets and development of digital channels in the retail segment, reconstruction of the organisational structure and processes in the corporate segment, as well as optimisation and automation of processes in the Bank’s business support units.
In 2023, a restructuring provision was created in the amount of PLN 86.1 million, which is intended to cover personnel costs. It was recognised in the statement of profit or loss under General and administrative expenses - personnel expenses .
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
74
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Legal risk related to the portfolio of loans indexed to CHF
Significant assumptions regarding the calculation as at 31 December 2023 of the amount of the adjustment to the gross carrying amount resulting from legal risk for the portfolio of CHF-indexed mortgage loans presented in the statement of financial position and the amount of provisions for CHF-indexed mortgage loans are described in chapter III. Significant accounting principles , in point 3.6 .
To date, the Bank has not received any class action, and neither of the clauses used by the Bank in the agreements has been entered in the register of prohibited clauses.
The most important findings of the Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) and the Supreme Court in recent years regarding loan agreements indexed or denominated in foreign currencies are presented below.
• On 3 October 2019, the CJEU issued a judgment concerning the possible consequences of recognizing by a national court that a given contractual provision is abusive. The Court confirmed that the evaluation of the contract should not be automatic. It is up to the national court to assess whether, after finding that a given provision is abusive, the contract - in accordance with national law - cannot continue to be in force without such a provision. It is also for the national court to assess the potential consequences for the consumer of the annulment of the credit agreement in question.
• On 7 May 2021, the Civil Chamber of the Supreme Court, composed of 7 judges, adopted a resolution, at the same time giving this resolution the force of a legal principle. The Supreme Court decided that the provision considered abusive (ineffective) from the beginning is not binding. In addition, according to this resolution, if the court finds the loan agreement invalid, each party will settle separately. Thus, the Supreme Court upholds the position that the bank's and the consumer's claims are independent and do not automatically offset each other. The Supreme Court did not decide that each indexed or denominated loan agreement should be annulled. A finding that a contractual provision is abusive should, as a rule, result in the application by national courts of such solutions that restore the balance. According to the Supreme Court, the contract should be considered definitively ineffective if the consumer - duly informed about the consequences - does not agree to be bound by a provision considered abusive.
• On 8 September 2022, the CJEU issued a judgment on mortgage loans denominated in a foreign currency. This judgment confirmed the position already presented by the Court in the past, i.e. in the judgment of 3 October 2019, according to which, if the consumer objects to it, the national court cannot replace the unfair contract term concerning the exchange rate with an optional provision of domestic law. Nor can the national court remove only
the element of a contractual term which renders it genuinely unfair, leaving the remainder of it effective, if such removal would amount to altering the content of the term which affects its substance. If the loan agreement cannot continue to apply without a clause containing an unfair term, it should be declared invalid in absolute terms. The Tribunal also stated that the limitation period for the customer's claims may begin only when the consumer becomes aware of the unfair terms of the contract. The date of signing the contract does not matter.
• On 5 April 2023, the Supreme Court issued a judgment in which it confirmed that the presence of abusive clauses in the contract does not automatically invalidate the entire contract. The purpose of Directive 93/13 is not to annul all contracts containing prohibited terms, but to restore the balance between the parties. It is therefore possible, on the basis of a specific court case, for the court to recognize that without the abusive indexation clause, the contract may continue to be in force. It seems, however, that the impact of this ruling on the jurisprudence of the courts is limited, because currently the courts conclude that the contract is invalid not from the mere fact of the presence of abusive clauses in them, but from the fact that without these clauses the contract cannot continue to function.
• On 15 June 2023, the European Court of Justice (CJEU) issued a judgment in a case regarding the answer to the question of the referring court regarding whether the parties, in addition to reimbursement of money paid in performance of the contract (bank - loan principal, consumer - installments, fees, commissions and insurance premiums) and statutory interest for delay from the time of request for payment, may also demand any other benefits, including receivables (in particular remuneration, compensation, reimbursement of costs or indexation of the benefit).
As regards consumer claims, the CJEU referred to national law and emphasized that it is for the referring court to assess, in the light of all the circumstances of the dispute, whether the inclusion of such consumer claims complies with the principle of proportionality.
As regards banks' claims, the Court pointed out that the Directive precludes banks from being entitled to demand compensation from the consumer beyond the repayment of the capital paid out and beyond the payment of statutory interest for late payment, if this would lead to “compensation for the loss of profit which it intended to make from that contract.” Indicating the need to return the capital, the Court did not determine whether it is about its real or nominal value, which is a particularly important question in the light of high inflation. A sectoral analysis of the above-mentioned ruling is underway.
• In its judgment of 21 September 2023 in Case C-139/22, the CJEU held that :
1) In order for a contractual term to be regarded as unfair, it is sufficient to establish that its content correspo nds to the terms of a standard contract entered in the register of prohibited clauses, which does not preclud e, however, that in the particular proceedings the bank can prove that, in the light of all the relevant circum
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
75
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
stances of the case, that term is not abusive (in particular, it does not produce effects identical to those ent ered in the register of prohibited clauses) .
2) An unfair contract term shall not be made unfair by the fact that the consumer may choose to perform his contractual obligations under the contract on the basis of another contract term which is fair .
3) The trader shall be required to provide information on the essential characteristics of the contract and the ri sks inherent in the contract of each consumer, including where the relevant consumer has appropriate kno wledge and experience in the specific field .
4) In view of the answer to Question No 3, the CJEU considered it pointless to answer Question No 4 (that ques tion was asked only in the event that the third question was answered in the negative, which was not the c ase here) .
However, in the opinion of the banks, this judgment does not close the way for Polish courts to assess consumer c laims from the perspective known to Polish law and also the institution of abuse of rights present in other Europe an legal orders .
• On 7 December 2023, the CJEU issued another adverse judgement for banks, which, however, does not bring anything groundbreaking. The CJEU stated that the consumer does not have to declare that he is aware of the consequences of the cancellation of the contract before the courts, and that the consumer has the right to reimbursement of the full value of the claims, without deducting capital interest.
• In its judgement of 14 December 2023, the CJEU stated that the limitation period must be symmetrical for both parties. Therefore, the limitation period for client claims cannot start earlier than the limitation period for bank claims. The CJEU confirmed the sanction of permanent ineffectiveness, which means that the limitation period for both parties should be counted from the customer's express statement that he knows the consequences of cancellation of the contract. This is in line with the current case law of Polish courts after the resolution of the 7 judges of the Supreme Court of 7 May 2021.
Settlement programme
From 25 October 2021, the Bank offers the possibility for borrowers to conclude voluntary settlements in accordance with the proposal presented in December 2020 by the Chairman of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority. The Bank's customers may submit a request for mediation through the Mediation Center of the Court of Arbitration of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority. The mediation process can be used by customers who have a housing mortgage loan or a housing construction and mortgage loan indexed with the CHF exchange rate at the Bank for their own housing purposes, excluding mortgage loans and the above-mentioned loans, where one of the
purposes of lending was to consolidate non-housing liabilities. A mediation agreement can only be signed for one of the active housing loans. The conversion takes place on the terms presented by the Chairman of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority. Detailed rules for the settlement of the loan and determination of the type of interest rate for the future are the subject of arrangements in the mediation process before the Polish Financial Supervision Authority in accordance with the current offer of settlements offered by the Bank. From the moment the settlement programme was launched until the end of 2023, the Bank concluded 705 agreements under the programme.
Other provisions
Provision for commission refunds on prepaid consumer loans
On 11 September 2019, the CJEU announced its judgment on consumer credit agreements. Information on the judgment and the related position of the President of UOKiK is presented in chapter III. Significant accounting principles , in point 3.7 .
On 9 October 2019, the Bank was served with a notice of initiation by the Office of Competition and Consumer Protection and a request to provide information on banking products on offer from 16 May 2016, to which the provisions of the Consumer Credit Act, including Art. 49 of this act. The explanatory proceeding concerns the settlement by the Bank of commission refunds in cases of early repayment of consumer loans. The Bank provided the requested information to the Office of Competition and Consumer Protection by letter of 29 October 2019. On 24 December 2019, the Bank received another letter from the Office of Competition and Consumer Protection in the same procedure with the request for additional information. The Bank replied with a letter of 3 January 2020.
The Bank monitors the impact of the CJEU judgments on the behaviour of borrowers, the practice and jurisprudence of Polish courts in these cases, and assesses the probability of cash outflow in relation to CHF-indexed mortgage loans and commission reimbursements on consumer loans on an ongoing basis.
PFSA proceedings
• On 12 October 2018, the Polish Financial Supervision Authority imposed a fine on the Bank in the amount of PLN 0.5 million, pursuant to Art. 232 sec. 1 of the Act on Investment Funds and Alternative Investment Funds Management, in the wording before the amendment made by the Act of 31 March 2016, in connection with the breach of depository’s obligations set out in Art. 72 of the Act in connection with the Bank acting as the depositary of the Inventum Premium SFIO and Inventum Parasol FIO funds with separate sub-funds. In the course of reconsidering the case, the PFSA confirmed the violations and did not identify any circumstances that would justify reducing the fine. In connection with the proceedings, a provision in the amount of PLN 0.5
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
76
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
million was created in December 2018. The Bank paid the imposed fine in the third quarter of 2020. On 1 October 2020, the Bank appealed against the said decision to the Provincial Administrative Court. In the judgment of 7 April 2021, the Provincial Administrative Court overruled the decision of 12 October 2018 and the decision of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority of 12 August 2020 upholding this decision. The PFSA filed a complaint with the Supreme Administrative Court on 27 July 2021. On 25 August 2021, the Bank responded to the complaint. The date of the hearing before the Supreme Administrative Court has not been set.
• On 17 June 2020, the Polish Financial Supervision Authority (PFSA, KNF) initiated administrative proceedings to impose a penalty on ING Bank Śląski S.A, in connection with suspicion of breach of depositary duties defined in art. 72 of the Act on investment funds and management of alternative investment funds in connection with the Bank’s function of depositary of specific funds and Article 9(2) of the above mentioned act. The proceedings ended on 17 December 2021 with the issuance of a Decision under which the PFSA imposed an administrative penalty of PLN 4.3 million on the Bank. The fine was paid. On 21 November 2022, the Bank filed a complaint with the Provincial Administrative Court. Pursuant to the content of the complaint, the Bank demands that the Decision imposing an administrative penalty be repealed in its entirety. In a judgment of 8 March 2023, the Provincial Administrative Court dismissed the Bank's complaint in its entirety. The justification for the judgment was received on 21 June 2023, after analyzing it, the Bank decided to file a cassation complaint with the Supreme Administrative Court. The complaint was prepared and submitted on time. The date of the hearing before the Supreme Administrative Court has not been set.
• On 22 November 2023, the Polish Financial Supervision Authority initiated an administrative proceeding regarding the imposition of a fine on ING Bank Śląski S.A. pursuant to Art. 176i sec. 1 point 4 of the Act on Trading in Financial Instruments. At this stage of the proceedings, it is not possible to reliably estimate the amount of the potential penalty.
Proceedings before the President of the Office of Competition and Consumer Protection (UOKiK)
Proceedings on the application of practices infringing collective consumer interests regarding unauthorized transactions
On 22 June 2021, the UOKiK opened an investigation against ING concerning the Bank’s replies to customer reports of unauthorized transactions, including the reimbursement of transaction amounts at D+1. In the course of the proceedings, the Bank repeatedly provides the explanations and documents required by the Office.
On 22 November 2022, the Bank received a notice from the UOKiK to initiate proceedings for a practice damaging the collective interests of consumers, together with a request to respond to the following allegations:
− non-reimbursement to consumers within D+1 of the consumer requesting the return of the unauthorized transaction or restoring the account to the condition that would have existed if the unauthorized payment transaction had not taken place; the only exceptions, according to the UOKiK, are situations where the Bank informs the law enforcement authorities of the suspicion of a criminal offense by the consumer or 13 months have elapsed from the date on which the transaction was debited or the day on which the transaction was to be executed; UOKiK claims that this may infringe Article 46(1) of the Payment Services Act and compromise the collective interests of consumers and, and may therefore constitute a practice that would be affected;
− providing misleading information in response to a complaint by suggesting that the use of individual credentials means correct authentication, which in turn means demonstrating a correct authorization of transactions, which may mislead consumers regarding the obligations of the trader under Article 46 of the Act and the distribution of the burden of proof that the payment transaction has been authorized - which, according to the UOKiK, may constitute an unfair market practice and undermine the collective interests of consumers, and consequently constitute a practice that infringes the collective interests of consumers;
− providing consumers with misleading, incorrect information about the correct authorization of transactions in response to a complaint, while pointing out the lack of consent of consumers to carry out a transaction (i.e. a lack of authorization) by indicating that the customer has led to the transaction as a result of a breach of one of the obligations referred to in Article 42 of the Act and that the customer is therefore fully liable for the transaction being advertised, and the recovery is possible as a result of action by the law enforcement authorities at the request of the injured party, which may constitute an unfair market practice and, consequently, constitute a practice which infringes the collective interests of consumers.
On 16 January 2023, the Bank sent a letter in the proceedings containing a very comprehensive explanation of its position rejecting the above-mentioned allegations, indicating both the correct interpretation of the provisions of the Payment Services Act in the Bank's opinion and the analysis of certain cases described in the order by the Office of Competition and Consumer Protection. The case is pending.
In connection with the proceedings, as at 31 December 2023, the Bank created a provision in the amount of PLN 19.8 million.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
77
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Proceedings on provisions providing for the possibility of changing a standard contract, contract or table of fees and commissions for important reasons, the so-called modification clauses
On 1 April 2019, the President of the Office of Competition and Consumer Protection (UOKiK) initiated ex officio proceedings to recognize a standard contract as illegal in terms of contractual provisions that may violate Art. 23a of the Act on competition and consumer protection. The proceedings concern provisions providing for the possibility of changing the standard contract, contract or table of fees and commissions for important reasons, the so-called modification clauses.
In the opinion of the President of UOKiK, the analysed modification clauses may constitute prohibited contractual provisions due to:
− the possibility of unilaterally changing the general terms and conditions of the contract as to its essential provisions, in the scope of contracts enabling the generation of debt on the part of consumers, concluded for a specified period,
− general, imprecise nature of the premises for a unilateral amendment to the contract, which does not allow consumers to verify them correctly, and in some provisions there are no time limits as to the scope of changes,
− no provisions regarding the possibility of continuing a contract concluded for a specified period of time regarding crediting consumer needs under the existing rules in the event of failure to accept unilateral proposed changes from the bank.
In the letter of 13 May 2021, the Office for Competition and Consumer Protection notified the Bank that the collection of evidence had been completed. The Office for Competition and Consumer Protection decided to extend the deadline for the completion of the proceedings until 31 December 2023.
As at 31 December 2023 the Bank has not identified any rationale for making provisions on this account.
Proceedings on the allegation of practices restricting competition on the market of acquiring services related to payments with payment cards in Poland
After conducting antitrust proceedings against ING Bank Śląski S.A. and other banks, at the request of the Polish Trade and Distribution Organization - the Employers' Association (POHiD), the President of the Office of Competition and Consumer Protection issued a decision on 29 December 2006 stating that the Bank had committed practices restricting competition. As restricting competition, UOKiK found the practice consisting in the participation by various Polish banks, including the Bank, in an agreement restricting competition on the acquiring services market
related to the settlement of consumers' obligations towards merchants, for payments for goods and services purchased by consumers, with the use of payment cards on territory of Poland by jointly setting the amount of the interchange fee charged for transactions made with Visa and MasterCard cards in Poland. Due to the finding of competition restricting practices, UOKiK imposed fines, including penalties on the Bank in the amount of PLN 14.1 million.
From this decision, among others The bank appealed to the Court of Competition and Consumer Protection (SOKiK). By ruling on 12 November 2008, SOKiK changed the decision of UOKiK, so that it did not find any practice restricting competition. On 22 April 2010, this judgment was quashed by a judgment of the Court of Appeal, which referred the case to SOKiK for re-examination. On 27 April 2021, the files of the main case regarding the interchange fee were submitted to SOKiK. After an exchange of pleadings between the parties, a hearing was held on 29 November 2022. The next hearing took place on 14 September 2023.
Due to the lack of final decisions, the amount of the refunded penalty was not recognized in the profit and loss account. As at 31 December 2023, the value of the provision was PLN 14.1 million.
Other proceedings
• On 23 January 2020, the Bank received a notice from the President of the Office for Personal Data Protection (President of the DPA) regarding the audit of the compliance of the processing of personal data with personal data protection regulations, i.e. Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation) and the Act of 10 May 2018 on personal data protection. On 9 December 2021, the Bank received a notice from the President of UODO on the initiation of ex officio administrative proceedings in this area. The Bank shall take the action required by law during the proceedings.
As at 31 December 2023, the Bank has not identified any rationale for making provisions on this account.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
78
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
32. Other liabilities
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Accruals, including:
1,111.1
895.8
due to employee benefits
346.2
307.3
of which variable remuneration programme
52.9
56.9
due to commissions
207.5
190.0
due to general and administrative expenses
557.4
398.5
O ther liabilities, including:
3,738.2
3,531.3
lease liabilities
454.4
400.0
interbank settlements
2,462.4
2,355.9
settlements with suppliers
122.3
111.0
public and legal settlements
147.3
154.1
liability to pay to the BFG guarantee fund
171.6
171.6
liability to pay to the BFG resolution fund
199.0
199.0
other:
181.2
139.7
Total
4,849.3
4,427.1
Including financial liabilities
3,738.2
3,531.3
Expected settlement period of other liabilities
up to 1 year
4,155.2
3,807.9
over 1 year
694.1
619.2
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
79
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
33. Equity
33.1. Share capital
The Bank's share capital is PLN 130,100,000 and is sub-divided into:
• 92,600,000 A-series ordinary bearer's shares with face value of PLN 1.00 each, and
• 37,500,000 B-series ordinary bearer's shares with face value of PLN 1.00 each.
Each ordinary share entitles its holder to dividend and one vote during the general meeting. All shares are fully paid .
33.2. Accumulated other comprehensive income
The following table presents the balances of accumulated other comprehensive income as at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022, respectively. The tables on next page show the reconciliation of changes in accumulated other comprehensive income during 2023 and 2022.
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Accumulated other comprehensive income, including:
from financial assets measured through other comprehensive income – debt instruments, including:
-69.4
-347.5
deferred tax
-67.1
12.0
current tax *
83.4
69.1
from financial assets measured through other comprehensive income – equity instruments, including:
171.4
78.2
deferred tax
-40.3
-18.4
from financial assets measured through other comprehensive income – loans, including:
-117.1
-77.4
deferred tax
27.4
18.1
from property, plant and equipment, including:
0.5
0.4
deferred tax
-0.1
-0.1
from cash flow hedges, including:
-5,168.8
-7,751.9
deferred tax
16.2
29.6
current tax **
1,196.2
1,788.7
from actuarial gains / losses, including:
-28.4
-18.5
deferred tax
6.6
4.3
Total
-5,211.8
-8,116.7
*) current tax on the valuation of debt instruments
Due to the fact that the debt securities included in all portfolios are jointly owned by one taxpayer of corporate income tax (hereinafter "CIT"), the Bank calculated for all portfolios jointly, separately for each security and using the FIFO method, tax results on purchase and sale of debt securities. The method of determining tax results on the purchase/sale of debt securities results in a different distribution of the results achieved in terms of valuation than for accounting purposes. Accounting unrealised valuation in accumulated other comprehensive income for CIT purposes becomes a real-ised valuation, on which the Bank pays current tax. For this reason the current tax is recorded for the part of the unre-alised valuation in accumulated other comprehensive income that is realised in terms of CIT.
**) current tax on the valuation of hedging derivatives
The Bank uses the service “settlement-to-market”, or “STM”, provided for by the Regulation of the KDPW/LCH/EUREX (CCP) in respect of the approach to the settlement of IRS and FRA instruments. Even though the effective portion of the de-rivative hedge instruments resulting from the measurement of derivative hedging instruments is recognised in other comprehensive income, due to the STM mechanism it is settled in cash and the amount paid to/ received from CCP represents tax income/ expense for the purpose of the corporate income tax (CIT). That is why the current tax is rec-ognised in other comprehensive income. Details on the STM services are presented in note 17 . Valuation of derivatives .
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
80
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
for the year ended 31 December
changes in the fair value of financial assets measured through other comprehensive income
debt instruments
equity instruments
loans
property, plant and equipment
cash flow hedges
actuarial gains / losses
Total
Accumulated other comprehensive income - opening balance
-347.5
78.2
-77.4
0.4
-7,751.9
-18.5
-8,116.7
gains/losses on revaluation carried through equity
273.0
93.2
-39.7
-
425.0
-
751.5
transfer to financial result in connection with the sale
5.1
-
-
-
2,158.1
-
2,163.2
fixed assets revaluation
-
-
-
0.1
-
-
0.1
actuarial gains/losses
-
-
-
-
-
-9.9
-9.9
Accumulated other comprehensive income - closing balance
-69.4
171.4
-117.1
0.5
-5,168.8
-28.4
-5,211.8
In the item financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income – gains/losses on revaluation carried through equity in relation to debt securities, changes in the fair value of items classified in this category have been presented, without taking into account the changes resulting from the valuation of the hedged risk, in terms of items covered by the fair value hedge accounting.
With respect to cash flow hedges:
• gains/losses on revaluation carried through equity - the amount of the effective part of the hedging relationship in the cash flow hedging strategy of the portfolio of financial assets/liabilities is presented.
• in the item transfer to the financial result - the amortization of the effective part of the hedging relationship of the cash flow hedging strategy was presented on the dates when the hedged item results in the profit or loss.
The rules relating to the above items are described in detail in chapter III. Significant accounting principles, in item 13.9.1 . and in the section Risk and capital management in chapter II. 3.8 . Hedge accounting.
2022
for the year ended 31 December
changes in the fair value of financial assets measured through other comprehensive income
debt instruments
equity instruments
loans
property, plant and equipment
cash flow hedges
actuarial gains / losses
Total
Accumulated other comprehensive income - opening balance
79.7
115.9
-315.3
0.3
-2,994.5
-22.4
-3,136.3
gains/losses on revaluation carried through equity
-411.3
-37.7
237.9
-
-6,064.6
-
-6,275.7
transfer to financial result in connection with the sale
-15.9
-
-
-
1,307.2
-
1,291.3
fixed assets revaluation
-
-
-
0.1
-
-
0.1
actuarial gains/losses
-
-
-
-
-
3.9
3.9
Accumulated other comprehensive income - closing balance
-347.5
78.2
-77.4
0.4
-7,751.9
-18.5
-8,116.7
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
81
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
33.3. Retained earnings
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Other supplementary capital
314.7
314.7
Reserve capital
14,699.2
12,994.3
General risk fund
1,215.2
1,215.2
Valuation of share-based payments, including:
71.5
58.6
deffered tax
-4.1
-1.3
Retained earnings from previous years, including:
8.1
0.0
deffered tax
0.2
0.0
current tax
0.1
0.0
Result for the current year
4,440.9
1,714.4
Total
20,749.6
16,297.2
Supplementary capital
Supplementary capital is formed from appropriations from profit after tax, surpluses generated under issue of shares above their face value and extra contributions paid up by the shareholders to be used for covering balance- sheet losses. The decision on the use of the supplementary capital is taken at the General Meeting.
Reserve capital
The reserve capital is created irrespective of the supplementary capital from profit after tax write-offs, in the amount passed by the General Meeting. The reserve capital may be allocated to cover special costs and expenses, and also to increase the share capital from the Bank’s funds. The decision on activation of the reserve capital is taken by the General Meeting.
General Risk Fund
The General Risk Fund is established in accordance with the Banking Law Act from the post-tax profits and is used for unidentified risk of banking activity. The decision on the use of the Fund is taken by the Management Board.
Dividend payout
Details of the Bank’s dividend policy and divided payout constraints are included in the section Risk and capital management , in item I. 5 . Dividend Policy .
2023
for the year ended 31 December
Other supplemen- tary capital
Reserve
capital
General risk fund
Valuation of share-based payments
Retained earnings from previous years
Result for the current year
Total
Retained earnings - opening balance
314.7
12,994.3
1,215.2
58.6
1,714.4
0.0
16,297.2
net result for the current period
-
-
-
-
-
4,440.9
4,440.9
profit written off to reserve capital
-
1,714.4
-
-
-1,714.4
-
0.0
valuation of share-based payments
-
-
-
16.5
-
-
16.5
using the reserve capital created for the implementation of the employee incentive programme
-
-9.5
-
-
9.5
-
0.0
settlement of the acquisition and transfer of own shares to employees
-
-
-
-3.6
-0.5
-
-4.1
accounting for the acquisition of an organised part of an enterprise
-
-
-
-
-0.9
-
-0.9
Retained earnings - closing balance
314.7
14,699.2
1,215.2
71.5
8.1
4,440.9
20,749.6
2022
for the year ended 31 December
Other supplemen- tary capital
Reserve
capital
General risk fund
Valuation of share-based payments
Retained earnings from previous years
Result for the current year
Total
Retained earnings - opening balance
314.7
10,868.8
1,215.2
52.3
2,815.0
0.0
15,266.0
net result for the current period
-
-
-
-
-
1,714.4
1,714.4
profit written off to reserve capital
-
2,125.5
-
-
-2,125.5
-
0.0
dividend payment *
-
-
-
-
-689.5
-
-689.5
valuation of share-based payments
-
-
-
6.3
-
-
6.3
Retained earnings - closing balance
314.7
12,994.3
1,215.2
58.6
0.0
1,714.4
16,297.2
*) In 2022, the Bank paid a dividend from the profit for 2021 in the amount of PLN 689.5 million, i.e. PLN 5.30 per share.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
82
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
34. Contingent liabilities
34.1. Contingent liabilities granted
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Undrawn credit facilities
43,596.9
39,044.9
Guarantees
8,116.6
7,458.4
Undrawn overdrafts in current account
1,418.1
1,549.7
Credit card limits
1,692.9
1,548.2
Letters of credit
277.2
381.7
Total
55,101.7
49,982.9
The Bank discloses obligations to grant loans. These obligations include approved loans, credit card limits and overdrafts in current accounts.
The Bank issues guarantees and letters of credits to secure fulfilment of obligations of the Bank’s customers to third parties. The value of guarantees and letters of credit disclosed above reflects the maximum loss that can be incurred and that would be disclosed as at the balance sheet date should the customers fail to fulfil their obligations in full.
The Bank charges commissions for contingent liabilities granted, which are settled in line with the specific nature of the particular instrument.
Financial guarantee contracts by maturity
as at 31 December
2023
2022
up to 1 month
458.2
301.3
over 1 month and up to 3 months
1,073.4
726.0
over 3 months and up to 1 year
2,790.7
3,039.2
over 1 year and up to 5 years
2,991.5
2,557.4
over 5 years
802.8
834.5
Total
8,116.6
7,458.4
34.2. Contingent liabilities received
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Guarantees received
19,228.4
16,737.4
Financing
263.7
518.8
Total
19,492.1
17,256.2
Guarantee commitments received consist of collateral values for loans granted by the Bank. Funding commitments received include the value of deposits and loans that do not meet the criteria for recognition in the statement of financial position at the time of the financial statements.
35. Fair value
35.1. Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in statement of financial position
Based on the methods used to determine fair value, the Bank classifies individual financial assets/liabilities into one of three categories, the so-called level in the fair value measurement hierarchy. The description of particular levels of the valuation hierarchy is contained in chapter III. Significant accounting principles , in item 13.7 .
In 2023, as in 2022, there were no transfers between levels of the valuation hierarchy.
The carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are presented below, broken down by measurement hierarchy levels.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
83
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
as at 31 December
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Financial assets, including:
24,478.5
1,724.0
6,748.1
32,950.6
Financial assets held for trading, including:
719.3
1,515.6
-
2,234.9
valuation of derivatives
-
899.8
-
899.8
other financial assets held for trading, including:
719.3
615.8
-
1,335.1
debt securities, including:
719.3
-
-
719.3
treasury bonds in PLN
599.7
-
-
599.7
Czech Treasury bonds
119.1
-
-
119.1
European Investment Bank bonds
0.5
-
-
0.5
repo transactions
-
615.8
-
615.8
Financial assets other than those held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss, including:
-
-
39.0
39.0
loans are obligatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
-
-
38.6
38.6
equity instruments
-
-
0.4
0.4
Derivative hedge instruments
-
208.4
-
208.4
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, including:
23,594.0
-
235.9
23,829.9
debt securities, including:
23,594.0
-
-
23,594.0
treasury bonds in PLN
21,259.1
-
-
21,259.1
treasury bonds in EUR
546.1
-
-
546.1
European Investment Bank bonds
1,377.7
-
-
1,377.7
Austrian government bonds
411.1
-
-
411.1
equity instruments
-
-
235.9
235.9
Transferred assets, including:
165.2
-
-
165.2
Treasury bonds in PLN from the portfolio of financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
133.1
-
-
133.1
bonds of the Czech State Treasury in CZK from the portfolio of financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
32.1
-
-
32.1
Loans measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
-
-
6,473.2
6,473.2
Financial liabilities, including:
595.6
1,506.3
0.0
2,101.9
Financial liabilities held for trading, including:
595.6
1,226.0
-
1,821.6
valuation of derivatives
-
1,060.3
-
1,060.3
book short position in trading securities
595.6
-
-
595.6
repo transactions
-
165.7
-
165.7
Derivative hedge instruments
-
280.3
-
280.3
2022
as at 31 December
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Financial assets, including:
16,216.1
1,591.7
8,388.8
26,196.6
Financial assets held for trading, including:
443.3
1,452.5
-
1,895.8
valuation of derivatives
-
974.9
-
974.9
other financial assets held for trading, including:
443.3
477.6
-
920.9
debt securities, including:
443.3
-
-
443.3
treasury bonds in PLN
441.7
-
-
441.7
Czech Treasury bonds
1.2
-
-
1.2
European Investment Bank bonds
0.4
-
-
0.4
repo transactions
-
477.6
-
477.6
Financial assets other than those held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss, including:
1.8
-
54.7
56.5
loans are obligatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
-
-
54.6
54.6
equity instruments
1.8
-
0.1
1.9
Derivative hedge instruments
-
139.2
-
139.2
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, including:
15,607.2
-
120.9
15,728.1
debt securities, including:
15,607.2
-
-
15,607.2
treasury bonds in PLN
12,069.2
-
-
12,069.2
treasury bonds in EUR
1,803.4
-
-
1,803.4
European Investment Bank bonds
1,308.9
-
-
1,308.9
Austrian government bonds
425.7
-
-
425.7
equity instruments
-
-
120.9
120.9
Transferred assets, including:
163.8
-
-
163.8
Treasury bonds in PLN from the portfolio of financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
125.2
-
-
125.2
bonds of the Czech State Treasury in CZK from the portfolio of financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
38.6
-
-
38.6
Loans measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
-
-
8,213.2
8,213.2
Financial liabilities, including:
437.3
2,136.0
0.0
2,573.3
Financial liabilities held for trading, including:
437.3
1,766.5
-
2,203.8
valuation of derivatives
-
1,602.3
-
1,602.3
book short position in trading securities
437.3
-
-
437.3
repo transactions
-
164.2
-
164.2
Derivative hedge instruments
-
369.5
-
369.5
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
84
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Valuation of financial instruments classified to level 2 of the valuation hierarchy
The Bank classifies derivatives and repo transactions to level 2 of valuation.
Derivatives
The following models are applied for non-linear transactions (FX options), depending on the product type:
• the European vanilla option and a European digital option – the Garman-Kohlhagen model,
• Cap/Floor (back-to-back transactions) – the Bachelier model.
The following are the input data for the models:
• the FX rate – obtained by the parties from the National Bank of Poland’s website,
• implied volatilities – obtained from Bloomberg,
• profitability curves similar to those for linear derivatives.
Fair value for linear instruments (other derivatives) is determined based on discounted future cash flows at the transaction level. The fair value determined in that manner is the PV of those cash flows.
All input data used for the creation of the revaluation curves are observed on the market, and include: deposit market rates, forward points, FRA rates, IRS rates, OIS rates, FX basis points, basis points among the indexes for variable rates, and FX rates. The data come from the Reuters system and come mainly from brokers. Market data quality is controlled during the daily contribution process for revaluation rates.
Derivatives are generally valued according to the concept of OIS curves with the assumption of the existence of transaction valuation collateral in the form of a deposit bearing interest at the ESTR rate. The exceptions are transactions in PLN and CZK subject to settlement within central clearing houses (LCH, KDPW, EUREX) and bilateral transactions concluded on the basis of an ISDA agreement with a CSA annex in the collateral currency of PLN or without the annex. For these transactions, the NPV is settled in the original currency, which is reflected in the valuation curves used (discount curve based on IBOR, FRA and IRS quotes).
Repo transactions
Fair value for repo transactions is determined based on future payment flows discounted according to the profitability curve for the so-called cash instruments.
Valuation of financial instruments classified to level 3 of the valuation hierarchy
The financial assets classified to level 3 of the valuation as at 31 December 2023 and as at 31 December 2022 include unlisted equity instruments and loans that did not meet the SPPI criterion according to IFRS 9.
Equity instruments
Fair value measurement of unquoted equity interests in other companies is based on the discounted cash flow, dividend or economic value added model. Estimates of future cash flows were prepared based on medium-term profitability forecasts prepared by the Management Boards of these companies. The discount rate is based on the cost of equity estimated using the CAPM (Capital Asset Pricing Model). At the end of 2023, it was in the range of 11.4%-13.4%, depending on the company, compared to 13.2%-15.2% at the end of 2022. Fair value measurement of unquoted equity interests in other companies as at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022 covered the following entities: Biuro Informacji Kredytowej S.A., Krajowa Izba Rozliczeniowa S.A. and Polski Standard Płatności sp. z o.o.
As at 31 December 2023, the sensitivity analysis of the valuation of equity instruments shows that:
• adoption of the target dividend payment rate by +10p.p. / -10p.p. compared to the base scenario, would result in a valuation increase / decrease of 10% (by 10% as at 31 December 2022);
• adopting the cost of equity by -0.5p.p. / +0.5p.p. compared to the base scenario, would result in a valuation increase / decrease by 7% (increase by 6% / decrease by 5% as at 31 December 2022);
• a combination of effects from points 1) and 2), would result in respectively an increase of valuation by 18% / decrease of valuation by 15% (17%/15% as at 31 December 2022).
In 2023, the change in the valuation of equity instruments classified to level 3 included in other comprehensive income amounted to PLN 93.2 million (in 2022: PLN -37.7 million).
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
85
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Loans
The fair value methodology of the loan portfolio is based on the discounted cash flow method. Under this method, for each contract being valued, expected cash flows are estimated, discount factors for particular payment dates and the value of discounted cash flows is determined as at the valuation date. Valuation models are powered by business parameters for individual contracts and parameters observable by the market, such as interest rate curves, liquidity cost and cost of capital. The change in the parameters adopted for the valuation did not have a significant impact on the valuation value as at 31 December 2023.
As at 31 December 2022, the cash flows reflect the estimates of borrowers’ use of loan moratoria in 2023. As at 31 December 2023, in connection with the ongoing legislative process regarding the amendment of the Act on crowdfunding for business ventures and assistance to borrowers, the Bank took into account in the valuation of PLN mortgages, the potential impact of extending loan moratoria for 2024. As at 31 December 2023, taking into account the status of the legislative process, the Bank’s calculation was based on the expert assumption that market participants assumed a 75% probability of the Act coming into force in the version published in the draft.
At the end of 2023, the discount rates for the loans measured at fair value through profit or loss were around 6.3% (compared with around 6.7% at the end of 2022), while the sensitivity analysis of fair value as at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022 indicates that with a change in the discount rate by +1/-1 p.p., with no change in expected flows, it causes a change in fair value by around +/- 1%.
Both in 2023 and in 2022, the impact of the valuation of loans classified to level 3 of measurement was insignificant (PLN 0.5 million in 2023 and PLN 0 million in 2022) and was included in the statement of profit or loss in the item Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result .
Discount rates for mortgage loans measured at fair value through other comprehensive income at the end of 2023 were on average 6.8% (compared to 8.2% at the end of 2022), while the sensitivity analysis of fair value as at 31 December 2023 indicates that a change in the discount rate by +0.5/-0.5 p.p. in the absence of a change in expected flows results in a change in fair value by around -/+ 2.3%, respectively. For comparison, the sensitivity analysis of fair value as at 31 December 2022 indicated that a change in the discount rate by +0,5/-0,5 p.p. in the absence of a change in expected cash flows resulted in a change in fair value by approximately -/+1,8%, respectively.
Change in financial assets classified to level 3 of measurement
2023
for the year ended 31 December
loans obligatorily measured
at fair value
through profit or loss
equity instruments
measured at fair value
through profit or loss
equity instruments
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
loans
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
Opening balance
54.6
0.1
120.9
8,213.2
Additions, including:
0.5
0.4
115.0
441.4
acquisition of equity instruments
-
0.4
-
347.7
valuation referred to accumulated other comprehensive income
-
-
115.0
93.7
valuation taken to the profit and loss account*
0.5
-
-
-
Reductions, including:
-16.5
-0.1
0.0
-2,181.4
loan repayments
-16.5
-
-
-904.8
valuation referred to accumulated other comprehensive income
-
-
-
-
valuation taken to the profit and loss account**
-
-0.1
-
-
sales to ING Bank Hipoteczny
-
-
-
-1,276.6
Closing balance
38.6
0.4
235.9
6,473.2
*) presented under Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result , in the detailed item Net income on measurement of loans to customers.
**) presented under Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result , in the detailed item Net income on equity instruments .
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
86
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2022
for the year ended 31 December
loans obligatorily measured
at fair value
through profit or loss
equity instruments
measured at fair value
through profit or loss
equity instruments
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
loans
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
Opening balance
78.4
0.1
167.4
10,154.9
Additions, including:
0.0
0.0
0.0
124.1
valuation referred to accumulated other comprehensive income
-
-
-
124.1
Reductions, including:
-23.8
0.0
-46.5
-2,065.8
loan repayments
-23.8
-
-
-2,065.8
valuation referred to accumulated other comprehensive income
-
-
-46.5
-
Closing balance
54.6
0.1
120.9
8,213.2
35.2. Non-financial assets measured at fair value in the statement of financial position
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Level 3
Level 3
Own real property
215.3
245.1
Non-current assets held for sale
-
2.2
Total
215.3
247.3
Changes in own real property is presented in these statements in explanatory note 23 . Property, plant and equipment .
Fair value measurement
Own real property
The Bank measures its property measured at fair value. Valuation is carried out by an independent appraiser using the income method in accordance with the applicable rules of property valuation.
As at 31 December 2023, the sensitivity analysis of the valuation of own property indicates that, assuming a capitalisation rate of -0.5p.p. / +0.5p.p. compared to the base scenario, it would result in a valuation increase of 6.4% (PLN 17.1 million) / a valuation decrease of 5.6% (PLN 15.0 million), respectively.
As at 31 December 2022, the sensitivity analysis of the valuation of own property indicated that, assuming a capitalisation rate of -0.5p.p. / +0.5p.p. compared to the base scenario, it would result in a valuation increase of 7% (PLN 19.5 million) / a valuation decrease of 6% (PLN 16.9 million), respectively.
The results of real properties appraisals were presented in the income statement in the item General and administrative expenses (in note 8 . , in detailed item maintenance costs of buildings and real estate valuation to fair value ).
As at 31 December 2023, the amount of PLN 0.1million (including deferred tax) related to real estate measured at fair value was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income. As at 31 December 2022, this amount was also PLN 0.1 million.
The value of the property measured at historical cost, taking into account impairment and amortization charges, would amount to PLN 214.7 million as at 31 December 2023, compared to PLN 244.5 million as at 31 December 2022.
Non-current assets held for sale
The Bank recognises non-current assets held for sale at the lower of: carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell these assets. As at 31 December 2023, the Bank did not have any non-current assets held for sale. As at 31 December 2022, the non-current assets held for sale included one property, reclassified from property, plant and equipment.
35.3. Financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value in statement of financial position
The tables present a comparison of the carrying amount with the fair value for investment securities measured at amortized cost, the loan portfolio and amounts due to customers, liabilities arising from the issue of securities and subordinated liabilities. For other financial assets and liabilities as well as guarantees and off-balance sheet liabilities not measured at fair value in the statement of financial position, the fair value is close to the carrying amount.
In 2023, there were no transfers between levels of the valuation hierarchy. In 2022, the Bank changed the level of the valuation hierarchy for bonds for the National Road Fund issued by Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego. In previous periods, they were presented in Level 1 and starting from 2022 the Bank presents them in Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
87
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
as at 31 December
Fair value
Carrying amount
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Investment securities at amortised cost
32,697.5
21,570.9
9,505.2
0.0
31,076.1
treasury bonds in PLN
13,095.0
12,409.0
-
-
12,409.0
treasury bonds in EUR
2,940.4
2,744.3
-
-
2,744.3
European Investment Bank bonds
6,700.4
6,417.6
-
-
6,417.6
bonds of the Polish Development Fund (PFR)
3,859.7
-
3,507.3
-
3,507.3
Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego bonds
1,804.8
-
1,702.7
-
1,702.7
NBP bills
4,297.2
-
4,295.2
-
4,295.2
Loans and receivables to customers, including:
140,189.8
0.0
0.0
140,664.2
140,664.2
Corporate banking segment, including:
84,849.0
0.0
0.0
85,355.2
85,355.2
loans and advances (in the current account and term ones)
80,659.0
-
-
81,339.9
81,339.9
corporate and municipal debt securities
4,190.0
-
-
4,015.3
4,015.3
Retail banking segment, including:
53,613.2
0.0
0.0
53,581.4
53,581.4
mortgages
45,196.7
-
-
44,869.4
44,869.4
other loans and advances
8,416.5
-
-
8,712.0
8,712.0
Other receivables
1,727.6
-
-
1,727.6
1,727.6
Liabilities to customers
205,039.9
-
-
205,003.3
205,003.3
Subordinated liabilities
1,526.2
-
-
1,260.8
1,260.8
2022
as at 31 December
Fair value
Carrying amount
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Investment securities at amortised cost
32,620.1
20,778.2
8,287.3
0.0
25,467.0
treasury bonds in PLN
13,352.5
11,892.2
-
-
11,892.2
treasury bonds in EUR
3,192.1
2,838.1
-
-
2,838.1
European Investment Bank bonds
6,815.7
6,047.9
-
-
6,047.9
bonds of the Polish Development Fund (PFR)
3,858.4
-
3,124.8
-
3,124.8
Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego bonds
1,802.1
-
1,564.0
-
1,564.0
NBP bills
3,599.3
-
3,598.5
-
3,598.5
Loans and receivables to customers, including:
137,520.3
0.0
0.0
138,653.8
138,653.8
Corporate banking segment, including:
84,090.6
0.0
0.0
85,454.0
85,454.0
loans and advances (in the current account and term ones)
80,313.2
-
-
81,621.9
81,621.9
corporate and municipal debt securities
3,777.4
-
-
3,832.1
3,832.1
Retail banking segment, including:
51,580.7
0.0
0.0
51,350.8
51,350.8
mortgages
43,661.8
-
-
42,846.8
42,846.8
other loans and advances
7,918.9
-
-
8,504.0
8,504.0
Other receivables
1,849.0
-
-
1,849.0
1,849.0
Liabilities to customers
192,242.6
-
-
192,181.6
192,181.6
Subordinated liabilities
1,643.9
-
-
1,298.8
1,298.8
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
88
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
The Bank discloses the data on the fair value of loans and deposits recognised respectively in the groups of financial assets and financial liabilities carried at amortised cost considering the effective interest rate.
For the purposes of calculating the fair value of the mortgage loan portfolio, the yield curve is applied with transfer prices calculated on the basis of:
• PLN: BID rates up to 9M (inclusive) being WIBID and over 1Y adequate IRS rates; OFFER rates up to 9M (inclusive) being WIBOR and over 1Y adequate IRS rates.
• EUR: BID rates up to 9M (inclusive) being EURIBOR and over 1Y adequate IRS rates; OFFER rates up to 9M (inclusive) being EURIBOR and over 1Y adequate IRS rates.
• USD and CHF: BID rates up to 9M (inclusive) being LIBOR and over 1Y adequate IRS rates; OFFER rates up to 9M (inclusive) being LIBOR and over 1Y adequate IRS rates.
To compute fair value of other assets and deposits measured at amortised cost and financial liabilities measured at amortised cost considering the effective interest rate the transfer price is applied. The transfer price is calculated as:
• PLN: BID rates being WIBID overnight, OFFER rates being WIBOR overnight.
• EUR: BID rates being EURIBOR overnight, OFFER rates being EURIBOR overnight.
• USD and CHF: BID rates being LIBOR overnight, OFFER rates being LIBOR overnight.
BID rates are used to compute fair value of financial liabilities measured at amortised cost; in the case of financial assets measured at amortised cost OFFER rates are applied. All intermediate points on the curves are interpolated linearly.
Credit loss estimations reflect the credit loss provisioning model in place at the Bank in the model of impairment for expected credit losses.
In certain aspects, the model adopted by the Bank is based on the assumptions that do not confirm the prices of verifiable current market transactions referring to the same instrument – the model does not take into account restructuring-based changes either.
Loans and other receivables
The credit portfolio including securities classified to financial assets measured at amortised cost is divided into sub- portfolios according to the product type, client segment and the currency. In the case of those sub-portfolios, the discounting factor is used for each cash flow.
For loans/securities, the discounting factor is assumed as the total of:
• the market rate based on the yield curve as at the balance sheet date, and
• the average margin based on the portfolio of loans granted in the last two-month period.
For that purpose, the following assumptions are adopted:
• use of the loans granted in the last two months for calculation,
• division into the abovementioned product groups, and
• the spot at the yield curve on the basis of which the relevant market rate is set is reflected by the revaluation date for each loan.
As a result for loans and other receivables, the fair value, that arises during calculation, is the total of the net present value of cash flows of a single loan/ security (in the case of the mortgage portfolio, the fair value is the total of the net present value of cash flows of the aggregated mortgage portfolio).
In the case of the portfolio of mortgage loans in PLN, the income method is used to measure them at fair value.
Key assumptions:
• for the needs of the valuation, the original schedule of principal and interest repayments is adjusted by taking into account prepayments, credit risk and adopting a timely structure of interest rates,
• credit risk parameters, i.e. PD lifetime and LGD, discounted for the purposes of the valuation, are included in the expected cash flows,
• for the purposes of estimating cash flows, prepayments are taken into account, estimated based on the analysis of historical data on the basis of the prepayment model used,
• the calculation of the discount rate adopted to estimate the value of cash flows takes into account all risks and costs, excluding the prepayment risk and credit risk costs reflected in the flows,
• prepayment risk and credit risk costs are reflected in cash flows,
• application of a calibration margin determined on the basis of the most recent production of the portfolio of mortgage loans, analogous to the portfolio being valued, adjusted by the credit spread for the WIBOR rate.
As at 31 December 2022, the cash flows reflect the estimates of borrowers’ use of loan moratoria in 2023. As at 31 December 2023, in connection with the ongoing legislative process regarding the amendment of the Act on crowdfunding for business ventures and assistance to borrowers, the Bank took into account in the valuation of PLN mortgages, the potential impact of extending loan moratoria for 2024. As at 31 December 2023, taking into
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
89
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
account the status of the legislative process, the Bank’s calculation was based on the expert assumption that market participants assumed a 75% probability of the Act coming into force in the version published in the draft.
The fair value of the loan is calculated as the sum of discounted cash flows from principal repayments and interest payments, taking into account the prepaid capital and the cost of credit risk.
In the case of loans without any repayment schedules and loans from the impaired group, it is assumed that the fair value for those loans equals their book value.
Investment securities measured at amortised cost
In the case of investment securities measured at amortized cost, the fair value of disclosure securities that are quoted on an active market is determined based on the price in this market, for other securities in this portfolio the model described above in Loans and other receivables is used.
36. Offsetting of financial instruments
The following disclosure relates to offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to an enforceable contingent master agreement. ISDA agreements (for derivative transactions) and GMRA (for securities repo and reverse repo transactions) are the main framework agreements concluded by the Bank. Additional collateral for derivative exposures are security deposits, which the Bank makes and receives as part of the so-called Credit Support Annex (CSA), i.e. attachments to ISDA agreements.
2023
Financial assets
as at 31 December
Related amounts not offset
in the statement of financial position
Gross amounts of recognised financial assets
Net amounts of financial assets presented
in the statement of financial position
Financial
instruments
Cash collateral
received
Net amount
Derivatives, including:
1,188.3
1,108.2
-589.6
-326.1
192.5
valuation of derivatives
944.1
899.8
-405.2
0.0
494.6
derivative hedge instruments
244.2
208.4
-184.4
0.0
24.0
derivatives collateral
0.0
0.0
0.0
-326.1
-326.1
Securities loans with repurchase agreements received, including:
19,616.1
19,616.1
0.0
-19,688.6
-72.5
transactions classified as loans and other receivables to other banks
19,000.3
19,000.3
0.0
-19,081.2
-80.9
transactions classified as held for trading financial assets
615.8
615.8
0.0
-607.4
8.4
Total
120.0
Financial Liabilities
as at 31 December
Related amounts not offset
in the statement of financial position
Gross amounts of recognised financial liabilities
Net amounts of financial liabilities presented
in the statement of financial position
Financial
instruments
Cash collateral
pledged
Net amount
Derivatives, including
1,420.6
1,340.6
-589.6
-93.4
657.6
valuation of derivatives
1,096.5
1,060.3
-405.2
0.0
655.1
derivative hedge instruments
324.1
280.3
-184.4
0.0
95.9
derivatives collateral
0.0
0.0
0.0
-93.4
-93.4
Securities loans with repurchase agreements received, including:
165.7
165.7
0.0
-164.7
1.0
transactions classified as held for trading financial liabilities
165.7
165.7
0.0
-164.7
1.0
Total
658.6
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
90
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2022
Financial assets
as at 31 December
Related amounts not offset
in the statement of financial position
Gross amounts of recognised financial assets
Net amounts of financial assets presented
in the statement of financial position
Financial
instruments
Cash collateral
received
Net amount
Derivatives, including:
1,304.2
1,114.1
-678.0
-90.2
345.9
valuation of derivatives
1,044.8
974.9
-552.7
0.0
422.2
derivative hedge instruments
259.4
139.2
-125.3
0.0
13.9
derivatives collateral
0.0
0.0
0.0
-90.2
-90.2
Securities loans with repurchase agreements received, including:
4,237.1
4,237.1
0.0
-4,129.6
107.5
transactions classified as loans and other receivables to other banks
3,759.5
3,759.5
0.0
-3,658.4
101.1
transactions classified as held for trading financial assets
477.6
477.6
0.0
-471.2
6.4
Total
453.4
Financial Liabilities
as at 31 December
Related amounts not offset
in the statement of financial position
Gross amounts of recognised financial liabilities
Net amounts of financial liabilities presented
in the statement of financial position
Financial
instruments
Cash collateral
pledged
Net amount
Derivatives, including
2,161.9
1,971.8
-678.0
-420.1
873.7
valuation of derivatives
1,727.4
1,602.3
-552.7
0.0
1,049.6
derivative hedge instruments
434.5
369.5
-125.3
0.0
244.2
derivatives collateral
0.0
0.0
0.0
-420.1
-420.1
Securities loans with repurchase agreements received, including:
164.2
164.2
0.0
-161.8
2.4
transactions classified as held for trading financial liabilities
164.2
164.2
0.0
-161.8
2.4
Total
876.1
37. Custody activities
As at 31 December 2023, the Bank maintained 301 securities accounts with securities held for the Bank’s clients (485 as at 31 December 2022). These accounts do not meet the definition of assets and are not presented in the Bank’s financial statements.
At the end of 2023, the Bank acted as a custodian bank for 80 investment funds and sub-funds, 2 pension funds and measured the net asset value and net asset value per participation unit of 8 insurance capital funds (90 funds in total). For comparison, at the end of 2022, the Bank acted as a custodian bank for 108 investment funds and subfunds, 2 pension funds and measured the net asset value and net asset value per participation unit of 8 insurance capital funds (118 funds in total).
38. Supplementary information to the statement of cash flows
Cash and cash equivalents
For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include the balance sheet amount of cash and current account balances with other banks.
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Cash in hand (presented in note 14 )
782,4
932,6
Balances with the Central Bank (presented in note 14 )
5 969,0
1 405,0
Current accounts in other banks (presented in note 15 )
145,0
329,1
O/N deposits in other banks (presented in note 15 )
72,9
21,9
Other current receivables in other banks (presented in note 15 )
69,1
361,1
Total
7 038,4
3 049,7
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
91
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Explanation of the classification of the Bank’s activities into operating, investment and financial activities in the cash flow statement
Operating activity includes the core activities of the Bank, not classified as investment or financial activities.
Investing activities include the acquisition and sale of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and debt
securities measured at amortised cost (excluding short-term treasury bills and NBP bills). Inflows from investment activities also include dividends received on account of the holding of shares in other entities.
Financial activities concern long-term (over 1 year) financial operations carried out with financial entities. Inflows
from financial activities indicate the sources of financing of the Bank, obtained e.g. by taking long-term loans and borrowings from other banks and from financial entities other than banks. Outflows from financing activities mainly concern repayments of long-term liabilities by the Bank (i.a. repayments of loans and interest received, repayments of lease liabilities), and also include dividend payments to owners and acquisition of own shares for the purposes of the employee incentive programme.
Reasons for differences between changes in certain items recognised in statement of financial position and in cash flow statement
Below are presented the differences between the changes in the balance resulting from the statement of financial position and the changes reported in the cash flow statement.
The explanations for the reasons for the differences are as follows:
Difference no
Explanation of the reasons for the difference
Difference 1
Changes in the balance of individual assets and liabilities have been adjusted for interest, which is presented in the item Interest received (from assets) or Interest paid (from liabilities).
Difference 2
The change in receivables equivalent to cash (overnight accounts and deposits with other banks) was excluded from the change in loans and other receivables to other banks and presented in the item Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .
Difference 3
Changes in the valuation of fair value recognized in other comprehensive income are excluded from the changes in the balances of individual assets and liabilities.
Difference 4
Changes in the balances of Investment Securities and Transferred assets exclude changes related to the purchase and sale or redemption of debt securities valued at amortized cost (excluding short-term Treasury bills and NBP money bills). These changes were presented as cash flows from investing activities.
Difference 5
The change in other assets includes non-monetary - except depreciation - changes in the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (cash changes related to these items are presented in cash flows from investing activities).
Difference 6
The change in other assets includes the change in current income tax receivables resulting from the deduction from overpayment for 2021 of tax liabilities due to other taxes (tax on certain financial institutions and tax on goods and services).
Difference 7
The amount of lease liabilities repaid was excluded from the change in other liabilities , which was presented in cash flows on financing activities.
Difference 8
The amounts of loans for long-term financing, which along with the amount of interest payments on these loans, were presented in cash flows on financing activities, were excluded from the change in liabilities to other banks .
Difference 9
Changes in the balance of individual assets and liabilities exclude changes resulting from the takeover of an organized part of the enterprise in 2023.
Difference 10
The amount of the settlement of the acquisition of own shares for the purposes of the incentive scheme, which was recognised in retained earnings, was excluded from the change in other liabilities .
In the tables on subsequent pages, individual differences have been numbered according to the list presented in the table above.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
92
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
for the year ended 31 December
change of balance
in statement of
financial position
in cash flow statement
difference,
including:
Difference 1
Difference 2
Difference 3
Difference 4
Difference 5
Difference 6
Difference 7
Difference 8
Difference 9
Difference 10
change in provisions
188.6
176.2
-12.4
-
-
-12.2
-
-
-
-
-
-0.2
-
change in loans and other receivables to other banks
-15,622.9
-16,023.2
-400.3
24.8
-425.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
-321.6
-315.4
6.2
6.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in hedge derivatives
-158.4
3,030.6
3,189.0
-
-
3,189.0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in investment securities
-8,179.2
-7,123.9
1,055.3
84.0
-
458.1
513.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in transferred assets
-1.4
-2.9
-1.5
-1.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in loans and other receivables to customers
-929.5
-712.3
217.2
266.2
-
-49.0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in other assets, including:
559.2
change in ‘other assets’ in the statement of financial position
1.5
1.5
0.0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
other changes
-
557.7
557.7
-
-
-
-
-9.4
566.0
-
-
1.1
-
change in liabilities to other banks
8,169.0
431.8
-7,737.2
-29.6
-
-
-
-
-
-
-7,707.6
-
-
change in liabilities to customers
12,797.3
12,767.4
-29.9
-29.9
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in other liabilities, including:
534.6
change in ‘other liabilities’ in the statement of financial position
422.2
520.7
98.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
98.5
-
-
-
other changes
-
13.9
13.9
-
-
19.3
-
-
-
-
-
-5.5
0.1
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
93
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2022
for the year ended 31 December
change of balance
in statement of
financial position
in cash flow statement
difference,
including:
Difference 1
Difference 2
Difference 3
Difference 4
Difference 5
Difference 6
Difference 7
change in provisions
15.4
20.0
4.6
-
-
4.6
-
-
-
-
change in loans and other receivables to other banks
-4,045.8
-3,598.1
447.7
13.2
434.5
-
-
-
-
-
change in financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
-414.0
-405.1
8.9
8.9
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in hedge derivatives
245.3
-5,628.1
-5,873.4
-
-
-5,873.4
-
-
-
-
change in investment securities
-2,828.4
-1,768.7
1,059.7
131.6
-
-573.7
1,501.8
-
-
-
change in transferred assets
2,117.1
1,345.8
-771.3
-
-
-
-771.3
-
-
-
change in loans and other receivables to customers
-8,393.0
-7,918.0
475.0
229.9
-
245.1
-
-
-
-
change in other assets, including:
177.9
change in ‘other assets’ in the statement of financial position
46.1
46.1
0.0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
other changes
-
131.8
131.8
-
-
-
-
-122.4
254.2
-
change in liabilities to other banks
-5,558.7
-5,560.3
-1.6
-1.6
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in liabilities to customers
22,138.5
21,752.7
-385.8
-385.8
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in subordinated liabilities
33.6
31.7
-1.9
-1.9
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in other liabilities, including:
2,025.7
change in ‘other liabilities’ in the statement of financial position
1,916.8
2,018.1
101.3
-
-
-
-
-
101.3
other changes
-
7.6
7.6
-
-
7.6
-
-
-
-
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
94
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Change in the balance of liabilities presented in financial activities of the statement of cash flows
2023
for the year ended 31 December
loans received
subordinated liabilities
lease liabilities
Opening balance
0.0
1,643.9
400.0
changes from cash flows recognised in financing activities of the statement of cash flows, of which:
7,659.9
-73.6
-98.5
incurring liabilities
7,707.6
-
-
repayment of liabilities
-
-
-98.5
interest payments on liabilities
-47.7
-73.6
-
non-cash changes included in operating activities of the statement of cash flows
20.8
-44.1
152.9
Closing balance
7,680.7
1,526.2
454.4
2022
for the year ended 31 December
subordinated liabilities
lease liabilities
Opening balance
1,610.3
320.2
changes from cash flows recognised in financing activities of the statement of cash flows, of which:
-24.0
-101.3
incurring liabilities / issuing debt securities
-
-101.3
interest payments on liabilities
-24.0
-
non-cash changes included in operating activities of the statement of cash flows
57.6
181.1
Closing balance
1,643.9
400.0
39. Related entities
The Bank holds shares in the following subsidiaries and associates:
• 100% of shares in ING Investment Holding (Polska) S.A., which owns shares in the entities:
− 100% of shares in ING Commercial Finance S.A.
− 100% of shares in ING Lease (Polska) Sp. z o.o.
− 100% of shares in SAIO S.A.
− 100% of shares in Paymento Financial S.A.
− 45% of shares in Goldman Sachs TFI S.A. (previously named NN Investment Partners TFI S.A.) - associate,
• 100% of shares in ING Bank Hipoteczny S.A.,
• 100% of shares in ING Usługi dla Biznesu S.A.,
• 100% of shares in Nowe Usługi S.A.
The ING Lease (Polska) Sp. z o.o Group incorporates 5 special-purpose vehicles wherein ING Lease Polska Sp. z o.o. holds 100% of shares.
ING Bank Śląski S.A. is a subsidiary of ING Bank N.V., which as at 31 December 2023 held 75% of the share capital of ING Bank Śląski and 75% of the total number of votes at the General Meeting of ING Bank Śląski S.A. The ultimate parent company is ING Groep N.V. with its registered office in the Netherlands.
ING Bank Śląski S.A. conducts transactions with ING Bank N.V. and its subsidiaries on the interbank market. These are both short-term deposits and loans as well as derivatives operations. The Bank also maintains bank accounts of ING Group entities.
The Bank has two subordinated loans and two non-preferred senior loans (NPS) in its balance sheet, which result from agreements concluded with ING Bank N.V. The first non-preferred senior loan agreement was concluded on 22 December 2022, but due to the implementation date, which was 5 January 2023, at the end of 2022 the loan amount was included in the Item Off-balance sheet liabilities received . The Bank concluded the second loan agreement with NPS on 22 December 2023.
All the above-mentioned transactions are carried out on market terms.
The operating costs incurred by the Bank on behalf of the Parent Entity result primarily from contracts for the provision of consulting and advisory services, data processing and analysis, providing software licences and IT support. As regards costs incurred by the Bank on behalf of other related parties, outsourcing agreements
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
95
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
concerning the provision of system resource hosting services for various applications, lease of IT equipment, monitoring of availability and performance of IT applications and infrastructure, as well as penetration tests and IT security monitoring play a dominant role.
Costs are presented at net value (excluding VAT).
In 2023, the Bank carried out two sales transactions to ING Bank Hipoteczny S.A. of receivables from the mortgage loan portfolio in the total amount of PLN 1,276.5 million. The purchase price was set at market value. In 2022, the Bank did not sell its receivables to ING Bank Hipoteczny S.A.
As at 31 December 2023, similarly as at 31 December 2022, ING Bank Śląski S.A. had an exposure to one of the members of the Supervisory Board. The exposure value was immaterial and pertained to the used credit card limit.
The tables present figures relating to receivables and liabilities, revenues and costs as well as outlays on fixed assets, which result from transactions concluded between the Bank and its related entities.
2023
ING Bank N.V.
Other ING Group entities
Subsidiaries
Associates
as at 31 December
Assets
Nostro accounts
17.5
0.8
-
-
Deposits placed
72.9
-
-
-
Loans granted
-
0.3
14,306.5
-
Positive valuation of derivatives
137.6
-
-
-
Reverse repo
19,000.3
-
-
-
Other receivables
3.8
8.4
8.3
-
Liabilities
Deposits received
130.8
128.8
221.0
40.3
Loans received
7,680.7
-
-
-
Subordinated loan
1,526.2
-
-
-
Loro accounts
61.1
155.7
-
-
Negative valuation of derivatives
69.9
-
-
-
Other liabilities
251.6
16.1
7.9
-
Off-balance-sheet operations
Off-balance sheet liabilities granted
599.4
384.4
7,276.4
0.1
Off-balance sheet liabilities received
95.9
-
-
-
FX transactions
16,988.1
-
-
-
IRS
191.0
-
-
-
Options
591.9
-
-
-
for the year ended 31 December
Income and expenses
Income, including:
215.9
6.1
901.4
41.5
net interest and commission income
149.5
6.7
913.4
41.5
net income on financial instruments
62.0
-0.9
1.0
-
net income on sale of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
-
-
-16.2
-
net (loss)/income on other basic activities
4.4
0.3
3.2
-
General and administrative expenses
-259.6
-50.6
-7.0
-
Outlays for non-current assets
Outlays for intangible assets
-
0.1
1.4
-
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
96
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2022
ING Bank N.V.
Other ING Group entities
Subsidiaries
Associates
as at 31 December
Assets
Nostro accounts
2.2
174.4
-
-
Deposits placed
227.7
-
-
-
Loans granted
-
8.6
13,401.4
-
Positive valuation of derivatives
207.4
-
-
-
Reverse repo
3,759.3
-
-
-
Other receivables
4.4
3.8
2.4
-
Liabilities
Deposits received
11.0
156.4
128.8
9.3
Subordinated loan
1,643.8
-
-
-
Loro accounts
59.5
32.4
2.4
-
Negative valuation of derivatives
208.2
-
1.6
-
Other liabilities
92.0
9.7
4.3
-
Off-balance-sheet operations
Off-balance sheet liabilities granted
532.2
759.2
8,475.7
0.1
Off-balance sheet liabilities received *
1,276.3
21.6
-
-
FX transactions
16,307.9
-
-
-
IRS
187.1
-
49.2
-
Options
400.5
-
-
-
for the year ended 31 December
Income and expenses
Income, including:
-219.2
2.8
718.6
39.0
net interest and commission income
-42.0
7.4
717.1
39.0
net income on financial instruments
-177.2
-5.4
-1.7
-
net (loss)/income on other basic activities
-
0.8
3.2
-
General and administrative expenses
-176.6
-38.7
-3.5
-
Outlays for non-current assets
Outlays for intangible assets
3.1
-
1.3
-
*) The amount of Off-balance sheet liabilities received at the end of 2022 included PLN 1,219.4 million due to a non- preferred senior loan (NPS), which the Bank concluded with ING Bank N.V. on 22 December 2022, and which took place on 5 January 2023.
40. Transactions with the management staff and employees
Loans to Bank employees and senior management
Employees of the Bank use loans on the same terms as the Bank’s other clients (there are no preferential loans for employees). Loans to employees are included in the amount of loans to customers and as at 31 December 2023 amounted to PLN 201.1 million (excluding loans from the Company Social Benefit Fund). As at 31 December 2022, their value amounted to PLN 384.3 million.
Granting a loan, cash loan, bank guarantee and surety for persons in the Bank's management is defined by a separate procedure and monitoring in accordance with the Regulation of the President of ING Bank Śląski S.A.
The financial statements for 2023 include bank loans, cash loans, guarantees and sureties granted to the Bank’s management (within the meaning of Article 79 of the Banking Law) in the amount of PLN 27.9 million. As at 31 December 2022, their value amounted to PLN 55.3 million.
In-House Social Benefits Fund
Employees may take advantage of various forms of social assistance within the framework of Social Benefits Fund established in the Bank. The balance of loans granted from the Company Social Benefit Fund as at 31 December 2023 was PLN 0.8 million, compared to PLN 1.1 million as at 31 December 2022. The balance of the Company Social Benefit Fund as at 31 December 2023 was PLN 17.2 million, compared to PLN 19.0 million as at 31 December 2022.
Remuneration of ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board Members
The composition of ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board as at the end of 2023 was presented in the chapter I. Bank details in point 7 . ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board and Supervisory Board composition .
Emoluments of ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board Members
2023
2022
Short-term employee benefits, including:
remuneration
12.8
11.8
benefits
2.4
2.2
Total
15.2
14.0
Short-term employee benefits comprise: base remuneration, insurance, mutual fund contributions, medical care and other benefits awarded by the Supervisory Board.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
97
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Emoluments of ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board Members under the Variable Remuneration Programme
2023
2022
Short-term benefits
Long-term benefits
Short-term benefits
Long-term benefits
Cash payments
3.6
2.8
3.0
2.2
Phantom stock
0.0
0.0
1.5
1.1
Own stock
4.2
3.4
1.6
1.2
Total
7.8
6.2
6.1
4.5
Short-term benefits comprise the benefits under the Variable Remuneration Programme – the non-deferred part. Long-term benefits comprise the benefits under the Variable Remuneration Programme – the deferred part.
Emoluments of Members of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board for 2023 under the Variable Remuneration Programme have not yet been awarded.
In accordance with the Bank’s remuneration system, Members of the Bank’s Management Board may be entitled to a bonus for 2023, part of which will be paid in 2024, and part of which will be deferred for subsequent years (2025-2031). The maximum possible amount of the bonus for 2023, for which the provision was created, is PLN 14.0 million, including PLN 3.6 million for cash withdrawals in 2024, and PLN 10.4 million for the deferred part of the bonus. The final decision regarding the amount of bonus will be made by the Supervisory Board of the Bank.
As at 31 December 2022, the provision for cash payment of the bonus for Members of the Bank’s Management Board was PLN 10.6 million. The bonus for 2022 approved by the Supervisory Board in 2023 amounted to PLN 9.0 million.
In the years ended 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022, no post-employment benefits were paid to Management Board Members.
Members of the Management Board have entered into non-competition agreements after they cease to perform functions in the Bank’s Management Board. In the event of failure to appoint for a new term of office or dismissal, Management Board Members are entitled to a severance pay. Information on severance pay for Management Board Members is included in their employment contracts and is due only in the case of termination of the employment contract by the Bank for reasons other than those entitling it to terminate the employment contract without notice.
Remuneration of ING Bank Śląski S.A. Supervisory Board Members
The composition of ING Bank Śląski S.A. Supervisory Board as at the end of 2023 was presented in the chapter I. Bank details in point 7 . ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board and Supervisory Board composition .
Emoluments of ING Bank Śląski S.A. Supervisory Board Members
2023
2022
Short-term employee benefits, including:
remuneration
1.0
0.9
Total
1.0
0.9
The Management Board Members and other persons employed by ING Bank Śląski S.A. do not receive any remuneration or awards for performing functions in the governing bodies of subsidiaries and affiliated entities of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. Group.
Volume of ING Bank Śląski shares held by Bank Management Board and Supervisory Board Members
As part of the Incentive Programme addressed to persons having a significant impact on the Bank’s risk profile, the Bank grants free-of-charge own shares as a component of variable remuneration. In the period from 12 May to 19 June 2023, the Bank carried out the repurchase of the first tranche of its own shares, as a result of which on 3 July 2023 Members of the Bank’s Management Board purchased non-deferred own shares for the period from 1 July to 31 December 2022 in the total number of 7,772 shares. As at 31 December 2022, Members of the Bank’s Management Board and the Bank’s Supervisory Board did not hold shares in ING Bank Śląski S.A.
41. Headcount
The headcount in the Bank at the end of 2023 and 2022 was, respectively:
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Individuals
7,906
7,925
FTEs
7,874.2
7,895.5
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
98
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
42. Significant events after the balance sheet date
Resignation of a Member of the Bank’s Supervisory Board
On 12 February 2024 the Bank has received from Ms Katarzyna Zajdel-Kurowska a letter of resignation from the capacity as Member of the Bank Supervisory Board, effective as at 29 February 2024. The reason for resignation is the appointment to a position with the international financial institution.
Individual recommendation from the Polish Financial Supervision Authority regarding satisfaction of criteria for dividend payout from the 2023 net profit
On 21 February 2024 the Bank received a letter from the Polish Financial Supervision Authority (“PFSA”) wherein the PFSA stated that the Bank satisfied the criteria for dividend payout of up to 75% of the 2023 net profit, while the maximum dividend amount should not exceed the amount of the annual profit less profit earned in 2023 and recognised under own funds. Bank did not recognise interim profit during 2023 under own funds, therefore, the maximum dividend from the 2023 profit for the Bank equals 75%. At the same time, the PFSA recommended that the Bank mitigate the inherent risk of operations by refraining from taking any other actions without prior consultation with the supervision authority, in particular being beyond the ordinary business and operational activity which may result in a reduction in own funds, including possible dividend payments from undivided profit from previous years and own shares buy-backs.
The intention of the Bank’s Management Board is to recommend the General Meeting to adopt a resolution on earmarking approximately 75% of the 2023 standalone profit of the Bank for dividend payout and PLN 1,008.3 million of the reserve capital earmarked for the dividend payout. The PFSA confirmed that it was possible to pay out dividend from the reserve capital earmarked for the dividend payout, as communicated by the Bank in current report no. 27/2023 of 1 December 2023.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
99
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Risk and capital management
I. Capital management 100
II. Risk management 106
1. Introduction 106
2. Credit risk 108
3. Market risk 136
4. Liquidity and funding risk 152
5. Operational risk 160
6. ESG risk 161
7. Other risks 163
Risk and capital
management
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
100
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Risk and capital management
I. Capital management
1. Introduction
2. Minimum capital requirements
3. Capital adequacy
3.1. C apital adequacy objectives
3.2. Own funds
3.3. Capital requirement
3.4. Capital ratios
4. MREL requirements
5. Dividend policy
1. Introduction
Capital management at ING Bank Śląski S.A. is aimed at enabling and facilitating the Bank’s development in accordance with the adopted strategy and business model. In addition, it allows you to actively manage capital, taking into account the size and dynamics of changes, both now and in the future (including in a stressful situation). Capital management takes place in three perspectives: normative/regulatory perspective, economic capital perspective and stress perspective.
The overriding goal of capital management in the Bank is to have a sufficient and effective capitalisation of the Bank to meet the business strategy and development plans, while meeting all internal and external prudential requirements. This means financial flexibility in the current and future environment to adapt to changing market and regulatory conditions.
As part of capital management, the Bank:
• identifies and assesses the materiality of the risks occurring in its operations,
• conducts activities aimed at estimating and monitoring economic capital, capital requirement and own funds,
• monitors potential risks to capital adequacy,
• allocates economic capital to business lines,
• sets internal limits in order to limit the generated capital requirements and economic capital,
• pursues an appropriate investment policy,
• establish an adequate pricing policy,
• pursues a dividend policy resulting from the long-term capital objective and preferred capital structure,
• plans economic capital and capital requirement and own funds,
• prepares contingency capital plans defining the steps to be taken in the event of a risk to capital adequacy,
• analyses the impact of macroeconomic factors on capital adequacy in accordance with the " Stress Test Policy ".
The superior document regulating capital management in the Bank is the Capital Management Policy at ING Bank Śląski S.A .
2. Minimum capital requirements
In accordance with the Communication of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority of 20 November 2023, the Bank will continue to maintain a systemically important institution buffer equivalent to 0.5% of the total risk exposure amount.
On 14 December 2023, the Bank received a letter from the Polish Financial Supervision Authority on the recommendation to mitigate the risk of the Bank’s operations by maintaining own funds to cover an additional capital charge (P2G) in order to absorb potential losses resulting from the occurrence of stress conditions, in the amount of 0.31 p.p. at the consolidated level and 0.32 p.p. at the individual level. The Bank’s recommendation should meet above the value of each of the own funds requirements (referred to in Article 92 paragraph 1 letter a-c of Regulation No. 575/2013), increased by an additional own funds requirement (P2R referred to in Article 138 paragraph 2 point 2 of the Banking Law Act) and by a combined buffer requirement (referred to in Article 55 paragraph 4 of the Act on macro-prudential supervision). The P2G capital add-on should consist entirely of Common Equity Tier 1 capital.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
101
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Consequently, as at 31 December 2023, the minimum capital requirements for the Bank are:
• CET1 >= 7.83%,
• T1 >= 9.33%,
• TCR >= 11.33%.
3. Capital adequacy
3.1. Capital adequacy objectives
The risk appetite determines the maximum amount of risk that the Bank is prepared to accept, thus supporting stability and further development. As part of risk and capital management, the Bank defines risk appetite parameters (RAS - Risk Appetite Statement) and strategic capital targets of the Bank, which enable the Bank to implement its Strategy, including dividend targets.
For capital strategic purposes, the Bank maintains a systemic risk buffer and a management buffer, enabling the implementation of the strategy in the conditions of unexpected regulatory and business changes.
The minimum level of capital adequacy results from the obligation to maintain minimum levels of capital ratios resulting from the following external regulations:
• Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 (4.5% for CET1, 6% for T1 and 8% for TCR),
• Act of 5 August 2015 on macroprudential supervision of the financial system and crisis management in the financial system sanctioning additional capital buffers, including:
− capital conservation buffer, which in 2023 (as in 2022) was 2.5%,
− other systemically important institution buffer of 0.5% imposed by PFSA decision, received on 20 December 2022 (no changes in 2023),
− ountercyclical capital buffer applicable to exposures to which such buffer has been imposed by the competent authorities. The countercyclical buffer is variable over time depending on the structure of the exposures concerned and the levels of countercyclical buffer rates imposed on the exposures concerned (as at the end of December 2023, the countercyclical buffer was effectively 0.013%, compared to 0.006% as at the end of December 2022),
• Regulation of the Minister of Development and Finance of 18 March 2020 repealing the Regulation on the systemic risk buffer; however, following a cautious approach, the Bank monitors capital ratios taking into account the size of the systemic risk buffer.
The Capital Adequacy RAS also defines capital limits for specific risks.
3.2. Own funds
The Bank's own funds consist of:
• Common Equity Tier 1 capital, which at the end of 2023 amounted to PLN 16,338.7 million (PLN 16,165.8 million at the end of 2022),
• Tier 2 capital, which at the end of 2023 amounted to PLN 1,507.0 million (PLN 1,641.4 million at the end of 2022).
As at 31 December 2023, as at 31 December 2022, no Tier 1 additional capital (AT1) is identified in the Bank.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
102
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Own funds accepted for calculation of the total capital ratio
as at 31 December
2023
2022 *
Tier 1
16,338.7
16,165.8
Tier 1 core capital
16,338.7
16,165.8
equity instruments qualifying as Tier 1 core capital
1,081.1
1,086.4
retained earnings, including:
79.6
1,773.0
retained earnings in previous years
79.6
58.6
recognized profit
0.0
1,714.4
accumulated other comprehensive income
-43.0
-364.8
reserve capital
15,013.9
13,309.0
general bank risk funds
1,215.2
1,215.2
value adjustments due to prudent valuation requirements
-34.6
-28.3
goodwill and other intangible assets
-307.6
-356.0
deferred tax assets based on future profitability and not arising from temporary differences after deducting related income tax liabilities
-516.2
-1,034.5
shortfall in credit risk adjustments against expected losses under the IRB approach
-262.5
0.0
shortfall in coverage for non-performing exposures
-20.8
-7.8
transitional adjustments to common equity Tier 1 capital
133.6
573.6
Tier 2
1,507.0
1,657.3
equity instruments qualifying as Tier 2 capital
1,507.0
1,641.4
surplus in provisions over the expected credit losses under the IRB approach
0.0
15.9
Own funds taken into account in total capital ratio calculation
17,845.7
17,823.1
*) On 26 April 2023, the Bank’s General Meeting approved the distribution of profit for 2022. The inclusion of the net profit generated in 2022 in own funds as at 31 December 2022 resulted in an increase in own funds to the level of PLN 17,823.1 million, which is presented in the table above. According to the value presented in the annual financial statements for 2022, the level of own funds was PLN 16,488.6 million.
3.3. Capital requirement
For reporting purposes, in 2023 and 2022, the Bank used the Advanced Internal Ratings-Based Approach and the Standardised Approach to calculate the capital requirement for credit risk . The Bank has obtained the approval of
the Polish Financial Supervision Authority and the National Bank of the Netherlands for the use of the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB) method for exposure classes: companies and credit institutions.
In the area of operational risk , since June 2020, the Bank has been using the STA (the standardised approach)
method.
In the area of market risk , the Bank uses the base method and the method of updated average return period
(depending on the type of risk).
The Bank also sets capital requirements for concentration risk , settlement risk and credit valuation adjustment (CVA)
risk . In all cases, requirements are set in accordance with the CRR Regulation.
The total capital requirement is dominated by the credit risk requirement. At the end of 2023, it accounted for 86% of the total requirement (compared to 87% at the end of 2022).
3.4. Capital ratios
As at 31 December 2023, the total capital ratio (TCR) for the Bank was 18.02% and the Tier 1 ratio was 16.50% compared to 17.84% and 16.18% at the end of 2022.
The main drivers of the change in the total capital ratio are:
• as part of Common Equity Tier 1:
− reduction of the negative impact of deferred tax assets based on future profitability and not resulting from temporary differences, in connection with the realised tax loss for 2021 and 2022 as a result of the valuation of the IRS instruments portfolio - increase of the total capital ratio by 0.52 p.p.,
− decrease of negative impact on unrealised gains and losses on the portfolio measured at fair value through other comprehensive income - increase of the total capital ratio by 0.08 p.p.,
− temporary increase of the shortage of credit risk adjustments in view of expected losses according to the IRB method - decrease of the total capital ratio by 0.27 p.p.,
− reduction of positive inflows due to transitional periods related to the IFRS 9 standard - decrease of the total capital ratio by 0.21 p.p.,
• under Tier 2 capital::
− reduction in the value of subordinated loans contracted in EUR as a result of exchange rate changes between reporting periods - decrease in the total capital ratio by 0.14 p.p.,
• under the capital requirement:
− reduction of risk-weighted assets, including positive changes related to risk migration - increase of the total capital ratio by 0.16 p.p.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
103
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
The surplus of the total capital ratio over the regulatory requirement (together with P2G) increased from 6.31 p.p. to 6.69 p.p. and the surplus of Tier 1 ratio increased from 6.65 p.p. to 7.17 p.p.
Total capital ratio and Tier 1 capital ratio
as at 31 December
2023
2022 *
Own funds taken into account in total capital ratio calculation
17,845.7
17,823.1
Capital requirements
wymóg kapitałowy z tytułu ryzyka kredytowego i ryzyka kredytowego kontrahenta
6,853.1
6,919.9
wymogi kapitałowe z tytułu ryzyka pozycji, ryzyka walutowego i ryzyka cen towarów
108.2
113.0
wymóg kapitałowy z tytułu ryzyka operacyjnego
952.5
952.5
wymóg kapitałowy z tytułu ryzyka korekty wyceny kredytowej (CVA)
9.2
7.4
Total capital requirement
7,923.0
7,992.8
Total capital ratio
18.02%
17.84%
Minimum required level
11.333%
11.526%
Surplus TCR ratio
6.69 p.p.
6.31 p.p.
Tier 1 capital ratio
16.50%
16.18%
Minimum required level
9.333%
9.526%
Surplus T1 ratio
7.17 p.p.
6.65 p.p.
*) On 26 April 2023, the Bank’s General Meeting approved the distribution of profit for 2022. The inclusion of net profit generated in 2022 in own funds as at 31 December 2022 resulted in an increase in TCR and Tier1 ratios to 17.84% and 16.18%, respectively, which is presented in the table above. As at 31 December 2022, the Bank’s TCR and Tier1 ratios were 16.77% and 15.10%, respectively, in the annual financial statements for 2022.
Transitional provisions
In the calculation of capital ratios, the Bank used transitional provisions to mitigate the impact of the implementation of IFRS 9 on the level of own funds. As at 31 December 2022, the Bank additionally applied the temporary treatment of unrealised gains and losses measured at fair value through other comprehensive income in accordance with Article 468 of the CRR.
as at 31 December
2023
2022
the level of capital ratios without transitional provisions for the:
1. mitigating the impact of IFRS 9 implementation on the level of own funds
1. mitigating the impact of IFRS 9 implementation on the level of own funds and 2. temporary treatment of unrealised gains and losses measured at fair value through other comprehensive income in accordance with Article 468 of the CRR
Total capital ratio (TCR)
17.89%
17.40%
Tier 1 capital ratio
16.37%
15.64%
4. MREL requirements
2023
2022
MREL - TREA
25.79%
17.84%
minimum required level (including combined buffer requirement)
19.30%
17.19%
surplus (+) / deficiency (-) of the MREL – TREA ratio
6.49 p.p.
0.65 p.p.
minimum required level (not including combined buffer requirement)
16.29%
14.18%
surplus (+) / deficiency (-) of the MREL – TREA ratio
9.50 p.p.
3.66 p.p.
MREL - TEM
10.51%
8.32%
minimum required level
5.91%
4.46%
surplus (+) / deficiency (-) of the MREL – TEM ratio
4.60 p.p.
3.86 p.p.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
104
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
On 17 April 2023, the Bank received a letter from the Bank Guarantee Fund (BFG) regarding a joint decision of the resolution authorities, i.e. Single Resolution Board (SRB) and the BFG, on the minimum level of own funds and write- down/conversion liabilities (MREL). This decision is based on the ING Group’s ‘Single Point of Entry’ (SPE) forced restructuring strategy.
The BFG, in consultation with the SRB, set the MREL requirement for the Bank at 19.30% of the total risk exposure amount (TREA) - taking into account the combined buffer requirement of 3.01% as at the end of 2023 and 5.91% of the total exposure measure (TEM) at the individual level. The Bank is obliged to meet the MREL requirement by 31 December 2023 for both, TREA and TEM, at the same time. The entire MREL requirement should be met in the form of own funds and liabilities meeting the criteria set out in Article 98 of the Act on the BGF, which transposes Article 45f(2) of the BRRD2.
In addition, the BFG indicated that the part of the MREL corresponding to the recapitalisation amount should be satisfied in the form of the following instruments: additional Tier 1 (AT1), Tier 2 capital instruments (T2) and other subordinated eligible liabilities acquired directly or indirectly by the parent entity. The Bank estimates that the MREL part of the recapitalisation amount requirement is 8.29% TREA and 2.91% TEM.
At the same time, the BFG indicated that the Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) instruments held by the Bank for the purpose of the combined buffer requirement cannot be included in the MREL requirement expressed as a percentage of the total risk exposure amount (TREA).
At the end of 2023, the Bank had two non-preferred senior loans (NPS) from ING Bank N.V., with a nominal value of EUR 1.760 million. This value includes:
• a loan of EUR 1.5 billion for a period of 4 years (with the right to early repayment after 3 years) and
• a loan of EUR 260 million for a period of 6 years (with the right to early repayment after 5 years).
Both loans are an element of the SPE strategy for ING Group. The Bank includes NPS funds in eligible liabilities for the purposes of the minimum requirement of own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL). As at 31 December 2023, the carrying amount of liabilities due to NPS loans amounted to PLN 7,680.7 million and was recognised in the statement of financial position in the item Liabilities to other banks .
5. Dividend policy
The most important assumptions of the Bank's dividend policy are as follows:
• stable realisation of dividend payments in a foreseeable perspective in the amount of up to 50% of the Bank’s annual net profit in compliance with the prudent management principle and all regulatory requirements the Bank is obliged to comply with, and taking into account the adopted Best Practice for WSE Listed Companies 2021,
• a proposal to pay dividends in an amount higher than the ratio indicated above is possible if justified by the bank’s financial situation (e.g. from retained earnings) and provided that all other requirements of the law and the dividend policy are met.
• possibility of dividend payouts from capital surplus over the minimum capital adequacy ratios and above the minimum levels of capital ratios determined by the Polish Financial Supervision Authority for dividend payouts.
When deciding on the proposed amount of dividend payment, the Bank’s Management Board takes into account the supervisory requirements communicated within the framework of the official communication of the PFSA concerning the dividend policy of banks, as well as the following considerations:
• the current economic and financial condition of the Bank and the Bank’s Capital Group, including limitations when financial losses are generated or in case of low profitability (low return on assets / equity),
• assumptions of the management and risk management strategy of the Bank and the Bank’s Capital Group,
• restrictions resulting from Art. 56 of the Act on Macro-prudential Supervision over the Financial System and Crisis Management in the Financial System of 5 August 2015,
• the need to reduce current period profits or unapproved annual profits included in own funds by foreseeable dividends, in accordance with Article 26 of EU Regulation No 575/2013,
• macroeconomic environment.
PFSA’s guidelines with respect to dividend for 2023
On 14 December 2023, the Polish Financial Supervision Authority published its position on the dividend policy in 2024. Up to 50% of the 2023 profit can be paid out only by banks that simultaneously meet the following criteria:
• do not implement a recovery programme,
• are positively assessed as part of the Supervisory Review and Evaluation process (final BION rating not worse than 2.5),
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
105
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
• have a leverage level (LR) of more than 5%,
• have a Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio not lower than the required minimum: 4.5% + 56.25% * P2R requirement + combined buffer requirement + P2G 1 ,
• have a Tier 1 capital ratio (T1) not lower than the required minimum: 6% + 75% * P2R requirement + combined buffer requirement + P2G,
• have a total capital ratio (TCR) not lower than the minimum required: 8% + P2R + combined buffer + P2G.
The amount of up to 75% of the 2023 profit can be paid out only by banks that meet the criteria for a 50% payout, and at the same time whose portfolio of receivables from the non-financial sector is characterised by good credit quality (the share of NPL, including debt instruments, at a level not exceeding 5%).
The Bank should meet the criteria set out above both on an individual and consolidated level, as at the end of 2023 and on the date of the decision on the payment of dividend by the General Meeting.
The maximum dividend level possible to pay is limited to 75%, due to the expectation of strengthening the capital base in order to absorb the possible materialisation of risks accumulated in the environment of the Polish banking sector.
On 1 December 2023, the Bank received a letter from the Polish Financial Supervision Authority in which the PFSA indicated that it had no objections regarding the possibility of the Bank paying out a dividend (advance dividend) in the amount of PLN 1,008.3 million from the reserve capital intended for the payment of dividends. The above- mentioned amount consists of PLN 494.4 million from the 2019 profit and PLN 513.9 million from the 2022 profit, allocated by the decisions of the General Meeting to a reserve capital for the payment of dividends.
1 Pilla II Guidance or additional capital recommendation - measures the Bank’s sensitivity to an unfavourable macroeconomic scenario using the results of stress supervisory tests. Sensitivity defined as: relative change in CET1 calculated between the lowest level of CET1 in the scenario horizon and CET1 at the start of the test, taking into account supervisory adjustments.
Declared and paid dividends
• The Management Board of ING Bank Śląski S.A. intends to recommend to the General Meeting of the Bank the adoption of a resolution on allocation of approx. 75% of the Bank’s separate profit for 2023, i.e. the amount of PLN 3,330.56 million and the amount of PLN 1,008.27 million from the reserve capital intended for payment of dividend, in total PLN 4,338.83 million. The proposed total dividend per share is PLN 33.35 gross. The proposed dividend date is 17 April 2024, and the proposed dividend payment date is 6 May 2024. As at the date of preparation of these financial statements, the Bank meets the criteria and requirements of the PFSA allowing for the payment of a dividend from the profit for 2023 to the amount of 75%, which was confirmed by the PFSA in an individual dividend recommendation received on 21 February 2024. The amount of the proposed dividend takes into account both the current financial and capital situation of the Bank and its development plans.
• On the basis of the KNF’s position on the dividend policy of banks for 2022, on 7 April 2022 the Ordinary General Meeting of the Bank adopted a resolution on the payment of dividend from the profit for 2021. On the basis of this resolution, on 4 May 2022, the Bank paid a dividend in the total amount of PLN 689.5 million, i.e. PLN 5.30 gross per share.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
106
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
II. Risk management
1. Introduction
1.1. Risk categories
1.2. Risk management organisation
1.3. Risk management system
1.4. Risk management rules
1.5. Risk appetite
2. Credit risk
3. Market risk
4. Liquidity and funding risk
5. Operational risk
6. ESG risk
7. Other risks
1. Introduction
1.1. Risk categories
The most important risks in the Bank’s operations include:
• credit risk,
• market risk,
• liquidity and funding risk,
• operational risk.
In addition, as material risks in its operations, the Bank identifies:
• compliance risk (compliance),
• model risk,
• business risk,
• risks related to transaction security and stability of IT systems,
• risks related to the security of personal data.
ESG risks deserve special attention, which are not treated by the Bank as a separate risk category, but rather as a factor strengthening the Bank’s basic risk categories (i.e. financial risks - credit, market, liquidity and funding risks, and non-financial risks).
A detailed description of each of the above risks is presented below.
1.2. Risk management organisation
The Bank’s Management Board and Supervisory Board play a special role in the risk management process. The Bank also has a number of committees that play an active role in managing individual risk types. The following diagrams present the organisational structure of risk management.
Risk Models Department
Risk Regulation Department
Bussines Credit Risk Department
Market Risk Management Department
Credit Inspection Department
Risk Systems Department
Integrated Risk Department
Consumer Credit Risk Department
Regional Credit Risk Department
CRO Division Support
Wholesale Banking Risk Department
Model Validation Department
Operational Risk Management Department
Restructuring & Recovery Department
Risk integration
Credit risk
CRO
CEO
Centre of Expertise - Compliance
Management Board
Supervisory Board
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
107
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
1.3. Risk management system
The risk management system is an integrated set of rules, mechanisms and tools (including, among others, policies and procedures) relating to risk processes. The role of the risk management system is risk management, adequate to the size and profile of the risk incurred by the Bank, through constant identification, measurement or evaluation, monitoring, risk control, including risk mitigation, and risk reporting along with assessment of the effectiveness of risk mitigation actions taken. As part of risk control, the Bank hedges against risk or mitigates it by introducing appropriate control mechanisms, a system of limits and an adequate level of provisions (provisions), as well as capital and liquidity buffers.
As part of the risk management system, the Bank:
• has a specified frequency of risk measurement or assessment that is adequate to the scale and complexity of the business,
• apply formalised rules for determining the amount of risk taken and rules for risk management,
• apply formalised procedures to identify, measure or estimate and monitor risk, which also take into account the expected level of risk in the future,
• apply formalised risk limits and rules of conduct in the event of exceeding limits, including introducing methods and measures to eliminate exceeding limits in the future,
• applies the adopted management reporting system that enables monitoring of the level of risk,
• has an organisational structure adapted to the size and profile of the risk incurred,
• has qualified staff of risk management units and provides training for employees of the first and second lines of defence.
The risk management system is defined in the General Policy of Risk Management at ING Bank Śląski S.A .
Three Lines of Defence Model
The risk and control structure in the Bank is based on the three lines of defence model. This model aims to provide a
stable and effective framework for risk management by defining and implementing three 'levels' of risk management, with different roles, responsibilities and responsibilities for supervision.
Among other things, it is responsible for:
− compliance with the principles arising from approved policies, regulations, instructions and procedures,
− analysis, control and management of risks in processes, including in relation to outsourced activities.
− It is responsible, among other things, for issuing regulations and providing risk management methods and tools, including supporting the first line of defence during this process,
− As part of its control activities, it performs its own independent assessment of the effectiveness of the first line of defence through: inspections, tests, reviews and other forms of control.
− Supports the first line of defence in terms of control mechanisms.
− It provides an independent assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the risk management system and the internal control system in the first and second line of defence.
The internal control system is defined in the policy Internal control system at ING Bank Śląski S.A .
• The Bank’s business and organisational units providing operational and technological support to Business and the units responsible for environmental risk.
• selected entities in the area of risk and finance, • entities in the area of compliance and legal risk, • units in the area of human resources management.
• Internal Audit Department
First line of defence
Second line of defence
Third line of defence
Supervisory Board
Management Board
Credit Policy Committee
Assets and Liabilities Committee (ALCO)
Audit Committee
Risk Committee
Remuneration and Nomination Committee
ESG Risk Committee
Non-Financial Risk Committee
Models Risk Committee
IT Risk and Security Committee
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
108
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
1.4. Risk management rules
ING Bank Śląski S.A. manages credit, market, liquidity and funding and non-financial (operational and compliance) risks in accordance with the principles set out by the standards of Polish law, the regulations of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority (KNF) and other authorised bodies, as well as in accordance with the standards set by the ING Group to the extent that it does not lead to a breach of the aforementioned regulations and best practice documents.
Irrespective of the need to ensure regulatory and legal compliance (compliance), the Bank considers the management of credit, market, liquidity and operational and financial risks as a fundamental and integral part of the overall Bank management.
1.5. Risk appetite
The risk appetite determines the maximum amount of risk that the Bank is prepared to accept, thus supporting stability and further development. As part of risk and capital management, the Bank determines risk appetite parameters (RAS - Risk Appetite Statement) in the following key areas:
• RAS on capital adequacy,
• RAS on liquidity and funding and market risk,
• RAS for credit risk
• RAS for non-financial risks (operational, compliance and models).
2. Credit risk
2.1. Introduction
2.2. C redit risk management objectives
2.3. Credit risk management strategy
2.4. Credit risk management system
2.5. Organisational structure of credit risk management
2.6. Risk appetite RAS
2.7. Principles of credit activity
2.8. Credit risk management rules
2.9. Quantitative disclosure on credit risk
2.1. Introduction
The Bank treats credit risk management as a fundamental and integral part of the overall management of the Bank.
Credit risk is understood as:
• a risk of a financial loss that may be suffered by the Bank as a result of default by debtors in whole and at the agreed time on their credit obligations to the Bank, or
• a risk of reduced economic value of credit exposures or groups of credit exposures as a result of impaired ability of debtors to service their debt at the agreed time.
2.2. Credit risk management objectives
The Bank’s primary objective in the credit risk management process is to support the effective achievement of business objectives through proactive risk management and organic growth activities, while:
• maintaining a safe level of capital and liquidity ratios standards and an appropriate level of provisions,
• ensuring compliance with legal regulations and requirements of supervisory authorities.
The specific objectives of credit risk management are:
• supporting business initiatives,
• maintaining credit losses at the assumed level,
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
109
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
• continuous verification, assessment of the adequacy and development of applied procedures, models and other elements of the risk management system,
• adapting operations to changing external conditions,
• maintaining an appropriate level of capital requirements for credit risk and provisions,
• ensuring compliance with the requirements of the regulator.
2.3. Credit risk management strategy
The credit risk management strategy supports business objectives while maintaining a safe level of solvency and liquidity of the Bank and an adequate level of provisions. It is designated in order to ensure the optimal development of the loan portfolio, while maintaining the appropriate quality and profitability of credit operations and capital allocation. The primary objective of defining the credit risk management strategy is to optimise the relationship between risk and return on capital, taking into account information about the current and prospective macroeconomic environment, the Bank’s portfolio and the level of implementation of RAS limits.
The credit risk management strategy takes into account the "look to the future", including the need to maintain competitiveness, attractiveness and development of the Bank’s offer.
2.4. Credit risk management system
The overriding documents governing credit risk management are: General Risk Management Principles at ING Bank Śląski and Credit Risk Management Policy at ING Bank Śląski .
The Bank’s credit risk management system consists of:
• general principles of credit risk management and mitigation,
• RAS strategies and limits,
• credit risk management policies, instructions and procedures,
• credit risk systems, tools and models,
• management reporting system enabling monitoring of the level of credit risk,
• organisational structure adjusted to the size and profile of the credit risk incurred by the Bank.
The activities that the Bank undertakes as part of the risk management system may include:
• risk avoidance - liquidation or limitation of activities that generate an excessively high level of risk or a type of risk that cannot be effectively controlled,
• risk mitigation - taking actions aimed at reducing the probability of adverse events or limiting the effects of such events,
• risk transfer - transferring all or part of the risk to another entity, e.g. through insurance or securitisation of a loan portfolio,
• accepting risk - refraining from undertaking the above activities for economic or practical reasons, as part of the Bank’s risk appetite.
In addition, the Bank has a properly defined credit risk assessment and measurement process, independent of the lending function, including:
• an effective rating system,
• effective process of obtaining relevant information, including forecasts, used to measure expected credit losses,
• an assessment policy that ensures that the measurement of expected credit losses is carried out on an individual or collective basis,
• an effective model validation process that ensures that models generate accurate, consistent and objective forecasts and estimates on an ongoing basis,
• clear, formal communication and coordination of all employees involved in the process of risk assessment and valuation of expected credit losses.
The Bank’s credit risk management system, including the organisational structure, organisation of the credit process, internal regulation system, tools and models used, is subject to ongoing verification and adaptation to ensure the implementation of the Bank’s strategy, including the risk appetite. In this way, the Bank achieves the goal of maintaining the adequacy of its activities in the area of identification, assessment, measurement, monitoring and management of activities subject to credit risk, as well as maintaining consistency and compliance with regulatory requirements.
The Bank’s risk policy for the credit exposure portfolio takes into account the fact that the activity generating credit risk may also be related to other types of risks, i.e., among others: liquidity, market, operational, legal and reputation risk, which may mutually reinforce each other and takes into account ESG risk.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
110
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
The Bank optimises and limits losses due to incurred credit risk by:
• setting internal limits,
• appropriate design of credit products,
• application of security measures,
• use of functional control,
• efficient monitoring, restructuring and recovery,
• monitoring changes in clients’ creditworthiness and creditworthiness,
• regular monitoring and validation of models used to identify and measure credit risk
• conducting analyses of trends and values of key risk indicators.
Credit risk is managed by the Bank in an integrated manner based on:
• strategic planning,
• a coherent system of limits, policies and procedures, and
• risk management tools, including risk identification, measurement and control.
This integrated system consists of all processes in the Bank carried out in connection with lending activities.
The systems and models supporting the assessment of the clients’ creditworthiness and credit reliability:
• from Business Clients and Wholesale Banking – are built and monitored in accordance with the requirements of the Advanced Capital Requirements Approach for credit risk and ING Group standards (excluding SE&Micro and Easy Lending clients),
• from the Business Clients Division (SE&Micro and Easy Lending clients) – are application and behavioural scoring models reflecting the statistical level of client risk, built in accordance with the requirements contained in supervisory regulations,
• from the Retail Division – are scoring models (application models, behavioural models and BIK scoring) reflecting the statistical level of client risk, built in accordance with the requirements contained in supervisory regulations.
In its assessment of credit risk, the Bank uses the following models:
• PD (Probability of Default),
• LGD (Loss given Default),
• EAD (Exposure at Default).
The models are designed in compliance with the requirements set forth in supervisory regulations and are applied inter alia to determine the volume of provisions, economic capital for credit risk for internal and external reporting requirements, reporting to the supervisory authority, to determine loan pricing and client profitability. The effectiveness of the models is reviewed on the basis of monitoring and validation processes.
Credit risk management in the Bank is carried out on the basis of advanced credit risk assessment models. In the credit risk reporting process, information relating to IRB models is included with a frequency adjusted to the materiality and type of information presented and the position of the recipient. As a rule, detailed information relating to IRB models is presented to senior management, in particular to:
• The Bank’s Management Board – results of monitoring of the correctness of functioning of the AIRB approach in compliance with the Policy of Changes and Monitoring of the Internal Rating Method at ING Bank Śląski S.A. ,
• the Credit Policy Committee – results of monitoring of credit risk models, in compliance with the Credit risk model management instruction at ING Bank Śląski S.A. and the results of model validation in compliance with the Risk model validation policy .
• the Assets and Liabilities Committee (ALCO) – stress tests in accordance with the Stress Testing Policy .
As part of the Risk Division’s quarterly report, the results of the analysis of the credit risk profile of the corporate and retail mortgage-backed exposure portfolios are presented to the Bank’s Management Board and the Risk Committee of the Supervisory Board in accordance with the model monitoring process, in particular:
• risk profiles by categories,
• migration among the categories,
• estimation of relevant parameters in individual categories,
• comparison of realised factors of default, realised LGD values, and realised credit conversion factors (CCF) with expected values.
The Bank also takes into account in the credit risk management process data on impairment losses (credit provisions), which are presented in a dedicated report. The monthly report in a shortened version is presented to the Bank’s Management Board and the quarterly report in a full and shortened version is presented to the Bank’s Supervisory Board.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
111
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2.5. Organisational structure of credit risk management
Each of these areas controls and supervises the scope of the Bank’s activity entrusted to it and the risk management process.
2.6. Risk appetite RAS
RAS is a bank-wide risk appetite of the Bank, which is defined by setting strategic limits. Based on them, operational limits and internal limits as well as other risk measures (risk appetite instruments) are determined. Determining and monitoring the bank-wide risk appetite (including its instruments) is an integral part of the Bank’s planning process and the Bank’s concentration risk management.
Types of RAS for credit risk:
• sales limits and portfolio size,
• portfolio quality limits/ for risk parameter values,
• monitoring and recovery efficiency limits,
• sectoral limits,
• concentration limits, including limits for the portfolio of mortgage-backed credit exposures resulting from the requirements of Recommendation S,
• quality parameters of RAS for ESG risk.
In addition to RAS limits, the Bank sets limits for credit risk for individual areas, business lines, products and transaction limits, which are accepted by the relevant credit decision maker. In addition, internal concentration limits are set for industries of the economy, accepted forms of collateral, regions and mortgage-backed credit exposures. The ongoing performance of RAS limits is monitored and reported during the year, on a monthly basis.
In the further part of the chapter, in the section containing quantitative disclosures, a breakdown of the Bank’s largest exposures to entities / groups of related entities and concentration of exposures to corporate clients in the national economy industries is presented. The Bank does not identify any other significant risk concentrations than those mentioned above and those presented in this chapter and in the notes to the financial statements.
2.7. Principles of credit activity
The basic principle that the Bank follows in its lending activities is compliance with the law and external regulations related to lending activities, i.e.:
• The Banking Law Act,
• Macroprudential Supervision Act,
• Foreign exchange law,
• Recommendations issued by KNF,
• EBA LOM (Loan Origination and Monitoring) guidelines,
• The CRR Regulation,
• anti-money laundering regulations, etc.
The Bank does not engage in credit transactions and does not engage in activities whose ethical aspect raises doubts and which could harm the good name of the Bank.
The following principles shall apply in the course of carrying out credit activities:
• the Bank acquires and maintains in the loan portfolio credit exposures, which ensure security of the Bank’s deposits and capital,
CRO
Risk Models Department
Risk Regulation Department
Bussines Credit Risk Department
Market Risk Management Department
Credit Inspection Department
Risk Systems Department
Integrated Risk Department
Consumer Credit Risk Department
Regional Credit Risk Department
CRO Division Support
Wholesale Banking Risk Department
Model Validation Department
Operational Risk Management Department
Restructuring & Recovery Department
Risk integration
Credit risk
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
112
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
• the Bank acts in the interest of the client, taking into account both his needs and capabilities; it avoids a situation in which the granted financing would contribute to the client entering a debt spiral,
• the Bank attracts clients in accordance with the applicable regulations and requirements regarding the provision of necessary information, documentation and compliance with procedures,
• the Bank provides credit services effectively and professionally, respecting the interest of customers and the expectations of the Bank's shareholders as regards the increase in the value of ING Bank Śląski S.A. and taking into account the requirements resulting from the competitive environment,
• the Bank does not conclude transactions or credit exposures without learning and understanding the economic basis of the transaction,
• the Bank accepts credit risk if it is able to effectively control it and - in the event of default - performs debt recovery procedures,
• the Bank does not provide exposures in cases where it exposes itself to reputation risk,
• the Bank makes decisions regarding new types or directions of credit exposures (e.g. new markets, market segments, customer groups, products) after prior analysis and assessment of new opportunities and related risks,
• in business relations, the Bank applies the principle of "equal rights", i.e. it requires the same documents and information from the same clients - from a credit risk perspective - and pays particular attention to their equal treatment,
• the Bank maintains open communication with clients regarding information requirements in the credit process.
• as part of cooperation with business partners, the Bank observes the following principles::
− conducts verification of business partners with whom it cooperates in the process of granting loans,
− has procedures for the circulation of documentation between the client, business partner and the Bank,
− has procedures for quality control of business partners,
− does not grant a power of attorney or the right to make credit decisions in the name and on behalf of the Bank when granting (distributing) loans,
− determines the acceptable level of risk for individual sales channels,
− monitors the quality of the loan portfolio granted through individual business partners.
2.8. Credit risk management rules
Credit risk management is a continuous process consisting of all the Bank’s activities related to the performance of credit activities. All units and persons who perform tasks within the credit process work closely together to:
• improving the efficiency of risk management, and
• maintaining risk at a level consistent with the strategy, approved risk appetite (RAS) and the Bank’s financial plans.
The credit risk management process is carried out in the Bank through three functionally and organisationally independent lines of defence.
The Bank applies organisational solutions taking into account the separation of the function of selling banking products from the function of risk acceptance at all levels of the organisational structure, including the Bank’s Management Board. The separation of the function of monitoring and controlling the risk of credit exposures (including concentration risk) from the function of selling banking products and the risk acceptance function is maintained at all levels of the Bank’s organisational structure below the level of the Bank’s Management Board, and for retail credit exposures also at the level of the Management Board.
In the case of simplified, automated credit process paths, the separation of the sales function of banking products from the risk acceptance function of credit exposures is based on the independence of the process of building and validating tools supporting the risk acceptance process from the sales and operational functions. Competence in credit decisions relating to individual credit transactions is separate from decision-making competences in the sphere of shaping credit policy and credit risk management rules.
Credit risk is managed by the Bank both at the level of the loan exposure portfolio and at the level of individual transactions.
Risk management of the credit exposure portfolio
Credit risk management of the credit exposure portfolio is carried out by:
• efining the credit risk management strategy,
• reconciliation of quality parameters and quantitative parameters of RAS/their level with the business side,
• development, implementation and monitoring of the credit policy,
• analysing the macroeconomic situation and individual industries and formulating guidelines for lending directions,
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
113
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
• development and implementation of credit products,
• determination of competence levels for acceptance of credit policy and product deviations,
• development and implementation of tools supporting risk measurement and assessment,
• analysis and assessment of the method of credit process implementation and the scope of functional control,
• portfolio management of credit exposures,
• training of employees participating in the credit process,
• development and maintenance of an employee incentive system aimed at compliance with internal credit standards.
Bank managing the credit risk profile:
• sets, monitors and reports internal concentration limits for industries, types of collateral, regions and mortgage-backed credit exposures,
• monitors and analyses the quality of adopted collateral,
• monitor and report compliance with prudential standards resulting from Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and amending Regulation (EU) No. 648/2012 and the Banking Law Act,
• sets, monitors and reports internal concentration limits, taking into account individual sub-portfolios,
• defines changes in credit policy and product offer, taking into account the cyclical nature of the economy and changes taking place on the real estate market,
• obtains market data about the quality of loan portfolios and compares them with own loan portfolios.
Capital adequacy and creation of provisions for credit risk
The Bank secures impairment of credit exposures by recognising impairment for expected credit losses. The Bank further secures fluctuating losses versus the average levels of expected losses (that is unexpected losses) by ensuring an adequate level of regulatory capital and economic capital.
Risk-weighted assets and capital requirements are calculated by the Bank as follows:
• for exposures from the retail segment and SE/Micro and Easy Lending customers - in accordance with the standard method,
• for corporate credit exposures - in accordance with the advanced internal ratings based method, excluding exposures to governments, central banks, local government units, public sector entities and all exposures of ING Commercial Finance S.A., for which the Bank applies the standardised method.
Calculation of impairment for expected credit losses in the Bank for all credit exposures is performed in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.
Credit risk management of individually significant credit exposures
Credit risk management of individually significant credit exposures includes:
• determination of the credit risk management process for credit risk-bearing transactions,
• managing documentation requirements for the Bank’s credit client,
• definition of a credit analysis standard,
• setting a maximum level of DSTI/DSI, LTV, and a minimum level of own contribution for specific products, types of transactions,
• development of rules for making credit decisions and management of credit competencies,
• managing the following rules:
− determining risk measures using risk models used by the Bank,
− verify the timeliness of repayments,
− monitoring the economic and financial situation of the client,
− monitoring the customer’s compliance with contractual conditions,
− monitoring of other defined warning signals,
− accepting and monitoring collateral accepted by the Bank,
− use and monitoring of limits available at the Bank.
• rules for recognising impairment losses on credit exposures and provisions for off-balance sheet liabilities,
• credit risk management for clients from the portfolio in Stage 3.
The following activities are carried out as part of the process of granting and managing individually significant credit exposures:
− client and transaction risk assessment,
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
114
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
− taking credit decision,
− monitoring,
− restructuring and recovery.
Client and transaction risk assessment
The most important elements in the assessment of customer credit risk and transactions include :
• assessment of clients’ creditworthiness ,
• assessment of creditworthiness (quantitative assessment) ,
• collateral assessment ,
• transaction risk assessment .
Assessment of clients’ creditworthiness
The Bank reviews clients’ creditworthiness by:
− verifying compliance with minimum criteria,
− determining clients’ rating or score in the rating or scoring process respectively.
Measurement of the client’s risk in the rating or scoring process is based on the estimated PD (default probability). The condition for providing financing to the client is to establish a rating or scoring assessment for the client at a specific minimum level for a given type of client, credit process or product.
Review of creditworthiness of corporate clients in the rating process is made on the basis of:
− rating awarded to entities applying for credit exposure, providing collateral (e.g. sureties, guarantors) and other entities, if required by the specificity of the collateral or transaction (e.g. debtors of receivables assigned to the Bank),
− the principle of two pairs of eyes, i.e. inter alia:
▪ commercial functions are separated from the rating approval function that is performed by the Risk Division units, or
▪ the rules of operation of automatic rating models, which are approved by the Credit Policy Committee.
Review of creditworthiness of retail clients is made on the basis of:
− scoring,
− analysis of history of repayment of obligations to the Bank and other financial institutions,
− features of the borrowers that have material impact on compliance with the existing credit obligations (quality analysis), e.g.:
▪ client's personal features: age, marital status, number of persons maintained, housing and financial status, education, employment history, form of employment, profession pursued, etc.,
▪ history of the client’s cooperation with the Bank: period of cooperation and history of account maintenance.
The Bank applies scoring models (application, behavioural models and BIK scoring) reflecting the client’s statistical risk level. The applied clients’ creditworthiness review models are subject to regular monitoring and validation to ensure good quality of the tools.
Assessment of creditworthiness (quantitative assessment)
Creditworthiness is reviewed by identifying the source of repayment and the amount and stability thereof throughout the lending process. This is an assessment of repayment potential by the clients of their credit exposures in the specified amounts, times and subject to terms and conditions determined by the Bank. The clients’ potential is subject to a review of clients’ creditworthiness in the rating and scoring process. The review of creditworthiness also provides for the FX risk and interest rate risk to which the debtors are exposed.
The analysis of the creditworthiness of a business client and WB (Wholesale Banking) may cover the following areas:
− ownership structure of the client,
− the type of activity pursued,
− business and investment strategy,
− market position,
− outlets and suppliers,
− financial analysis, including financial forecast,
− identification and assessment of sources of repayment,
− financial position compared to comparable entities in the industry,
− factors from the global, macroeconomic, regional and industry environment that currently affect and may have a significant impact on the financial condition of the enterprise in the future.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
115
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
The analysis of individual clients’ creditworthiness covers:
− determination of the amount and stability of income obtained (quantitative analysis),
− determination of the amount of the client’s financial liabilities (both credit and non-credit),
− determination of household expenditure.
In assessing creditworthiness, financial measures based on mathematical formulas are used.
Collateral assessment
The Bank applies collateral to mitigate credit risk and the amount of losses that may be suffered when clients’ default on loan repayment. Before collateral is accepted, the Bank assesses the collateral and its value and effectiveness.
Apart from classic forms of collateral (material and personal), the Bank applies additional instruments to mitigate the risk of loss in the form of contractual conditions and clauses.
In order to calculate the capital requirement, the Bank applies the approved LGD models in which each collateral is assigned with an adequate recovery rate. Is the Bank’s policy to grant loans in amounts and subject to terms and conditions that ensure regular repayments without the need to resort to collateral.
Transaction risk assessment
Assessing transactions, the Bank takes the following into account:
− results of the clients’ creditworthiness and credit reliability,
− compliance with credit policy,
− purpose of lending,
− adequacy of the requested product,
− other risks such as:
▪ business risks – macroeconomic, market, sectoral, seasonal risks,
▪ structural risks – transaction structure, values of LTV and LGD, client’s own contribution (if required), effectiveness of clauses, Bank’s position versus other lenders,
▪ management staff – employment history, experience, substitution risk of decision makers and succession risk,
▪ financial risks – including FX and interest rate risks,
▪ concentration risk – is the requested growth of exposure related to the utilisation of a limit set internally by the Bank,
▪ reputational risk – can cooperation with the client adversely affect the Bank's reputation.
− relation of risk level to pricing conditions, etc.
Taking credit decision
The decision-making procedure does not relieve any of the participants in the decision-making process of personal responsibility for the decisions taken.
Credit decision-makers are granted individually personal credit competences within a two-person decision-making procedure, the amount of which depends on their knowledge and experience. The competence level correlates with the level of credit risk. If the credit risk is higher, decisions are made by people with more experience. The rules for granting and revoking credit competences are separate within individual customer segments. In determining the appropriate level of credit competence for business customers (excluding SE/Micro customers) and Wholesale Banking, the Bank 's total exposure to the group of related entities to which the customer belongs, and in the case of natural persons and natural persons conducting business activity, the level of competence results from the Bank's total exposure to this customer, is taken into account. Acceptance of all transactions is made in accordance with clearly defined rules of decision making and credit competence.
The scope of competence to make credit decisions in the scope of risk acceptance of individual credit exposures is determined by the Credit Policy Committee. The lack of data necessary for risk assessment precludes its acceptance and decision making.
Commitments to lower amounts, shorter deadlines, with lower risk, are undertaken at lower competence levels. As credit risk increases - i.e. single or aggregate credit exposure increases, lending extensions, non-standard elements in the proposal or deviations from existing internal regulations - decisions are taken at higher levels of credit competence.
Risk assessment and acceptance is based on expert assessment based on the results of risk measurement using supporting tools defined by credit policy and procedures. The exception are the so-called automatic decisions, taken by an IT system or semi-automatic decisions made as part of simplified credit process paths.
Credit decisions are made in the right path, based on a comprehensive analysis of transaction risk depending on the complexity and amount of the transaction. For paths with a higher level of automation, transaction risk analysis is
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
116
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
based on clearly defined criteria, including behavioural and automatic calculation of a credit limit based on an algorithm approved by the Credit Policy Committee.
Retail segment (mortgage and retail segments) and SE/Micro clients
Credit decisions for the regular portfolio are made:
• in automatic mode - in accordance with specified criteria,
• in single or double mode - by units from the Operations Division,
• in two-person mode - in the higher risk analysis unit, at the level of directors or members of the management board - this applies to cases characterised by higher credit risk and non-standard cases.
Irregular portfolio decisions are made in a dedicated recovery and restructuring unit.
Business customer segment excluding SE/Micro customers
Loan decisions for the portfolio in Stages 1 and 2 (excluding automatic paths) are made:
• collectively, through the Bank’s Credit Committee or the Restructuring Committee - this applies to the largest credit exposures,
• in two-person mode - by business units and transactional credit risk units or dedicated restructuring units,
• in a single-member mode - by the Risk Manager for small credit exposures.
Business Customer Segment Wholesale Banking
Loan decisions for the portfolio in Stages 1 and 2 are made:
• in two-person mode - by business units and transactional credit risk units or dedicated restructuring units.
Credit decisions for the portfolio of business clients (Easy Lending) are made depending on the process path:
• automatically based on:
− verification of the defined qualification criteria,
− customer verification in BRNK, BIK and BIG databases,
− calculation of the EL transaction limit calculated in accordance with the algorithm approved by the NCP,
or
• expertly by the decision-maker of the crediting unit (Front Office) with appropriate credit competencies.
Loan decisions concerning the portfolio in Stage 3 are taken in a single person mode, in a double person mode or by the Restructuring Committee.
The decision-making procedure does not relieve any of the participants in the decision-making process of personal responsibility for the decisions taken.
Monitoring
All credit exposures generating credit risk, including concentration risk and financial market transactions, are monitored. The purpose of monitoring is early identification of warning signals and taking actions to prevent the occurrence of difficult credit and early identification of indications or objective evidence of impairment of the credit exposure and taking actions to reduce the Bank’s losses. Monitoring of the granted credit exposure includes:
• the course of repayment of the Bank’s receivables (punctuality),
• the Client’s performance of other contractual terms and conditions,
• the financial standing and/or assets of the client,
• the course of cash use in accordance with the purpose of financing (if specified),
• the degree of investment realisation (in case of investment loans),
• verification of client or transaction warning signals,
• objective evidence or indications of impairment,
• periodic assessment of the quality and value of collateral.
Restructuring and collection
The Bank supports its clients at every stage of financing. The Bank offers products tailored to their needs and offers flexible repayment schedules in the event of minor delays in repayment of liabilities. In the event of greater difficulties in repayment, the Bank may propose debt restructuring. Then, together with the client, the Bank determines the best form of support or conclusion of a settlement.
The main objective of restructuring activities is to minimise the risk of the Bank’s losses or to minimise the size of the loss.
The Bank adopts the following behavioural strategies:
• Debt restructuring - based on cooperation with the client, which may in particular consist in changing the contractual terms to adjust the terms of debt repayment to the client’s financial capabilities, e.g.:
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
117
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
− extending the repayment period,
− temporary suspension of instalments in the principal part / entire instalment,
− conversion of a renewable product into an instalment product,
− sale of assets (not applicable to the retail segment),
− sale of a part of the borrower’s business activity (not applicable to the retail segment),
− partial write-off of financial liabilities (not applicable to the retail segment),
− the Bank’s participation in restructuring based on the provisions of the Restructuring Law .
The decision to start restructuring is made after a detailed assessment and approval by the relevant decision- making body in the Bank. After a successfully completed restructuring process, the borrower is again subject to standard credit risk monitoring procedures.
• Debt collection - i.e. recovery by the Bank of receivables from established legal securities or from other assets of the client or from assets of obligated third parties. The Bank may pursue its receivables by initiating enforcement proceedings or participating in bankruptcy proceedings or, in relation to retail clients, by way of amicable recovery, i.e. enabling the client to make voluntary repayments under the debt collection strategy.
Forbearance
Forbearance occurs if the Bank considers that the client will not be able to meet his financial obligations due to financial difficulties (established or expected) and decides to grant him amenities.
Forbearance shall be identified if the following cumulative conditions are met:
• the customer is unable to meet its financial obligations under the loan agreement at the Bank due to existing or expected financial difficulties,
• the Bank shall grant a relaxation facility that would not have been granted if the customer had not experienced financial difficulties.
Financial difficulties are understood as the situation of a client who is experiencing or will soon begin to experience difficulties in fulfilling his financial obligations.
Retail exposures meeting the criteria of statutory moratoria were classified to Stage 3 with simultaneous recognition of emergency restructuring.
Detailed quantitative disclosures regarding the distribution of the loan portfolio between the performing and non- performing, detailing exposures with forbearance facilities granted, are presented later in the chapter in section 2.9.5 .
2.9. Quantitative disclosure on credit risk
2.9.1. Maximum exposure to credit risk
2.9.2. Quality of the loan portfolio
2.9.3. Concentration of exposures
2.9.4. Collaterals
2.9.5. Loan portfolio performing and non-performing and exposures with forbearance granted
2.9.6. Credit quality of other financial assets
2.9.7. Modification of contractual cash flows
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
118
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2.9.1. Maximum exposure to credit risk
2023
2022
Loans and other receivables to other banks
22,827.1
7,204.2
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss (excluding derivatives and equity instruments), including:
2,438.7
2,114.2
Financial assets held for trading
2,400.1
2,059.6
valuation of derivatives
899.8
974.9
other financial assets held for trading, including:
1,500.3
1,084.7
debt securities, including:
884.5
607.1
Treasury bonds in PLN
732.8
566.9
Czech Treasury bonds
151.2
39.8
European Investment Bank bonds
0.5
0.4
repo transactions
615.8
477.6
Financial assets other than those held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss, including:
38.6
54.6
loans obligatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
38.6
54.6
Derivative hedge instruments
208.4
139.2
Investment securities (excluding equity instruments), including:
56,291.5
48,227.3
Measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, including:
23,594.0
15,607.2
Treasury bonds in PLN
21,259.1
12,069.2
Treasury bonds in EUR
546.1
1,803.4
European Investment Bank bonds
1,377.7
1,308.9
Austrian government bonds
411.1
425.7
Measured at amortised cost, including:
32,697.5
32,620.1
Treasury bonds in PLN
13,095.0
13,352.5
Treasury bonds in EUR
2,940.4
3,192.1
European Investment Bank bonds
6,700.4
6,815.7
Bonds of the Polish Development Fund (PFR)
3,859.7
3,858.4
Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego bonds
1,804.8
1,802.1
NBP bills
4,297.2
3,599.3
Loans and other receivables to customers, including:
146,663.0
145,733.5
Measured at amortised cost, including
140,189.8
137,520.3
Corporate banking
84,849.0
84,090.6
loans in the current account
16,339.4
18,551.2
term loans and advances
64,319.6
61,762.0
corporate and municipal debt securities
4,190.0
3,777.4
Retail banking
53,613.2
51,580.7
mortgages
45,196.7
43,661.8
loans in the current account
643.7
634.0
other loans and advances
7,772.8
7,284.9
Other receivables
1,727.6
1,849.0
Measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
6,473.2
8,213.2
Receivables under other assets
25.8
24.9
Granted off-balance sheet liabilities, of which:
55,101.7
49,982.9
Undrawn credit lines
43,596.9
39,044.9
guarantees
8,116.6
7,458.4
undrawn overdrafts in current account
1,418.1
1,549.7
credit card limits
1,692.9
1,548.2
letters of credit
277.2
381.7
Total
283,556.2
253,426.2
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
119
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2.9.2. Quality of the loan portfolio
The loan portfolio includes receivables from customers, which consist of loans (both term and overdrafts or card accounts) and other credit claims, such as leasing receivables, factoring receivables and corporate and municipal bonds.
Balance sheet value and impairment for expected credit losses by Stages
Loan portfolio measured at amortised cost
as at 31 December
2023
2022
gross
impairment for expected credit loss
net
gross
impairment for expected credit loss
net
Corporate banking
87,129.4
-2,280.4
84,849.0
86,025.4
-1,934.8
84,090.6
assets in Stage 1
74,494.8
-183.8
74,311.0
72,485.8
-173.1
72,312.7
assets in Stage 2
10,008.4
-391.6
9,616.8
11,415.6
-444.2
10,971.4
assets in Stage 3
2,626.2
-1,705.0
921.2
2,124.0
-1,317.5
806.5
including individually significant assets
1,393.0
-868.6
524.4
1,166.3
-748.7
417.6
Retail banking, including:
54,569.4
-956.2
53,613.2
52,623.5
-1,042.8
51,580.7
mortgages
45,396.2
-199.5
45,196.7
43,896.7
-234.9
43,661.8
assets in Stage 1
41,254.7
-21.6
41,233.1
39,672.2
-38.1
39,634.1
assets in Stage 2
3,860.4
-63.7
3,796.7
3,978.5
-90.2
3,888.3
assets in Stage 3
280.3
-114.2
166.1
246.0
-106.6
139.4
POCI assets
0.8
0.0
0.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
other loans
9,173.2
-756.7
8,416.5
8,726.8
-807.9
7,918.9
assets in Stage 1
7,842.8
-102.8
7,740.0
7,201.2
-145.5
7,055.7
assets in Stage 2
624.9
-123.7
501.2
878.7
-185.8
692.9
assets in Stage 3
703.6
-530.2
173.4
644.8
-476.6
168.2
POCI assets
1.9
0.0
1.9
2.1
0.0
2.1
Total, including:
141,698.8
-3,236.6
138,462.2
138,648.9
-2,977.6
135,671.3
assets in Stage 1
123,592.3
-308.2
123,284.1
119,359.2
-356.7
119,002.5
assets in Stage 2
14,493.7
-579.0
13,914.7
16,272.8
-720.2
15,552.6
assets in Stage 3
3,610.1
-2,349.4
1,260.7
3,014.8
-1,900.7
1,114.1
POCI assets
2.7
0.0
2.7
2.1
0.0
2.1
The Bank identifies POCI financial assets whose balance-sheet value as at 31 December 2023 was PLN 2.7 million (PLN 2.1 million as at 31 December 2022). These are exposures to impaired receivables purchased in connection with the acquisition of Bieszczadzka SKOK in 2017 and exposures which were significantly modified as a result of restructuring, which involved the need to remove the original credit exposure and re-recognise the asset in the statement of financial position.
Loans measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
2023
2022
carrying amount*
impairment for expected credit losses
carrying amount*
impairment for expected credit losses
Retail banking
assets in Stage 1
5,663.2
-2.9
7,297.2
-6.5
assets in Stage 2
783.0
-10.8
899.2
-13.9
assets in Stage 3
27.0
-9.0
16.8
-8.9
Total
6,473.2
-22.7
8,213.2
-29.3
*) In the case of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, the carrying amount is not reduced by the allowance for expected credit losses.
Sale of non-performing receivables
In 2023, the Bank concluded an agreement for the sale of receivables from the non-performing portfolio, which included receivables of retail and corporate customers from the entrepreneurs subsegment. As a result of the transaction non-performing receivables portfolio decreased by PLN 234.2 million and positive impact of the transaction on the Bank’s gross result amounted to PLN 24.5 million.
In 2022, the Bank carried out three transactions of sale of non-performing receivables. The Bank concluded the following agreements regarding the sale of receivables from the impaired portfolio:
• Agreement on the sale of corporate receivables, as a result of which the portfolio of impaired receivables decreased by PLN 106.7 million. The positive impact of the transaction on the Bank's gross result amounted to PLN 8.6 million.
• Agreement on the sale of retail receivables, as a result of which the portfolio of impaired receivables decreased by PLN 218.9 million. The positive impact of the transaction on the Bank's gross result amounted to PLN 64.9 million.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
120
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
• Agreement for the sale of corporate receivables, as a result of which the portfolio of impaired receivables decreased by PLN 211.8 million. The positive impact of the transaction on the Bank's gross result amounted to PLN 9.2 million.
The result on the sale of receivables is presented in the line Profit on the sale of receivables under Impairment for expected credit losses in the income statement.
Loan portfolio measured at amortised cost - reconciliation of the gross carrying amount (GCA) and changes in impairment for expected credit losses (ECL)
2023
for the year ended 31 December
Corporate banking
Retail banking
Total
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
GCA
ECL
Opening balance
72,485.8
-173.1
11,415.6
-444.2
2,124.0
-1,317.5
0.0
0.0
86,025.4
-1,934.8
46,873.4
-183.6
4,857.2
-276.0
890.8
-583.2
2.1
0.0
52,623.5
-1,042.8
138,648.9
-2,977.6
Changes in the period, including:
2,009.0
-10.7
-1,407.2
52.6
502.2
-387.5
0.0
0.0
1,104.0
-345.6
2,224.1
59.2
-371.9
88.6
93.1
-61.2
0.6
0.0
1,945.9
86.6
3,049.9
-259.0
loans granted in the period
21,944.2
-123.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
21,944.2
-123.2
8,914.9
-54.9
-
-
-
-
-
-
8,914.9
-54.9
30,859.1
-178.1
transfer to and from Stage 1
3,517.3
-14.1
-3,512.5
98.5
-4.8
3.0
-
-
0.0
87.4
797.1
-6.5
-782.6
66.4
-14.5
11.5
0.6
-
0.6
71.4
0.6
158.8
transfer to and from Stage 2
-5,933.6
50.7
5,977.1
-217.6
-43.4
10.8
-
-
0.1
-156.1
-1,050.0
14.6
1,122.6
-95.8
-72.6
46.6
-
-
0.0
-34.6
0.1
-190.7
transfer to and from Stage 3
-586.5
7.9
-356.5
58.2
943.0
-423.7
-
-
0.0
-357.6
-249.2
9.8
-193.6
57.7
442.8
-230.6
-
-
0.0
-163.1
0.0
-520.7
repayment (total and partial) and the release of new tranches
-16,932.4
34.6
-3,515.3
106.7
-289.3
155.3
-
-
-20,737.0
296.6
-6,249.0
40.4
-534.2
32.4
-143.5
63.5
-
-
-6,926.7
136.3
-27,663.7
432.9
changed provisioning under impairment for expected credit losses
-
27.8
-
-132.5
-
-100.0
-
-
0.0
-204.7
-
31.9
-
-11.5
-
60.4
-
-
0.0
80.8
0.0
-123.9
management adjustments
-
4.4
-
135.5
-
-106.5
-
-
0.0
33.4
-
23.9
-
39.2
-
-113.2
-
-
0.0
-50.1
0.0
-16.7
Total impairment for expected credit losses in the profit and loss account
-11.9
48.8
-461.1
0.0
-424.2
59.2
88.4
-161.8
0.0
-14.2
-438.4
derecognition from the balance sheet (write-downs, sale)
-
-
-
-
-103.3
103.2
-
-
-103.3
103.2
-
-
-
-
-114.3
114.2
-
-
-114.3
114.2
-217.6
217.4
calculation of penalty interest (for late payment)
-
-
-
-
231.1
-
-
-
231.1
0.0
-
-
-
-
58.0
-
-
-
58.0
0.0
289.1
0.0
writing down penalty interest (for late payment)
-
-
-
-
-231.1
-
-
-
-231.1
0.0
-
-
-
-
-58.0
-
-
-
-58.0
0.0
-289.1
0.0
value adjustment for legal risk of CHF mortgage loans
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.0
0.0
60.3
-
15.9
-
-4.8
-
-
-
71.4
0.0
71.4
0.0
calculation and write-off of effective interest
-
-
-
-
-
-47.0
-
-
0.0
-47.0
-
-
-
-
-
-11.1
-
-
0.0
-11.1
0.0
-58.1
other
-
1.2
-
3.8
-
17.4
-
-
0.0
22.4
-
-
-
0.2
-
-2.5
-
-
0.0
-2.3
0.0
20.1
Closing balance
74,494.8
-183.8
10,008.4
-391.6
2,626.2
-1,705.0
0.0
0.0
87,129.4
-2,280.4
49,097.5
-124.4
4,485.3
-187.4
983.9
-644.4
2.7
0.0
54,569.4
-956.2
141,698.8
-3,236.6
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
121
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2022
for the year ended 31 December
Corporate banking
Retail banking
Total
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
GCA
ECL
Opening balance
67,948.2
-153.0
4,512.6
-205.2
2,262.2
-1,558.9
1.5
0.0
74,724.5
-1,917.1
49,784.0
-103.5
1,300.6
-135.5
980.2
-699.1
2.2
0.0
52,067.0
-938.1
126,791.5
-2,855.2
Changes in the period, including:
4,537.6
-20.1
6,903.0
-239.0
-138.2
241.4
-1.5
0.0
11,300.9
-17.7
-2,910.6
-80.1
3,556.6
-140.5
-89.4
115.9
-0.1
0.0
556.5
-104.7
11,857.4
-122.4
loans granted in the period
12,126.4
-83.6
-
-
-
-
-
-
12,126.4
-83.6
23,049.3
-75.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
23,049.3
-75.5
35,175.7
-159.1
transfer to and from Stage 1
711.5
-4.1
-709.2
21.7
-2.2
1.9
-
-
0.1
19.5
233.0
-4.0
-217.3
24.2
-15.7
13.6
-
-
0.0
33.8
0.1
53.3
transfer to and from Stage 2
-8,237.7
33.3
8,260.7
-287.0
-23.1
21.3
-
-
-0.1
-232.4
-4,034.7
13.9
4,176.5
-191.1
-141.8
80.6
-
-
0.0
-96.6
-0.1
-329.0
transfer to and from Stage 3
-300.8
3.2
-186.3
23.7
487.1
-221.7
-
-
0.0
-194.8
-297.7
5.8
-135.6
28.5
433.4
-241.8
-
-
0.1
-207.5
0.1
-402.3
repayment (total and partial) and the release of new tranches
238.2
23.1
-462.2
58.2
-277.4
130.8
-1.5
-
-502.9
212.1
-20,139.9
25.6
-206.7
19.1
-186.3
100.5
-0.1
-
-20,533.0
145.2
-21,035.9
357.3
changed provisioning under impairment for expected credit losses
-
-18.1
-
56.9
-
-45.2
-
-
0.0
-6.4
-
3.5
-
44.1
-
-125.0
-
-
0.0
-77.4
0.0
-83.8
management adjustments
-
27.0
-
-112.4
-
15.4
-
-
0.0
-70.0
-
-49.4
-
-64.4
-
120.0
-
-
0.0
6.2
0.0
-63.8
Total impairment for expected credit losses in the profit and loss account
-19.2
-238.9
-97.5
0.0
-355.6
-80.1
-139.6
-52.1
0.0
-271.8
-627.4
derecognition from the balance sheet (write-downs, sale)
-
-
-
-
-322.6
322.6
-
-
-322.6
322.6
-
-
-
-
-174.7
174.7
-
-
-174.7
174.7
-497.3
497.3
calculation of penalty interest (for late payment)
-
-
-
-
118.4
-
-
-
118.4
0.0
-
-
-
-
50.1
-
-
-
50.1
0.0
168.5
0.0
writing down penalty interest (for late payment)
-
-
-
-
-118.4
-
-
-
-118.4
0.0
-
-
-
-
-50.1
-
-
-
-50.1
0.0
-168.5
0.0
value adjustment due to credit holidays
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.0
0.0
-1,518.8
-
-26.1
-
-4.3
-
-
-
-1,549.2
0.0
-1,549.2
0.0
value adjustment for legal risk of CHF mortgage loans
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.0
0.0
-201.8
-
-34.2
-
-
-
-
-
-236.0
0.0
-236.0
0.0
calculation and write-off of effective interest
-
-
-
-
-
20.4
-
-
0.0
20.4
-
-
-
-
-
5.8
-
-
0.0
5.8
0.0
26.2
other
-
-0.9
-
-0.1
-
-4.1
-
-
0.0
-5.1
-
-
-
-0.9
-
-12.5
-
-
0.0
-13.4
0.0
-18.5
Closing balance
72,485.8
-173.1
11,415.6
-444.2
2,124.0
-1,317.5
0.0
0.0
86,025.4
-1,934.8
46,873.4
-183.6
4,857.2
-276.0
890.8
-583.2
2.1
0.0
52,623.5
-1,042.8
138,648.9
-2,977.6
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
122
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Changes in the gross carrying amount of the loan portfolio affect the level of impairment for expected credit losses primarily through the disbursement of loans in the period, transfers between Stages and repayments made by borrowers.
In 2023, among loans granted during the year, the most important item are mortgage loans for natural persons (PLN 5,384.9 million), in addition, cash loans for natural persons (PLN 3,348.6 million). A significant part of them are also short-term loans: revolving (PLN 2,547.1 million), working capital loans (PLN 4,812.9 million) and overdrafts (PLN 841.0 million). Additionally, during 2023, penalty interest of PLN 289.0 million was accrued to the gross carrying amount of loans and other receivables granted to customers, which were written off in full. At the end of 2023, the amount of written-off penalty interest that is subject to debt collection activities was PLN 707.3 million.
In 2022, among loans granted during the year, the most important item was mortgage loans for individuals (PLN 7,708.7 million), in addition, cash loans for individuals (PLN 2,787.9 million). A significant part of them are also short-term loans: revolving (PLN 1,082.9 million), working capital loans (PLN 5,977.0 million) and overdrafts (PLN 2,494.3 million). Additionally, during 2022, penalty interest of PLN 168.5 million was accrued to the gross carrying amount of loans and other receivables granted to customers, which were written off in full. At the end of 2022, the amount of written-off penalty interest that was subject to debt collection activities was PLN 497.5 million.
Loans measured at fair value through other comprehensive income - change in the allowance for expected credit losses
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Retail banking
Retail banking
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Opening balance impairment
6.5
13.9
8.9
29.3
3.0
3.4
8.0
14.4
Changes in the period, including:
-3.6
-3.1
0.1
-6.6
3.5
10.5
0.9
14.9
allowance for loans granted in the period
0.2
-
-
0.2
-
-
-
0.0
transfer to and from Stage 1
0.1
-1.5
-
-1.4
-
-0.7
-
-0.7
transfer to and from Stage 2
-0.3
3.3
-0.5
2.5
-0.4
11.5
-4.6
6.5
transfer to and from Stage 3
-
-1.0
2.0
1.0
-
-0.3
6.0
5.7
changed provisioning under impairment for expected credit losses
-3.6
-3.9
-1.5
-9.0
3.9
-
-0.5
3.4
effective interest accruals and write-offs
-
-
0.1
0.1
-
-
-
0.0
Closing balance impairment
2.9
10.8
9.0
22.7
6.5
13.9
8.9
29.3
Changes in the carrying amount of the portfolio of loans measured at fair value through other comprehensive income are presented in note 35.1 . Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the statement of financial position .
Loan portfolio - on- and off-balance sheet exposures by risk classes
The Bank divides risk classes into four basic groups. The risk classes are divided into short-term Moody’s ratings, as shown in the table below.
No
risk class group
risk class range
short-term rating of Moody’s
1.
a group of classes corresponding to investment grade
1-10
od Aaa do Baa3
2.
a group of classes corresponding to speculative ratings
11-17
od Ba1 do Caa3
3.
a group of classes of potentially non-performing exposures
18-19
od Ca do C
4.
a group of classes of non-regular exposures
20-22
-
For ratings 20-22, the probability of default is 100%.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
123
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
Exposures to corporate clients
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
risk class range
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
1-10
39,929.2
23,554.8
314.0
274.9
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
40,243.3
23,829.7
11-17
34,190.7
21,554.0
7,267.4
1,635.0
15.9
0.0
0.0
0.0
41,474.0
23,189.0
18-19
374.9
268.7
2,427.0
173.1
11.5
1.0
0.0
0.0
2,813.4
442.8
20-22
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
2,598.7
55.6
0.0
0.0
2,598.7
55.6
Total Gross
74,494.8
45,377.5
10,008.4
2,083.0
2,626.2
56.6
0.0
0.0
87,129.4
47,517.1
ECL
-183.8
-27.8
-391.6
-21.6
-1,705.0
-55.2
0.0
0.0
-2,280.4
-104.6
Net total
74,311.0
45,349.7
9,616.8
2,061.4
921.2
1.4
0.0
0.0
84,849.0
47,412.5
Exposure to retail clients – total
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
risk class range
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
1-10
41,099.2
2,806.4
3,021.9
95.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
44,121.1
2,901.9
11-17
7,993.0
395.7
1,119.6
22.9
0.0
0.0
1.8
0.0
9,114.4
418.6
18-19
5.3
0.0
343.8
2.4
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.0
349.2
2.4
20-22
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
983.9
2.6
0.8
0.0
984.7
2.6
Total Gross
49,097.5
3,202.1
4,485.3
120.8
983.9
2.6
2.7
0.0
54,569.4
3,325.5
ECL
-124.4
-5.4
-187.4
-2.9
-644.4
-2.7
0.0
0.0
-956.2
-11.0
Net total
48,973.1
3,196.7
4,297.9
117.9
339.5
-0.1
2.7
0.0
53,613.2
3,314.5
Exposure to retail clients - mortgage loans and advances
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
risk class range
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
1-10
40,209.4
1,248.9
3,004.5
3.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
43,213.9
1,252.6
11-17
1,045.3
45.6
740.1
0.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,785.4
46.4
18-19
0.0
0.0
115.8
1.3
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
115.8
1.3
20-22
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
280.3
0.0
0.8
0.0
281.1
0.0
Total Gross
41,254.7
1,294.5
3,860.4
5.8
280.3
0.0
0.8
0.0
45,396.2
1,300.3
ECL
-21.6
-0.3
-63.7
-0.1
-114.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
-199.5
-0.4
Net total
41,233.1
1,294.2
3,796.7
5.7
166.1
0.0
0.8
0.0
45,196.7
1,299.9
Exposure to retail clients - other loans and advances
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
risk class range
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
1-10
889.8
1,557.5
17.4
91.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
907.2
1,649.3
11-17
6,947.7
350.1
379.5
22.1
0.0
0.0
1.8
0.0
7,329.0
372.2
18-19
5.3
0.0
228.0
1.1
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.0
233.4
1.1
20-22
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
703.6
2.6
0.0
0.0
703.6
2.6
Total Gross
7,842.8
1,907.6
624.9
115.0
703.6
2.6
1.9
0.0
9,173.2
2,025.2
ECL
-102.8
-5.1
-123.7
-2.8
-530.2
-2.7
0.0
0.0
-756.7
-10.6
Net total
7,740.0
1,902.5
501.2
112.2
173.4
-0.1
1.9
0.0
8,416.5
2,014.6
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
124
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2022
Exposures to corporate clients
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
risk class range
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
1-10
36,761.6
19,955.9
3,294.1
1,374.1
0.0
0.1
0.0
0.0
40,055.7
21,330.1
11-17
35,712.5
17,723.1
7,387.0
1,898.6
353.9
1.7
0.0
0.0
43,453.4
19,623.4
18-19
11.7
302.6
734.5
150.5
13.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
759.3
453.1
20-22
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,757.0
49.0
0.0
0.0
1,757.0
49.0
Total Gross
72,485.8
37,981.6
11,415.6
3,423.2
2,124.0
50.8
0.0
0.0
86,025.4
41,455.6
ECL
-173.1
-11.6
-444.2
-30.3
-1,317.5
-2.7
0.0
0.0
-1,934.8
-44.6
Net total
72,312.7
37,970.0
10,971.4
3,392.9
806.5
48.1
0.0
0.0
84,090.6
41,411.0
Exposure to retail clients – total
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
risk class range
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
1-10
39,635.4
2,914.4
3,136.4
132.6
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
42,771.8
3,047.0
11-17
7,234.6
356.3
1,411.5
54.6
0.0
0.0
1.8
0.0
8,647.9
410.9
18-19
3.4
0.2
309.3
1.5
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.0
312.8
1.7
20-22
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
890.8
4.1
0.2
0.0
891.0
4.1
Total Gross
46,873.4
3,270.9
4,857.2
188.7
890.8
4.1
2.1
0.0
52,623.5
3,463.7
ECL
-183.6
-27.8
-276.0
-23.6
-583.2
-11.9
0.0
0.0
-1,042.8
-63.3
Net total
46,689.8
3,243.1
4,581.2
165.1
307.6
-7.8
2.1
0.0
51,580.7
3,400.4
Exposure to retail clients - mortgage loans and advances
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
risk class range
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
1-10
38,854.2
1,490.9
3,108.5
12.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
41,962.7
1,503.6
11-17
818.0
38.5
789.1
0.9
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,607.1
39.4
18-19
0.0
0.0
80.9
0.4
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
80.9
0.4
20-22
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
246.0
0.4
0.0
0.0
246.0
0.4
Total Gross
39,672.2
1,529.4
3,978.5
14.0
246.0
0.4
0.0
0.0
43,896.7
1,543.8
ECL
-38.1
-0.7
-90.2
-0.1
-106.6
-0.1
0.0
0.0
-234.9
-0.9
Net total
39,634.1
1,528.7
3,888.3
13.9
139.4
0.3
0.0
0.0
43,661.8
1,542.9
Exposure to retail clients - other loans and advances
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
risk class range
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
1-10
781.2
1,423.5
27.9
119.9
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
809.1
1,543.4
11-17
6,416.6
317.8
622.4
53.7
0.0
0.0
1.8
0.0
7,040.8
371.5
18-19
3.4
0.2
228.4
1.1
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.0
231.9
1.3
20-22
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
644.8
3.7
0.2
0.0
645.0
3.7
Total Gross
7,201.2
1,741.5
878.7
174.7
644.8
3.7
2.1
0.0
8,726.8
1,919.9
ECL
-145.5
-27.1
-185.8
-23.5
-476.6
-11.8
0.0
0.0
-807.9
-62.4
Net total
7,055.7
1,714.4
692.9
151.2
168.2
-8.1
2.1
0.0
7,918.9
1,857.5
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
125
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Exposures to clients by DPD
2023
Exposures to corporate clients
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
0
73,428.3
45,377.5
9,335.7
2,083.0
375.6
56.6
0.0
0.0
83,139.6
47,517.1
1-30
1,065.9
0.0
534.3
0.0
88.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,688.9
0.0
31-60
0.3
0.0
97.0
0.0
43.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
141.0
0.0
61-90
0.0
0.0
41.4
0.0
42.4
0.0
0.0
0.0
83.8
0.0
91-180
0.3
0.0
0.0
0.0
189.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
190.1
0.0
181-365
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
405.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
405.1
0.0
>365
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,480.9
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,480.9
0.0
Total Gross
74,494.8
45,377.5
10,008.4
2,083.0
2,626.2
56.6
0.0
0.0
87,129.4
47,517.1
Exposure to retail clients – total
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
0
48,829.2
3,202.1
3,832.9
120.8
297.2
2.6
2.3
0.0
52,961.6
3,325.5
1-30
268.2
0.0
519.3
0.0
53.7
0.0
0.4
0.0
841.6
0.0
31-60
0.0
0.0
105.7
0.0
21.6
0.0
0.0
0.0
127.3
0.0
61-90
0.0
0.0
27.4
0.0
17.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
45.1
0.0
91-180
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
82.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
82.8
0.0
181-365
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
136.4
0.0
0.0
0.0
136.4
0.0
>365
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
374.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
374.6
0.0
Total Gross
49,097.5
3,202.1
4,485.3
120.8
983.9
2.6
2.7
0.0
54,569.4
3,325.5
Exposure to retail clients - mortgage loans and advances
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
0
41,079.5
1,294.5
3,489.4
5.8
106.8
0.0
0.8
0.0
44,676.5
1,300.3
1-30
175.2
0.0
281.3
0.0
14.9
0.0
0.0
0.0
471.4
0.0
31-60
0.0
0.0
77.4
0.0
8.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
85.4
0.0
61-90
0.0
0.0
12.3
0.0
5.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
17.8
0.0
91-180
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
25.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
25.5
0.0
181-365
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
27.9
0.0
0.0
0.0
27.9
0.0
>365
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
91.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
91.7
0.0
Total Gross
41,254.7
1,294.5
3,860.4
5.8
280.3
0.0
0.8
0.0
45,396.2
1,300.3
Exposure to retail clients - other loans and advances
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
0
7,749.7
1,907.6
343.5
115.0
190.4
2.6
1.5
0.0
8,285.1
2,025.2
1-30
93.0
0.0
238.0
0.0
38.8
0.0
0.4
0.0
370.2
0.0
31-60
0.0
0.0
28.3
0.0
13.6
0.0
0.0
0.0
41.9
0.0
61-90
0.0
0.0
15.1
0.0
12.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
27.3
0.0
91-180
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
57.3
0.0
0.0
0.0
57.3
0.0
181-365
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
108.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
108.5
0.0
>365
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
282.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
282.9
0.0
Total Gross
7,842.8
1,907.6
624.9
115.0
703.6
2.6
1.9
0.0
9,173.2
2,025.2
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
126
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2022
Exposures to corporate clients
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
0
71,315.1
37,981.6
11,177.9
3,423.2
449.8
50.8
0.0
0.0
82,942.8
41,455.6
1-30
1,170.7
0.0
145.2
0.0
38.6
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,354.5
0.0
31-60
0.0
0.0
74.2
0.0
34.3
0.0
0.0
0.0
108.5
0.0
61-90
0.0
0.0
18.3
0.0
48.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
66.8
0.0
91-180
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
84.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
84.0
0.0
181-365
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
151.9
0.0
0.0
0.0
151.9
0.0
>365
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,316.9
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,316.9
0.0
Total Gross
72,485.8
37,981.6
11,415.6
3,423.2
2,124.0
50.8
0.0
0.0
86,025.4
41,455.6
Exposure to retail clients – total
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
0
46,679.7
3,270.9
4,227.9
188.7
278.0
4.1
1.5
0.0
51,187.1
3,463.7
1-30
193.7
0.0
519.5
0.0
48.7
0.0
0.3
0.0
762.2
0.0
31-60
0.0
0.0
82.8
0.0
19.8
0.0
0.1
0.0
102.7
0.0
61-90
0.0
0.0
27.0
0.0
20.6
0.0
0.0
0.0
47.6
0.0
91-180
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
84.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
84.2
0.0
181-365
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
123.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
123.1
0.0
>365
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
316.4
0.0
0.2
0.0
316.6
0.0
Total Gross
46,873.4
3,270.9
4,857.2
188.7
890.8
4.1
2.1
0.0
52,623.5
3,463.7
Exposure to retail clients - mortgage loans and advances
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
0
39,527.5
1,529.4
3,645.7
14.0
107.6
0.4
0.0
0.0
43,280.8
1,543.8
1-30
144.7
0.0
274.6
0.0
14.3
0.0
0.0
0.0
433.6
0.0
31-60
0.0
0.0
48.4
0.0
5.4
0.0
0.0
0.0
53.8
0.0
61-90
0.0
0.0
9.8
0.0
6.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
16.0
0.0
91-180
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
14.4
0.0
0.0
0.0
14.4
0.0
181-365
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
13.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
13.2
0.0
>365
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
84.9
0.0
0.0
0.0
84.9
0.0
Total Gross
39,672.2
1,529.4
3,978.5
14.0
246.0
0.4
0.0
0.0
43,896.7
1,543.8
Exposure to retail clients - other loans and advances
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
0
7,152.2
1,741.5
582.2
174.7
170.4
3.7
1.5
0.0
7,906.3
1,919.9
1-30
49.0
0.0
244.9
0.0
34.4
0.0
0.3
0.0
328.6
0.0
31-60
0.0
0.0
34.4
0.0
14.4
0.0
0.1
0.0
48.9
0.0
61-90
0.0
0.0
17.2
0.0
14.4
0.0
0.0
0.0
31.6
0.0
91-180
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
69.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
69.8
0.0
181-365
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
109.9
0.0
0.0
0.0
109.9
0.0
>365
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
231.5
0.0
0.2
0.0
231.7
0.0
Total Gross
7,201.2
1,741.5
878.7
174.7
644.8
3.7
2.1
0.0
8,726.8
1,919.9
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
127
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2.9.3. Concentration of exposures
Concentration of exposures to corporate clients in national economy sectors
2023
as at 31 December
balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposure in PLN million
(gross carrying amount)
share in the total exposure
National economy sector
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
(in %)
financial intermediation
24,167.2
5.2
16.0
24,188.4
18.0%
wholesale trade
11,001.3
1,304.9
431.0
12,737.2
9.5%
construction
7,479.3
877.0
316.1
8,672.4
6.4%
property services
7,066.3
1,310.1
34.1
8,410.5
6.2%
other business operations
5,433.5
480.5
215.1
6,129.1
4.6%
retail trade
4,963.9
5.0
0.0
4,968.9
3.7%
production of foodstuffs and beverages
3,902.9
723.3
230.3
4,856.5
3.6%
manufacturing of metal final products
3,646.1
702.9
156.5
4,505.5
3.3%
production of chemicals, chemical products
2,906.1
1,024.8
20.1
3,951.0
2.9%
rubber industry
3,030.1
463.7
89.7
3,583.5
2.7%
power generation
3,151.2
316.9
98.5
3,566.6
2.6%
rental of equipment
2,931.7
101.5
9.3
3,042.5
2.3%
post and telecommunications
2,920.6
24.5
16.1
2,961.2
2.2%
public administration and national defence
2,664.9
283.8
0.0
2,948.7
2.2%
land transport and pipelines
2,375.9
335.9
98.7
2,810.5
2.1%
sales, repair and maintenance of motor vehicles
2,505.3
173.8
65.4
2,744.5
2.0%
wood and paper industry
2,469.5
145.7
102.9
2,718.1
2.0%
machine industry
2,104.8
248.6
60.0
2,413.4
1.8%
agriculture, forestry, fishery
2,104.8
248.6
60.0
2,413.4
1.8%
others
23,047.0
3,314.6
663.0
27,024.6
20.1%
Total
119,872.4
12,091.3
2,682.8
134,646.5
100%
2022
as at 31 December
balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposure in PLN million
(gross carrying amount)
share in the total exposure
National economy sector
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
(in %)
financial intermediation
22,184.9
859.8
1.1
23,045.8
18.1%
wholesale trade
11,016.9
1,180.0
376.7
12,573.6
9.9%
property services
7,554.6
1,937.7
25.8
9,518.1
7.5%
construction
6,493.4
870.3
237.6
7,601.3
6.0%
other business operations
5,419.4
1,070.3
128.8
6,618.5
5.2%
retail trade
5,284.6
438.7
118.4
5,841.7
4.6%
production of foodstuffs and beverages
4,238.0
616.0
243.8
5,097.8
4.0%
manufacturing of metal final products
3,977.5
516.3
133.3
4,627.1
3.6%
power generation
3,860.6
12.5
110.3
3,983.4
3.1%
rubber industry
2,938.6
380.8
49.5
3,368.9
2.6%
production of chemicals, chemical products
1,908.9
1,240.5
1.7
3,151.1
2.5%
public administration and national defence
1,416.5
1,674.8
0.0
3,091.3
2.4%
wood and paper industry
2,412.3
220.0
55.8
2,688.1
2.1%
land transport and pipelines
2,178.3
344.2
83.3
2,605.8
2.0%
rental of equipment
2,282.4
280.3
8.9
2,571.6
2.0%
post and telecommunications
2,432.7
27.1
13.1
2,472.9
1.9%
sales, repair and maintenance of motor vehicles
2,106.9
163.0
60.7
2,330.6
1.8%
agriculture, forestry, fishery
1,849.1
260.6
104.0
2,213.7
1.7%
machine industry
1,611.5
203.6
51.3
1,866.4
1.5%
others
19,300.4
2,542.2
370.7
22,213.3
17.4%
Total
110,467.5
14,838.7
2,174.8
127,481.0
100%
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
128
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Bank’s largest exposures
The table below presents the 20 largest exposures of the Bank to entities / groups of related parties (including groups of entities in which the Bank is the parent entity).
The amount of exposures includes the value of on-balance sheet assets (loans granted, deposits submitted, debt securities), off-balance sheet liabilities granted and the value of balance sheet equivalent of derivatives. Exposures were reduced by the amounts of exemptions allowed in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 (CRR). The list does not include exposures to the State Treasury, but among the mentioned groups of entities there are those in which the State Treasury exercises control.
as at 31 December
Bank’s exposures
Entity/group of related entities
2023
2022
Group 1
2,673.6
2,379.8
Group 2
2,118.0
1,659.6
Group 3 (banking)
2,101.2
2,179.0
Group 4 (banking) *
1,779.5
1,673.1
Group 5
1,527.7
953.0
Group 6
1,286.4
1,464.0
Group 7
1,248.9
930.4
Group 8 (banking)
1,216.4
1,323.6
Group 9
1,180.4
1,233.4
Group 10
1,074.8
1,078.3
Group 11
1,057.2
1,069.8
Group 12
1,026.2
0.0
Group 13
1,016.9
998.0
Group 14
1,015.0
858.4
Group 15
750.8
496.1
Group 16
727.6
754.0
Group 17
699.5
698.7
Group 18
680.2
272.8
Group 19 (banking) *
668.6
542.6
Group 20
635.7
674.5
* exclusions of exposures from concentration limits were applied on the basis of the provisions of Article 400 CRR
In addition, the Bank has exposures to the State Treasury, the total value of which, without taking into account the exemptions allowed by the CRR, amounted to PLN 44,802.1 million as at 31 December 2023 (compared to PLN 37,462.3 million as at 31 December 2022). The amount of exposures mainly includes the value of State Treasury bonds, bonds of the Polish Development Fund and bonds of Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego as well as the value of buy-sell-back transactions, nostro accounts and guarantees and sureties of Korporacja Ubezpieczeń Kredytów Eksportowych (KUKE) S.A.
2.9.4. Collaterals
Maximum recognisable amount of collateral or guarantee
The Bank applies collateral on the following assets: cash (deposit in the Bank or another bank), liquid securities, real estate, means of transport, receivables, machinery and equipment, inventories, intangible assets and other collateral.
The value of collateral for Stage 3 credit exposures in the amount not exceeding the balances of individual loans as at 31 December 2023 amounted to PLN 1,087.0 million compared to PLN 703.7 million at the end of 2022.
The tables on the next page show the value of collateral not exceeding the carrying amount of the related credit exposures. The presented values of collateral result from the assumptions adopted by the Bank for determining the nominal value of collateral, the general principles of which for the main types of collateral are as follows:
• The value of real estate collateral is the lower of the two values, i.e. the value determined as a result of the Bank’s verification of the value of the real estate (not higher than the market value specified in the valuation report or internal valuation report) or determined in the cyclical monitoring / update process, after deducting the previously incurred mortgage charges and the value of the mortgage register entry.
• The value of collateral for machinery and equipment is the lower of the value of insurance for this item, the net book value and the highest amount of collateral in the case of a registered pledge agreement.
• The value of the collateral in the case of guarantees other than those of the parent or other related company is the lower of the two values, i.e. the amount to which the guarantee is issued or the amount of the credit exposure to which the collateral relates.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
129
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
as at 31 December
Maximum recognisable amount of collateral or guarantee
mortgage-backed loans
other secured loans
housing loans
commercial loans
cash funds (issued debt instruments)
others
financial guarantees received
Loans and advances, of which:
48,905.9
18,146.0
110.0
6,210.9
9,685.3
other financial institutions
586.2
20.7
0.0
0.0
337.0
non-financial entities
492.5
16,268.0
107.6
5,730.4
7,792.1
households
47,827.2
1,850.7
2.4
354.8
1,556.2
including: loans to purchase residential properties
46,411.9
600.1
0.0
0.0
1.5
other entities (banks, budgetary sector)
0.0
6.6
0.0
125.7
0.0
2022
as at 31 December
Maximum recognisable amount of collateral or guarantee
mortgage-backed loans
other secured loans
housing loans
commercial loans
cash funds (issued debt instruments)
others
financial guarantees received
Loans and advances, of which:
48,423.4
20,216.1
102.2
4,509.3
8,795.3
other financial institutions
627.8
20.0
0.0
0.0
247.4
non-financial entities
514.3
17,948.1
99.0
4,148.4
7,640.7
households
47,281.3
2,245.1
3.2
359.3
907.2
including: loans to purchase residential properties
45,594.3
584.5
0.0
0.0
1.5
other entities (banks, budgetary sector)
0.0
2.9
0.0
1.6
0.0
2.9.5. Loan portfolio performing and non-performing and exposures with forbearance granted
The tables below present the breakdown of the loan portfolio into the performing and non- performing portfolio with the breakdown of exposures with forbearance granted. The Bank classifies exposures to the quarantine class for which facilities have been applied in the past, and which are currently in the observation period before full healing.
In the income statement for 2023, in Interest income - interest on loans and other receivables to customers , interest income on exposures with forbearance facilities was recognised in the amount of PLN 316.4 million (PLN 150.3 million for 2022), of which PLN 258.9 million relates to exposures in the performing portfolio and PLN 57.5 million to exposures in the non-performing portfolio (PLN 104.0 million and PLN 46.3 million, respectively, for 2022).
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
130
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Loan portfolio - split into the performing and non-performing portfolio, detailing exposures with forbearance granted
2023
as at 31 December
Performing exposures
including forbearance
modification of terms and conditions
refinancing
quarantine
Non-performing exposures
including
forbearance
modification of terms and conditions
refinancing
overdue portfolio
impaired portfolio
Gross loan portfolio, of which:
138,085.8
4,131.0
3,707.7
423.4
4,102.0
3,613.0
1,313.6
1,311.4
2.2
863.6
1,313.6
Corporate banking, of which:
84,503.1
3,404.8
2,981.5
423.4
3,375.8
2,626.3
959.7
957.5
2.2
717.4
959.7
loans in the current account
16,310.3
470.0
470.0
0.0
469.7
170.6
93.7
93.7
0.0
28.5
93.7
term loans and advances
64,001.1
2,934.8
2,511.5
423.4
2,906.1
2,455.7
866.0
863.8
2.2
688.9
866.0
corporate and municipal debt securities
4,191.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Retail banking segment, including:
53,582.7
726.2
726.2
0.0
726.2
986.7
353.9
353.9
0.0
146.2
353.9
mortgages
45,115.1
575.3
575.3
0.0
575.3
281.1
109.6
109.6
0.0
34.7
109.6
loans in the current account
648.6
2.3
2.3
0.0
2.3
57.8
4.0
4.0
0.0
1.7
4.0
other loans and advances
7,819.0
148.6
148.6
0.0
148.6
647.8
240.3
240.3
0.0
109.8
240.3
Impairment for expected credit losses, including:
-887.2
-163.2
-163.1
-0.1
-163.1
-2,349.4
-762.2
-761.9
-0.3
-602.7
-762.2
Corporate banking, of which:
-575.4
-143.2
-143.1
-0.1
-143.1
-1,705.0
-553.2
-552.9
-0.3
-497.2
-553.2
loans in the current account
-82.8
-8.0
-8.0
0.0
-8.0
-58.7
-17.7
-17.7
0.0
-11.5
-17.7
term loans and advances
-490.9
-135.2
-135.1
-0.1
-135.1
-1,646.3
-535.5
-535.2
-0.3
-485.7
-535.5
corporate and municipal debt securities
-1.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Retail banking segment, including:
-311.8
-20.0
-20.0
0.0
-20.0
-644.4
-209.0
-209.0
0.0
-105.5
-209.0
mortgages
-85.3
-7.5
-7.5
0.0
-7.5
-114.2
-41.9
-41.9
0.0
-17.3
-41.9
loans in the current account
-24.6
-0.2
-0.2
0.0
-0.2
-38.1
-1.7
-1.7
0.0
-0.9
-1.7
other loans and advances
-201.9
-12.3
-12.3
0.0
-12.3
-492.1
-165.4
-165.4
0.0
-87.3
-165.4
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
131
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2022
as at 31 December
Performing exposures
including forbearance
modification of terms and conditions
refinancing
quarantine
Non-performing exposures
including
forbearance
modification of terms and conditions
refinancing
overdue portfolio
impaired portfolio
Gross loan portfolio, of which:
135,632.0
2,006.8
2,006.8
0.0
2,003.6
3,016.9
1,233.1
1,230.6
2.5
688.3
1,293.7
Corporate banking, of which:
83,901.4
1,454.2
1,454.2
0.0
1,451.0
2,124.0
900.4
897.9
2.5
560.2
922.8
loans in the current account
18,458.3
177.5
177.5
0.0
176.6
577.0
173.5
173.5
0.0
108.5
202.2
term loans and advances
61,661.0
1,276.7
1,276.7
0.0
1,274.4
1,547.0
726.9
724.4
2.5
451.7
720.6
corporate and municipal debt securities
3,782.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Retail banking segment, including:
51,730.6
552.6
552.6
0.0
552.6
892.9
332.7
332.7
0.0
128.1
370.9
mortgages
43,650.7
418.7
418.7
0.0
418.7
246.0
114.4
114.4
0.0
28.8
173.6
loans in the current account
648.6
2.3
2.3
0.0
2.3
48.9
3.1
3.1
0.0
1.3
2.8
other loans and advances
7,431.3
131.6
131.6
0.0
131.6
598.0
215.2
215.2
0.0
98.0
194.5
Impairment for expected credit losses, including:
-1,077.0
-83.3
-83.3
0.0
-83.2
-1,900.6
-684.1
-683.9
-0.2
-479.9
-747.0
Corporate banking, of which:
-617.3
-59.3
-59.3
0.0
-59.2
-1,317.5
-494.2
-494.0
-0.2
-389.8
-538.9
loans in the current account
-121.1
-5.0
-5.0
0.0
-5.0
-363.0
-105.8
-105.8
0.0
-84.6
-124.3
term loans and advances
-491.5
-54.3
-54.3
0.0
-54.2
-954.5
-388.4
-388.2
-0.2
-305.2
-414.6
corporate and municipal debt securities
-4.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Retail banking segment, including:
-459.7
-24.0
-24.0
0.0
-24.0
-583.1
-189.9
-189.9
0.0
-90.1
-208.1
mortgages
-128.4
-9.1
-9.1
0.0
-9.1
-106.5
-44.5
-44.5
0.0
-15.5
-68.4
loans in the current account
-29.7
-0.2
-0.2
0.0
-0.2
-33.8
-1.7
-1.7
0.0
-0.9
-1.6
other loans and advances
-301.6
-14.7
-14.7
0.0
-14.7
-442.8
-143.7
-143.7
0.0
-73.7
-138.1
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
132
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Exposures with forbearance granted by risk classes
2023
as at 31 December
Corporate banking
Retail banking
Total
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
risk class range
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
1-10
1.4
0.0
0.0
0.0
498.5
0.5
0.0
0.0
499.9
0.5
0.0
0.0
11-17
1,170.2
88.6
0.0
0.0
204.4
0.1
0.1
0.0
1,374.6
88.7
0.1
0.0
18-19
2,233.2
312.5
1.8
0.0
23.3
0.0
0.0
0.0
2,256.5
312.5
1.8
0.0
20-22
0.0
0.0
957.9
10.6
0.0
0.0
353.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,311.7
10.6
Total (gross)
3,404.8
401.1
959.7
10.6
726.2
0.6
353.9
0.0
4,131.0
401.7
1,313.6
10.6
2022
as at 31 December
Corporate banking
Retail banking
Total
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
risk class range
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
1-10
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
360.2
0.6
0.0
0.0
360.3
0.6
0.0
0.0
11-17
1,154.8
41.4
0.0
0.0
175.9
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,330.7
41.4
0.0
0.0
18-19
299.3
30.7
0.0
0.0
16.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
315.8
30.7
0.0
0.0
20-22
0.0
0.0
900.4
12.6
0.0
0.0
332.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,233.1
12.6
Total (gross)
1,454.2
72.1
900.4
12.6
552.6
0.6
332.7
0.0
2,006.8
72.7
1,233.1
12.6
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
133
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Exposures with forbearance granted by DPD
2023
as at 31 December
Corporate banking
Retail banking
Total
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
0
3,244.6
401.1
242.2
10.6
673.7
0.6
207.6
0.0
3,918.3
401.7
449.8
10.6
1-30
142.1
0.0
19.3
0.0
44.4
0.0
28.2
0.0
186.5
0.0
47.5
0.0
31-60
13.7
0.0
15.2
0.0
6.2
0.0
5.6
0.0
19.9
0.0
20.8
0.0
61-90
4.1
0.0
12.6
0.0
1.9
0.0
4.0
0.0
6.0
0.0
16.6
0.0
91-180
0.3
0.0
47.3
0.0
0.0
0.0
17.9
0.0
0.3
0.0
65.2
0.0
181-365
0.0
0.0
116.3
0.0
0.0
0.0
26.9
0.0
0.0
0.0
143.2
0.0
>365
0.0
0.0
506.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
63.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
570.5
0.0
Total (gross)
3,404.8
401.1
959.7
10.6
726.2
0.6
353.9
0.0
4,131.0
401.7
1,313.6
10.6
2022
as at 31 December
Corporate banking
Retail banking
Total
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
0
1,422.2
72.1
340.3
12.6
512.5
0.6
204.6
0.0
1,934.7
72.7
544.9
12.6
1-30
10.3
0.0
14.4
0.0
33.3
0.0
28.6
0.0
43.6
0.0
43.0
0.0
31-60
21.6
0.0
12.3
0.0
5.9
0.0
7.2
0.0
27.5
0.0
19.5
0.0
61-90
0.1
0.0
18.8
0.0
0.9
0.0
7.1
0.0
1.0
0.0
25.9
0.0
91-180
0.0
0.0
17.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
16.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
33.9
0.0
181-365
0.0
0.0
40.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
22.6
0.0
0.0
0.0
62.8
0.0
>365
0.0
0.0
457.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
45.9
0.0
0.0
0.0
503.1
0.0
Total (gross)
1,454.2
72.1
900.4
12.6
552.6
0.6
332.7
0.0
2,006.8
72.7
1,233.1
12.6
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
134
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2.9.6. Credit quality of other financial assets
Credit quality of loans and other receivables granted to other banks
As at 31 December 2023 and as at 31 December 2022, loans and other receivables due to other banks were in approx. 99% in low risk classes (rating 01-10), others in medium and higher risk classes with ratings from 11 to 19 (from 11 to 15 at the end of 2022). Exposures of PLN 22,825.4 million were in Stage 1 and PLN 3.1 million in Stage 2. As at 31 December 2022, total exposures of PLN 7,204.2 million were in Stage 1.
The change in the level of the allowance for expected credit losses in 2023 and 2022 resulted from changes in the credit parameters of the portfolio described above.
Credit quality of debt securities
As at 31 December 2023, all debt securities in the portfolio of financial assets held for trading and the portfolio of investment securities were in low risk classes with ratings from 01 to 10 (from 01 to 09 at the end of 2022). Both at the end of 2023 and at the end of 2022, all debt securities in the investment securities portfolio were in Stage 1.
The change in the level of the allowance for expected credit losses in 2023 and 2022 resulted from changes in the credit parameters of the portfolios described above. Additionally, due to the reconstruction of the IFRS model for low default portfolios, additional write-downs for expected credit losses in the amount of PLN 17.4 million were recognised.
In 2023, similarly to 2022, changes in the gross value of investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and measured at amortised cost did not have a significant impact on the level of allowances for expected credit losses.
In 2023 and 2022, there were no transfers of investment securities between stages with different ways of measuring expected credit losses.
Investment securities - carrying amount and the level of impairment for expected credit losses by Stages
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Stage 1
Stage 1
carrying amount (gross)
impairment for expected credit losses
carrying amount (net)
carrying amount (gross)
impairment for expected credit losses
carrying amount (net)
Debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income*, including:
23,594.0
-12.2
-
15,607.2
-3.3
-
Treasury bonds in PLN
21,259.1
-11.2
-
12,069.2
-2.8
-
Treasury bonds in EUR
546.1
-0.3
-
1,803.4
-0.4
-
European Investment Bank bonds
1,377.7
-0.5
-
1,308.9
-0.1
-
Austrian government bonds
411.1
-0.2
-
425.7
0.0
-
Debt securities measured at amortised cost, including:
32,711.6
-14.1
32,697.5
32,627.3
-7.2
32,620.1
Treasury bonds in PLN
13,101.6
-6.6
13,095.0
13,355.1
-2.6
13,352.5
Treasury bonds in EUR
2,942.0
-1.6
2,940.4
3,193.4
-1.3
3,192.1
European Investment Bank bonds
6,702.8
-2.4
6,700.4
6,816.2
-0.5
6,815.7
Bonds of the Polish Development Fund (PFR)
3,861.9
-2.2
3,859.7
3,859.8
-1.4
3,858.4
Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego bonds
1,806.1
-1.3
1,804.8
1,803.5
-1.4
1,802.1
NBP bills
4,297.2
0.0
4,297.2
3,599.3
0.0
3,599.3
*) In the case of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, the carrying amount is not reduced by the allowance for expected credit losses.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
135
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Investment securities – changes in impairment for expected credit losses
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Stage 1
Stage 1
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
measured at amortised cost
Total
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
measured at amortised cost
Total
Opening balance impairment
3.3
7.2
10.5
3.5
7.4
10.9
Changes during the period, including:
8.9
6.9
15.8
-0.2
-0.2
-0.4
provisions recognised/ reversed
8.9
6.9
15.8
-0.2
-0.2
-0.4
Closing balance impairment
12.2
14.1
26.3
3.3
7.2
10.5
Quality of other financial assets
Other financial assets - gross carrying amount and the level of impairment for expected credit losses by Stages
as at 31 December
2023
2022
gross
impairment for expected credit loss
net
gross
impairment for expected credit loss
net
assets in Stage 1
25.8
0.0
25.8
24.9
0.0
24.9
assets in Stage 3
46.3
-46.3
0.0
44.0
-44.0
0.0
Total
72.1
-46.3
25.8
68.9
-44.0
24.9
Other financial assets - changes in impairment for expected credit losses
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Stage 1
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 3
Total
Opening balance impairment
0.0
44.0
44.0
0.0
42.6
42.6
Changes in the period, including:
0.0
2.3
2.3
0.0
1.4
1.4
additional provision for expected credit losses
0.0
6.4
6.4
0.0
7.0
7.0
exclusion from the statement of financial position as a result of write-down
0.0
-1.4
-1.4
0.0
-0.8
-0.8
exclusion from the statement of financial position due to repayment
0.0
-2.7
-2.7
0.0
-4.8
-4.8
Odpis na koniec okresu
0.0
46.3
46.3
0.0
44.0
44.0
Other financial assets - reconciliation of the gross carrying amount
for the year ended 31 December
2023
2022
Stage 1
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 3
Total
Opening balance of gross carrying amount
24.9
44.0
68.9
14.7
42.6
57.3
Changes in the period, including:
0.9
2.3
3.2
10.2
1.4
11.6
transfer to and from Stage 3
-6.4
6.4
0.0
-7.0
7.0
0.0
exclusion from the statement of financial position due to write-down
0.0
-1.4
-1.4
0.0
-0.8
-0.8
recognition of new financial instruments, repayments and other changes
7.3
-2.7
4.6
17.2
-4.8
12.4
Closing gross value
25.8
46.3
72.1
24.9
44.0
68.9
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
136
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2.9.7. Modification of contractual cash flows
In 2023, credit exposures in the amount of PLN 1,264.3 million (PLN 2,119.3 million in 2022) were subject to modification of contractual cash flows, which did not result in their deletion and re-recognition of a financial asset. In addition, exposures in the amount of PLN 50,440.8 million due to credit holidays were not excluded and rerecognised as a financial asset (PLN 52,771.6 million in 2022).
Modifications in contractual cash flows, which do not result in their deletion and re-recognition of a financial asset, i.e. lead to the recognition of gains or losses from the modification, result from business premises or credit risk events in the form of facilities (forbearance) granted to customers. If business indications occur, the method of determining the allowance for expected credit losses does not change. The granting of facilities to customers (forbearance) proves a significant increase in credit risk, resulting in classification to Stage 2, in the event of granting another facility, there is classification to Stage 3 in accordance with the principles for estimating impairment losses described in chapter III. Significant accounting principles , in point 13.12 . Expected credit losses .
The table presents information on financial assets for which the contractual cash flows have been modified, while the corresponding allowance for expected credit losses was measured at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses (i.e. financial assets in Stages 2 and 3).
as at 31 December
2023
2022
Financial assets modified in the period
amortised cost before modification
287.3
177.7
net loss due to modification
-0.3
-0.1
Financial assets that have been modified since their initial recognition
the gross carrying amount of previously modified financial assets for which the allowance for expected credit losses has changed during the period to an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses (i.e. these financial assets have been transferred to Stage 1)
98.9
11.6
3. Market risk
3.1. Introduction
3.2. Market risk management objectives
3.3. Market risk management policies
3.4. Market risk management process
3.5. Structure of books and methods of risk measurement
3.6. FX structure of assets and liabilities
3.7. Impact of the benchmark reform
3.8. Hedge accounting
3.1. Introduction
Market risk is defined as a potential loss that may be incurred by the Bank due to unfavourable changes in market prices (such as yield curves, exchange rates, prices on the capital market), market parameters (market price volatility, correlation between movements of individual prices) and customer behaviour (e.g. early repayment of loans).
3.2. Market risk management objectives
The main objectives of market risk management at ING Bank Śląski S.A. are: to ensure that there is awareness and understanding of the Bank’s exposure to market risk and that this exposure is appropriately managed and, where applicable, within the limits set.
3.3. Market risk management policies
The Market Risk Management Department has normative documents that describe the scope, principles and responsibilities of the department. In order to optimise the market risk management process, the Market Risk Management Policy has been developed at ING Bank Śląski S.A. It describes the bank’s approach to market risk management. It defines the principles, methodology of management and measurement of market risk in the Bank, as well as the general principles of process management.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
137
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
The document is a detailed document entitled General principles of risk management at ING Bank Śląski S.A. , which is approved by the Bank’s Supervisory Board, on the basis of a recommendation from the Risk Committee. The Policy is subject to approval by the Bank’s Management Board.
Another document is the policy describing the Bank’s approach to the process of defining the risk appetite in the area of market and liquidity risk ( Policy for determining and monitoring the risk appetite in the area of market and liquidity risk ). This policy is also approved by the Bank’s Management Board.
3.4. Market risk management process
The Bank’s market risk management process includes:
• identification,
• measurement,
• monitoring and
• risk reporting.
The Market Risk Management Department (MRM) provides managers of the Financial Markets Area of Wholesale Banking and the Centre of Expertise Treasury, selected members of the Management Board and the ALCO Committee with regular risk reports. Moreover, ALCO, the Bank’s Management Board and the Supervisory Board receive periodic reports containing the most important market risk measures. The approval of individual market risk limits is carried out at the level of ALCO Committee, the Bank’s Management Board or the Supervisory Board, in accordance with the division of responsibility in determining the levels of limits defined in the Policy for determining and monitoring risk appetite in the area of market and liquidity risk. The employees of the Market Risk Management Department are qualified specialists and the independence of the department is ensured by its separation from risk generating units.
The Bank’s market risk management also includes a Product Control function, which ensures the correct valuation of Financial Market products in the Wholesale Banking Division and the Centre of Expertise Treasury by monitoring the correctness of valuation models and controlling the quality of market data used for the valuation and calculation of financial result. Decisions related to issues related to the valuation process, such as: sources of market data used for valuation, calculation of adjustments to market valuation models (bid-offer spread and BVA), are taken by the Product Parameterisation Committee of the Wholesale Banking Financial Markets Division and the Centre of Expertise Treasury.
In the reporting period, the market risk profile and the manner of managing this risk did not change significantly.
3.5. Structure of books and methods of risk measurement
3.5.1. Structure of books
The Bank maintains a structure of books based on intent, which translates into many processes, including market risk management. The structure of the books reflects the types of market risk that are expected and accepted in individual areas of the Bank and where market risk should be internally transferred/hedged. The books shall be grouped according to the intention to maintain a position on:
• trading (positions taken in order to generate benefits in a short period of time due to market price
fluctuations), and
• banking (all other positions).
Banking Books
The Banking Books are split into Banking Commercial Books and Banking Books of the Centre of Expertise Treasury (CoE Treasury). The Banking Commercial Books include books of the retail and corporate divisions containing deposits and commercial loans. The risks relating to those positions are transferred to:
• banking books of the Centre of Expertise Treasury (used to manage the interest rate risk of the banking book, the underlying risk and the liquidity risk as a whole), and
• commercial books of the Financial Markets Area in Wholesale Banking Division (for FX risk) via internal transactions.
The process ensures that the banking commercial books do not retain any material economic market risk. However, as described in more detail further below, the short-term financial result in those books is sensitive to changes of market rates.
Maintenance of open positions is permissible within the approved market risk limits:
• for the banking book - NIIaR (Net Interest Income at Risk), EVE (Economic Value of Equity), NPVaR (Net Present Value at Risk),
• for the trading book – VaR (Value at Risk), Slope risk (negative impact on the result caused by an uneven shift of the yield curve), CS01 (change in the market value of a security due to an increase in the credit spread), BPV (Basis Point Value),
• CS RRaR (Credit Spread Revaluation Reserve at Risk) – the measure shows the potential impact of changing credit spreads on the level of revaluation reserve,
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
138
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
• IR RRaR (Interest Rate Revaluation Reserve at Risk) – the measure shows the potential impact of changing interest rates on the level of revaluation reserve.
Hedge accounting is a tool supporting the management of interest rate risk in the banking book. The developed assumptions to the hedging strategy are applied consistently with the approach to market risk management within the approved market risk limits as described above. Detailed information on the assumptions underlying each strategy in hedge accounting are described in this chapter, in item 3.8 . Hedge Accounting .
Trading books
Trading Books are the books of the Financial Markets Area in Wholesale Banking Division: FX and interest rate books. The books embrace positions maintained for a short time in order:
• to be resold, or
• to obtain financial benefits on the current price fluctuations or expected within a short time,
• or positions opened for arbitration purposes.
3.5.2. Measurement of interest rate risk in banking book
In measuring interest rate risk in the banking book, the Bank uses the measures required by the European Banking Supervision (EBA/GL/2022/14). The core measures are as follows:
• Net Interest Income at Risk – a measure of sensitivity of the reported results of positions recognised on an accrual basis on the basis of a set of interest rate scenarios which provide for various potential shifts of the profitability curve.
• Net Present Value at Risk – a measure of sensitivity of the economic value of interest rate positions to sudden interest rate changes on the basis of a set of interest rate scenarios which provide for various potential shifts of the profitability curve.
• net present value of discounted future flows at risk (Economic Value of Equity – EVE) – a measure of sensitivity of the economic value of interest rate positions to sudden interest rate changes.
Additionally, the Bank measures in its banking books:
• option risk – potential losses on the positions resulting from premature deposit withdrawal and/or loan prepayment,
• residual risk – a potential loss on those positions resulting from the application of non-standard pricing mechanisms that are transferred to the Centre of Expertise Treasury managing interest rate risk.
The above risks have an immaterial status (potential losses account for a very negligible proportion in historic and projected results).
Due to the fact that the positions of the Centre of Expertise Treasury are usually subject to valuation at amortised cost, the Bank monitors BPV which limits economic risk of interest rate positions. Additionally, fluctuations of the revaluation reserve are restricted with CS01, IR RRaR and CS RRa limits.
3.5.3. Market risk measurement in the trading book
The VaR measured by the Bank is compliant with the best market practices. In the calculation of VaR, the Bank applies the following assumptions:
• one-day positions, 99% confidentiality level,
• 260-day observation period.
In order to reinforce risk control, in the area of FX risk books the Bank has additionally implemented the measurement and monitoring of the risk in the context of the approved limits on intra-day basis.
The Bank calculates also Stressed VaR. Stressed VaR is a measure replicating the calculation of historic simulations with an assumption that the current portfolio is used for the measurement and historic market data from a continuous 12-month period characterised with major fluctuations of market parameters that are material for the portfolio.
Every year a general stress test is carried out covering, among others, market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk on the basis of the regulatory scenario and scenarios developed by the Bank’s economists and approved by ALCO. Additionally, a stress test of derivatives is carried out on a quarterly basis, which shows the impact of shock changes on the valuation of these instruments.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
139
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
3.5.4. Sensitivity to currency risk in the trading book
The tables below present VaR* (PLN thousand) for 2023 and 2022:
FX area
Limit
at the end of year
Average
Min
Max
2023
1,739.2
76.3
257.6
7.5
991.8
2022
1,875.9
87.37
317.16
9.5
1,625.0
*) All VaR limits and their utilisation in ING Bank Śląski S.A. are expressed in EUR. The limits levels and their utilisation have been converted into PLN using the daily NBP fixing rates especially for the purposes of presentation in the financial statements; in the column "Limit" the amounts determined using the fixing rate from the last day of the year.
3.5.5. Sensitivity of net interest income to interest rate risk
To present the sensitivity of net interest income to interest rate changes, the Bank analysed the impact of shock changes in the yield curve (relative to that of 31 December 2023) on net interest income for 2024 compared to the base scenario. The analysis was carried out using two scenarios assuming parallel shifting of the curve up and down by 100 b.p., which would occur gradually in the next 12 months (monthly change by 1/12 from 100 b.p.). The baseline scenario assumes no change on the yield curve.
Impact on the net interest income (PLN million)
100 pb
parallel upward shift of the yield curve *
215.1
parallel downward shift of the yield curve*
-228.5
*) compared to the data for 31 December 2023
The above analysis assumes dynamic changes in the levels of balance sheets, consistent with the business plans in force as at 31 December 2023. These balance sheet changes are common to all scenarios analysed.
3.5.6. Sensitivity of the economic result and regulatory capital to interest rate risk
The sensitivity to interest rate risk is presented below:
• sensitivity of the results to interest rate changes resulting from the banking book - the observed changes in the EVE measurement result mainly from two factors:
− changes (growth) in product volumes and
− changes to model parameters used to determine the economic value of non-maturity product portfolios.
change in economic result when changing the curve *
-2%
2%
2023
210.5
-800.8
2022
-378.6
-117.8
*) Positive results in a given scenario are scaled with factor 0,5 in accordance with EBA guidelines in the IRRBB area
• sensitivity of equity to changes in interest rates resulting from debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income in the Center of Expertise Treasury portfolio:
− slight changes in the sensitivity of the portfolio of debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income were observed compared to the previous year. The BPV measure of the portfolio (BPV short position) decreased from PLN 1.2 million to PLN 1.1 million.
approximate change in the regulatory capital base for curve movement
-2%
-1%
+1%
+2%
2023
220.9
110.5
-110.5
-220.9
2022
234.6
117.3
-117.3
-234.6
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
140
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
3.6. FX structure of assets and liabilities
The statement of financial position and off-balance sheet liabilities of the Bank are presented below, with a breakdown by major currencies. The following exchange rates were used to calculate the value in the original currency:
exchange rate as at 31 December
2023
2022
EUR
4.3480
4.6899
USD
3.9350
4.4018
CHF
4.6828
4.7679
2023
as at 31 December
EUR
USD
CHF
other currencies
PLN
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
Total
Assets
Cash in hand and balances with the Central Bank
6,358.3
250.6
57.6
104.4
26.5
6.5
1.4
31.6
6,751.4
Loans and other receivables to other banks
3,598.4
19,078.2
4,387.8
47.0
11.9
6.6
1.4
96.9
22,827.1
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
1,955.2
82.6
19.0
24.6
6.3
0.1
0.0
211.4
2,273.9
Derivative hedge instruments
134.7
73.7
17.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
208.4
Investment securities
51,348.8
5,178.6
1,191.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
56,527.4
Transferred assets
133.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
32.1
165.2
Loans and other receivables to customers
126,929.8
18,673.6
4,294.8
496.4
126.1
80.7
17.2
482.5
146,663.0
Investments in subsidiaries and associates accounted for using the equity method
1,761.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,761.0
Property, plant and equipment
965.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
965.1
Intangible assets
450.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
450.1
Current income tax assets
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Deferred tax assets
888.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
888.1
Other assets
113.6
4.8
1.1
0.4
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.3
119.1
Total assets
194,636.2
43,342.1
9,968.3
672.8
170.9
93.9
20.0
854.8
239,599.8
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
141
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
as at 31 December
EUR
USD
CHF
other currencies
PLN
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
Total
Liabilities
Liabilities to other banks
744.9
8,000.4
1,840.0
2.1
0.5
0.0
0.0
79.3
8,826.7
Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
1,445.0
213.3
49.1
24.1
6.1
0.1
0.0
139.1
1,821.6
Derivative hedge instruments
194.4
85.9
19.8
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
280.3
Liabilities to customers
172,661.4
26,139.7
6,011.9
5,086.1
1,292.5
63.7
13.6
1,089.0
205,039.9
Subordinated liabilities
0.0
1,526.2
351.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,526.2
Provisions
521.5
13.6
3.1
1.3
0.3
0.0
0.0
0.0
536.4
Current income tax liabilities
100.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
100.5
Other liabilities
4,566.0
281.4
64.7
1.4
0.4
0.5
0.1
0.0
4,849.3
Total liabilities
180,233.7
36,260.5
8,339.6
5,115.0
1,299.8
64.3
13.7
1,307.4
222,980.9
Equity
Share capital
130.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
130.1
Share premium
956.3
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
956.3
Accumulated other comprehensive income
-5,177.1
-34.7
-8.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-5,211.8
Retained earnings
16,903.9
5,151.7
1,184.8
-1,361.5
-346.0
24.0
5.1
31.5
20,749.6
Own shares for the purposes of the incentive program
-5.3
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-5.3
Total equity
12,807.9
5,117.0
1,176.8
-1,361.5
-346.0
24.0
5.1
31.5
16,618.9
Total equity and liabilities
193,041.6
41,377.5
9,516.4
3,753.5
953.8
88.3
18.8
1,338.9
239,599.8
Contingent liabilities granted
46,294.5
7,820.1
1,798.6
956.5
243.1
0.1
0.0
30.5
55,101.7
Contingent liabilities received
18,723.1
438.9
100.9
245.7
62.4
0.0
0.0
84.4
19,492.1
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
142
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2022
as at 31 December
EUR
USD
CHF
other currencies
PLN
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
Total
Assets
Cash in hand and balances with the Central Bank
1,810.0
315.6
67.3
177.1
40.2
5.0
1.0
29.9
2,337.6
Loans and other receivables to other banks
2,803.3
4,066.0
867.0
73.1
16.6
1.5
0.3
260.3
7,204.2
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
1,699.2
75.0
16.0
54.3
12.3
0.0
0.0
123.8
1,952.3
Derivative hedge instruments
65.5
73.7
15.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
139.2
Investment securities
41,570.6
6,777.6
1,445.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
48,348.2
Transferred assets
125.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
38.6
163.8
Loans and other receivables to customers
125,594.8
18,522.8
3,949.5
754.3
171.4
132.6
27.8
729.0
145,733.5
Investments in subsidiaries and associates accounted for using the equity method
1,624.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,624.1
Property, plant and equipment
926.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
926.5
Intangible assets
393.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
393.2
Current income tax assets
566.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
566.0
Deferred tax assets
1,650.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,650.1
Other assets
110.9
4.9
1.0
4.4
1.0
0.0
0.0
0.4
120.6
Total assets
178,939.4
29,835.6
6,361.6
1,063.2
241.5
139.1
29.1
1,182.0
211,159.3
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
143
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2022
as at 31 December
EUR
USD
CHF
other currencies
PLN
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
Total
Liabilities
Liabilities to other banks
560.5
95.3
20.3
1.4
0.3
0.0
0.0
0.5
657.7
Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
1,573.0
298.1
63.6
96.9
22.0
0.1
0.0
235.7
2,203.8
Derivative hedge instruments
282.1
87.4
18.6
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
369.5
Liabilities to customers
161,372.7
24,242.7
5,169.1
5,367.2
1,219.3
67.8
14.2
1,192.2
192,242.6
Subordinated liabilities
0.0
1,643.9
350.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
1,643.9
Provisions
337.8
9.0
1.9
1.0
0.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
347.8
Other liabilities
4,174.5
249.5
53.2
2.1
0.5
1.0
0.2
0.0
4,427.1
Total liabilities
168,300.6
26,625.9
5,677.2
5,468.6
1,242.3
68.9
14.4
1,428.4
201,892.4
Equity
Share capital
130.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
130.1
Share premium
956.3
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
956.3
Accumulated other comprehensive income
-8,048.3
-68.4
-14.6
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-8,116.7
Retained earnings
16,297.2
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
16,297.2
Total equity
9,335.3
-68.4
-14.6
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
9,266.9
Total equity and liabilities
177,635.9
26,557.5
5,662.6
5,468.6
1,242.3
68.9
14.4
1,428.4
211,159.3
Contingent liabilities granted
41,928.6
6,827.7
1,455.8
1,203.1
273.3
0.0
0.0
23.5
49,982.9
Contingent liabilities received
15,757.5
1,009.9
215.3
410.2
93.2
0.0
0.0
78.6
17,256.2
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
144
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
3.7. Impact of the benchmark reform
At present, the reform of only one reference rate is continuing (i.e. WIBOR), to which the Bank has significant exposures as at 31 December 2023. The WIBOR rate is expected to be finalised and replaced by WIRON after 31 December 2027.
These changes to the reference rates affect the Bank, its customers and the financial sector as a whole, and expose the Bank to risks. These risks include legal, operational and financial risks. Legal risk is associated with all required changes in documentation for new and existing transactions. Operational risk is related to required changes in IT systems, reporting infrastructure and operational processes for new reference rates. Financial risk (largely limited to interest rate risk), as a consequence of changes in the valuation of financial instruments referring to these reference rates and decreasing market liquidity may have an impact on transactions directly or the ability to hedge the risk resulting from these transactions. Changes in valuation, interest calculation methodology or documentation may also result in customer complaints and litigation.
In order to mitigate these risks, the Bank has established an implementation project, which has an extensive structure and the progress of work is monitored on an ongoing basis by the steering committee. The project analyses and coordinates the necessary actions to introduce the required changes to internal processes and systems, taking into account valuation, risk management, legal documentation and impact on customers. The Bank continues to monitor market developments and the results of the analysis in terms of uncertainty resulting from the reform and regulatory standards related to the transformation, in order to assess the impact on the project, customers and related risks.
LIBOR USD
The process of annexing agreements referencing LIBOR USD was completed before the date of cessation of publication of this benchmark for all non-derivative and derivative on-balance sheet exposures with a revaluation date after the date of cessation of its publication (i.e.: 30 June 2023).
The Bank applied the amendments to IFRS 9 IBOR Stage 2 to recognise all modifications of contractual terms of financial instruments for the purposes of implementing the USD LIBOR reform due to the fact that the change in terms was necessary to implement the IBOR reform and it was confirmed that the new basis for calculating cash flows is the "economic equivalent" of the existing one. As a result, the Bank did not recognise any profit or loss on modification due to this change.
WIBOR
The planned replacement of the WIBOR rate causes uncertainty as to the occurrence of cash flows resulting from the WIBOR rate, which were designated to hedge as part of the hedging relationship of cash flows on the portfolio basis (Macro Cash Flow Hedge). As a result, the Bank applied the amendment to IAS 39 Phase 1 and thus adopted the assumption that the reference rate on the basis of which the cash flows resulting from WIBOR are calculated in terms of the hedging instrument and the hedged item remain unchanged as a result of the reform. The same assumption is used to assess the probabilities of future transactions that are hedged against cash flows. As a result, the Bank continues its hedging relationships. Amendments to IAS 39 Stage 1 will cease to apply when the uncertainty resulting from the change in the WIBOR rate ceases to exist in terms of the time and amounts resulting from the reference rate of a given instrument. The following table presents the nominal values of hedging instruments referencing WIBOR.
net nominal value of the position on the hedging instrument
2023
2022
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
Cash flow hedging instruments
88,496.1
13,345.3
87,728.0
31,206.7
Instruments hedging the fair value of securities
11,862.0
-
812.0
-
In addition, in connection with the announcement of the administrator of the WIBOR rate (GPW Benchmark S.A.) to cease publication of this rate in the 1Y tenor as of 2 January 2025, the Bank initiated work on annexing agreements referring to WIBOR 1Y.
Structure of financial assets and liabilities according to reference rates
As at 31 December 2023, the following financial instruments refer to the WIBOR reference rate, which is expected to be discontinued and is material for the Bank. Non-derivative financial assets and liabilities are presented at gross carrying amount, off-balance sheet items are presented at liability amount and derivatives are presented at nominal value.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
145
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Financial instruments referencing WIBOR (excluding WIBOR 1Y)
2023
2022
with maturity date after 31 Dec 2023
with maturity date after 31 Dec 2027
with maturity date after 31 Dec 2022
with maturity date after 31 Dec 2027
Non-derivative financial assets
129,236.2
76,148.4
131,350.8
64,511.5
Non-derivative financial liabilities
0.7
0.0
1.5
0.0
Derivatives
1,228,231.9
260,349.4
958,446.8
164,626.0
Off-balance sheet items
9,338.9
1,596.1
8,647.1
2,432.8
Financial instruments referencing WIBOR 1Y
2023
2022
with maturity date after 31 Dec 2023
with maturity date after 31 Dec 2024
with maturity date after 31 Dec 2022
with maturity date after 31 Dec 2024
Non-derivative financial assets
29.1
12.7
55.1
12.4
3.8. Hedge accounting
3.8.1. Fair Value Hedge accounting
In fair value hedge accounting, the risk is equivalent to change in the fair value of a financial asset as a result of changes to interest rates. The hedge covers the fair value of debt instruments with a fixed interest rate that is a position (a part of position) in a security that is classified to a portfolio of assets kept to collect contractual cash flows or for sale (hereinafter: HTC&S) which at the time a hedge relationship is established holds a specific fair value recognised in other comprehensive income.
For the needs of the strategy, the recognition of a part change to the fair value due to the hedged risk is made on the basis of valuation models relying on assumptions that are similar to those applicable to valuation models of interest rate derivative instruments. The valuation curves applied in the model are designed on the basis of market rates corresponding to repricing tenors of variable interest rates of hedging instruments.
Interest Rate Swap, swapping fixed interest rate into variable interest rate is the hedging instrument. The above shows that changes to the fair value of the hedging instrument manifest a trend that is opposite to changes of the fair value of the hedged position. In this connection, as a result of the established hedge relationship, the profit and
loss account contains a compensating effect of changes to the fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged position due to the hedged risk. In order to confirm the effectiveness of the strategy, the Bank carries out:
• prospective effectiveness test:
− qualitative based on the maturity of the hedged item and the hedging instrument, and
− quantitative based on the BPV (basis point value) ratio of the hedged item and a hedging instrument,
• retrospective effectiveness test as the quotient of changes in the hedging instrument measurement and changes in the measurement of the hedged item due to the risk being hedged.
The sources of ineffectiveness of strategies that is manifested in the profit and loss account, may result from:
• differences in the timing of cash flows of the hedged positions versus the timing of cash flows under derivative hedging instruments,
• mismatch resulting from the use of various valuation curves (that is: interest rate derivative instruments are valued on the basis of valuation curves developed on the basis of daily hedges of valuation exposures – OIS discounting),
• changes to credit risk constituting a valuation component to fair value of the hedged position from the HTC&S portfolio,
• adjustments to valuation of hedging instruments due to pre-settlement credit risk (bilateral value adjustment); however, those do not have material impact on the presented values due to the fact that only interbank market transactions were designated as hedging instruments and that are additionally hedged with a deposit margin placed or received respectively, depending on the exposure type, as well as transactions forwarded for settlement on a daily basis via the Central Counterparty,
• component of the valuation of hedging instruments due to settlement of the price aligment amout resulting from “settled to marked” approach to settlement via the Central Counterparty.
Since hedging covers only one type of risk (interest rate risk), changes to the fair value of the hedged position classified as HTC&S resulting from other unhedged risks are recognised as other comprehensive income.
From the viewpoint of economic relationships, the Bank’s existing hedging strategies contain two types of hedge relationships:
• hedge of the fair value of securities in PLN with a fixed interest coupon classified as HTC&S with IRS transactions “pay fixed, collect variable”, denominated in PLN,
• hedge of the fair value of securities in EUR with a fixed interest coupon classified as HTC&S with IRS transactions “pay fixed, collect variable”, denominated in EUR.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
146
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
The table below presents the fair values and nominal values of hedging and hedged instruments in fair value hedge accounting.
2023
fair value
nominal value of instruments with remaining maturity
item in the statement of
of financial position – number of note
Assets
Liabilities
unrealised valuation result
cumulative valuation adjustment
due to the hedged risk ka
cumulative part of valuation of unsecured risks recognised in other comprehensive income*
1 to 3 years
3 to 8 years
over 8 years
Total
Instruments hedging fair value of securities, of which:
Derivative hedge instruments
3.6
6.8
-190.0
-
-
5,112.0
6,750.0
908.7
12,770.7
settled via CCP
3.7
6.8
-190.0
-
-
5,112.0
6,750.0
908.7
12,770.7
Interest rate swaps (IRS PLN) fixed – float
1.1
6.8
-237.8
-
-
5,112.0
6,750.0
-
11,862.0
Interest rate swaps (IRS EUR) fixed – float
2.5
-
47.8
-
-
-
-
908.7
908.7
Hedged instruments, of which:
12,661.6
-
-8.7
174.6
-183.3
5,112.0
6,750.0
908.7
12,770.7
Investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, including:
Investment securities
12,661.6
-
-8.7
174.6
-183.3
5,112.0
6,750.0
908.7
12,770.7
State Treasury bonds in PLN
Note 19
11,031.4
-
126.4
265.1
-138.7
4,300.0
6,750.0
-
11,050.0
State Treasury bonds in EUR
Note 19
421.8
-
-50.6
-25.3
-25.3
-
-
430.4
430.4
European Investment Bank bonds in PLN
Note 19
764.4
-
-56.6
-41.0
-15.6
812.0
-
-
812.0
European Investment Bank bonds in EUR
Note 19
444.0
-
-27.9
-24.2
-3.7
-
-
478.3
478.3
*) presented in the comprehensive income statement in the position: debt securities measured at fair value via other comprehensive income – gains/losses on revaluation carried through equity
With respect to the IRS/FRA interest rate derivatives clearing approach, the Bank applies the settled to market service, as specified in the regulations of Central Counterparties/CCP with which the Bank cooperates. Detailed information is provided in explanatory note 17 . Valuation of derivatives .
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
147
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2022
fair value
nominal value of instruments with remaining maturity
item in the statement of
of financial position – number of note
Assets
Liabilities
unrealised valuation result
cumulative valuation adjustment
due to the hedged risk ka
cumulative part of valuation of unsecured risks recognised in other comprehensive income
3 to 8 years
over 8 years
Total
Instruments hedging fair value of securities, of which:
Derivative hedge instruments
-
2.3
254.1
-
-
812.0
1,449.2
2,261.2
settled via CCP
-
0.8
254.1
-
-
812.0
1,449.2
2,261.2
Interest rate swaps (IRS PLN) fixed – float
-
2.3
92.7
-
-
812.0
-
812.0
Interest rate swaps (IRS EUR) fixed – float
-
-
161.5
-
-
0.0
1,449.2
1,449.2
Hedged instruments, of which:
2,013.5
-
-350.3
264.7
-615.0
812.0
1,449.2
2,261.2
Investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, including:
Investment securities
2,013.5
-
-350.3
264.7
-615.0
812.0
1,449.2
2,261.2
State Treasury bonds
Note 19
870.1
-
-164.1
115.0
-279.1
-
933.3
933.3
European Investment Bank bonds
Note 19
1,143.4
-
-186.2
149.7
-335.9
812.0
515.9
1,327.9
Time distribution profile of nominal amounts and the corresponding average interest rates of hedging instruments
2023
nominal value of instruments with remaining maturity
1 to 3 years
3 to 8 years
over 8 years
nominal (PLN)
average %
nominal (PLN)
average %
nominal (PLN)
average %
fixed %
4.78%
5.45%
-
Interest rate swaps (IRS PLN) fixed – float
variable %
5,112.0
6.28%
6,750.0
6.05%
-
-
fixed %
-
-
1.75%
Interest rate swaps (IRS EUR) fixed – float
variable %
-
-
-
-
908.7
4.07%
2022
nominal value of instruments with remaining maturity
3 to 8 years
over 8 years
nominal (PLN)
average %
nominal (PLN)
average %
fixed %
2.69%
-
Interest rate swaps (IRS PLN) fixed – float
variable %
812.0
7.30%
-
-
fixed %
-
1.75%
Interest rate swaps (IRS EUR) fixed – float
variable %
-
-
1,449.2
2.33%
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
148
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Net interest on derivative hedging instruments is disclosed as interest on securities measured through other comprehensive income which presents net interest of positions hedged within the described strategy.
Measurements of hedging instruments including component due to the settlement of the price alignment amount and hedged transactions are presented in the Bank’s income statement as Net (loss)/income on hedge accounting in note 6 .
The split of the result of measurements of hedging and hedged transaction into individual hedging strategies is presented in the table below.
2023
2022
change in fair value used to test strategy effectiveness
change in fair value used to test strategy effectiveness
Type of economic relation
hedged position
hedging instrument
ineffective part of the hedging relationship recognised in P&L
hedged position
hedging instrument
ineffective part of the hedging relationship recognised in P&L
Hedging of debt securities in PLN
317.8
-327.0
-9.2
-357.0
331.3
-25.7
Hedging of debt securities in EUR
83.2
-82.8
0.4
-170.5
160.8
-9.7
Total
401.0
-409.8
-8.8
-527.6
492.2
-35.4
3.8.2. Cash flow hedge accounting
The Bank applies hedge accounting principles for cash flows to a specified portfolio of assets / liabilities / highly probable planned financial transactions of the Bank (e.g. extrapolations of financial flows resulting from renewable deposits / overdraft facilities). The applied hedging strategies are aimed at hedging the Bank’s exposures against the risk of changes to future cash flows resulting from interest rate risk.
The hedge applies to a specified portfolio of financial assets and/or liabilities or a portfolio of planned transactions that cover variable interest rate financial instruments (financial products based on WIBOR/ EURIBOR) and thus that are exposed to the risk of changes to future cash flows due to changes to market rates – WIBOR/EURIBOR.
For its strategy relating to calculations of changes to the fair value of future cash flows in the hedged portfolio, the Bank applies the method of a “hypothetical derivative” (being a method which provides for a possibility to reflect the hedged position and nature of the hedged risk in the form of a derivative instrument). The valuation principles are similar to the valuation principles of interest rate derivative instruments. Strategy effectiveness research also includes:
• prospective high-probability test of future cash flows,
• retrospective high-probability test of future cash flows confirming, on the basis of actual values, that the adopted model works correctly,
• retrospective test of homogeneity of the portfolio of the hedged item based on statistical analysis (regression method).
The sources of ineffectiveness of strategies that is manifested in the profit and loss account, may result from:
• differences in the timing of cash flows of the hedged positions versus the timing of cash flows under derivative hedging instruments,
• mismatch resulting from the use of various valuation curves of the hedging instrument and the hypothetical derivative into PLN denominated positions (that is: interest rate derivative hedging instruments are valued on the basis of valuation curves developed on the basis of daily hedges of valuation exposures – OIS discounting),
• adjustments to valuation of hedging instruments due to pre-settlement credit risk (bilateral value adjustment); however, those do not have material impact on the presented values due to the fact that only interbank market transactions were designated as hedging instruments and that are additionally hedged with a deposit margin placed or received respectively, depending on the exposure type.
From the viewpoint of economic relationships, the Bank’s existing hedging strategies contain the following types of hedge relationships:
• the hedging instrument for active positions in the interest rate risk hedging strategy is the position on the Interest Rate Swap of the "pay floating, receive the fixed" type, while the
• hedging instrument hedging the liability is the position on the Interest Rate Swap of the "pay fixed, receive variable".
Due to the fact that the hedged position covered with specific strategies keeps affecting the profit and loss account) (by measurement at amortised cost), net interest of the derivative instruments hedging the portfolio:
• of financial assets is presented as interest on loans and other receivables granted to customers, measured at amortised cost,
• of financial liabilities is presented as interest on liabilities to customers.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
149
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
The tables below present the fair values and nominal values of hedged instruments in cash flow hedge accounting. Notional amounts of the derivatives were presented in the amounts purchased.
2023
fair value
nominal value of instruments with remaining maturity
Assets
Liabilities
under
1 year
1 to 3
years
3 to 8
years
over
8 years
Total
Cash flow hedges, of which:
204.8
273.5
88,252.4
148,218.9
186,554.5
8,883.5
431,909.3
settled via CCP
144.5
160.0
80,931.6
147,438.7
186,554.5
8,883.5
423,808.3
Interest rate swaps (IRS PLN) fixed – float
133.6
187.6
73,717.0
137,585.9
158,340.3
6,179.0
375,822.2
Interest rate swaps (IRS EUR) fixed – float
71.2
85.9
14,535.4
10,633.0
28,214.2
2,704.5
56,087.1
2022
fair value
nominal value of instruments with remaining maturity
Assets
Liabilities
under
1 year
1 to 3
years
3 to 8
years
over
8 years
Total
Cash flow hedges, of which:
139.2
367.2
32,709.6
109,455.0
159,760.0
20,977.3
322,901.9
settled via CCP
64.0
65.6
30,706.2
101,067.2
159,760.0
20,977.3
312,510.7
Interest rate swaps (IRS PLN) fixed – float
65.6
279.8
31,123.5
91,138.6
131,217.3
16,137.3
269,616.7
Interest rate swaps (IRS EUR) fixed – float
73.6
87.4
1,586.1
18,316.4
28,542.7
4,840.0
53,285.2
As at 31 December 2023, PLN -5,168.8 million (including tax) was recorded in other comprehensive income regarding the effective part of the hedging relationship in cash flow hedge accounting (PLN -7,751.9 million as at 31 December 2022). The ineffective part of the hedging relationship resulting from the mismatch in offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged item recognised in profit or loss in 2023 amounted to PLN 4.0 million compared to PLN -4.0 million in 2022.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
150
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Impact of the application of cash flow hedge accounting on profit and loss account and other comprehensive income
2023
fair value
changes to fair value of hedging instruments used to review the effectiveness of the strategy
amount reclassified from other comprehensive income
Assets
Liabilities
unrealised result on
revaluation recognised in the period*
the effective part of the hedge recognised in other comprehensive income in the period**
the ineffective part of the hedging relationship recognised in the profit and loss account***
resulting interest income
from existing hedging relationships
amortization of the result of the completed strategy
security
Cash flow hedges, of which:
204.8
273.5
3,194.6
-3,190.6
4.0
-2,666.2
1.6
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial assets in PLN
66.7
166.4
6,125.8
-6,088.4
37.4
-3,951.2
-
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial assets in EUR
25.6
50.5
321.1
-321.1
0.0
-160.0
0.6
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial liabilities in PLN
67.0
21.3
-3,219.9
3,186.5
-33.4
1,436.9
-
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial liabilities in EUR
45.5
35.3
-32.4
32.4
0.0
8.1
-
CIRS CHF/PLN resulting from decomposition of an actual CIRS transaction, hedging the portfolio of financial assets in CHF
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.2
CIRS EUR/PLN resulting from decomposition of an actual transaction, hedging the portfolio of financial assets in EUR
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.8
*) disclosed in the statement of financial position as Derivative hedge instruments
**) disclosed in the statement of financial position as Accumulated other comprehensive income and in note 33.2 . (the amount in the table does not include tax)
***) disclosed in the profit and loss account in the dedicated line item Net (loss)/income on hedge accounting and in note 6 .
2022
fair value
changes to fair value of hedging instruments used to review the effectiveness of the strategy
amount reclassified from other comprehensive income
Assets
Liabilities
unrealised result on
revaluation recognised in the period
the effective part of the hedge recognised in other comprehensive income in the period
the ineffective part of the hedging relationship recognised in the profit and loss account
resulting interest income
from existing hedging relationships
amortization of the result of the completed strategy
security
Cash flow hedges, of which:
139.2
367.2
-5,875.5
5,871.5
-4.0
-1,616.3
1.9
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial assets in PLN
34.1
263.3
-6,584.3
6,546.9
-37.4
-2,417.3
-
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial assets in EUR
23.5
47.5
-756.5
756.5
0.0
28.1
0.8
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial liabilities in PLN
31.5
16.5
1,314.4
-1,281.0
33.4
788.9
-
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial liabilities in EUR
50.1
39.9
150.9
-150.9
0.0
-16.0
-
CIRS CHF/PLN resulting from decomposition of an actual CIRS transaction, hedging the portfolio of financial assets in CHF
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.3
CIRS EUR/PLN resulting from decomposition of an actual transaction, hedging the portfolio of financial assets in EUR
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.8
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
151
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Time distribution profile of nominal amounts and the corresponding average interest rates of hedging instruments
2023
notional value of the position on the hedging instrument with a remaining maturity
up to 1 year
1 to 3 years
3 to 8 years
over 8 years
nominal (PLN)
average %
nominal (PLN)
average %
nominal (PLN)
average %
nominal (PLN)
average %
fixed %
3.27%
2.86%
3.44%
5.25%
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial assets in PLN
variable %
11,590.5
6.02%
22,655.3
6.02%
51,018.3
6.02%
3,232.0
5.96%
fixed %
3.43%
3.55%
5.04%
6.14%
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial liabilities in PLN
variable %
-2,298.5
5.88%
-15,594.6
5.91%
28,291.4
5.78%
2,947.0
5.76%
fixed %
0.89%
0.40%
0.77%
2.40%
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial assets in EUR
variable %
1,078.3
3.94%
3,824.1
3.93%
4,778.5
3.93%
730.5
3.93%
fixed %
1.26%
0.30%
0.85%
2.00%
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial liabilities in EUR
variable %
-126.1
3.96%
108.7
3.99%
-156.5
4.00%
347.8
3.99%
2022
notional value of the position on the hedging instrument with a remaining maturity
up to 1 year
1 to 3 years
3 to 8 years
over 8 years
nominal (PLN)
average %
nominal (PLN)
average %
nominal (PLN)
average %
nominal (PLN)
average %
fixed %
2.83%
2.45%
2.96%
4.03%
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial assets in PLN
variable %
12,610.5
7.37%
27,531.8
7.39%
40,192.4
7.40%
7,393.3
7.42%
fixed %
1.66%
2.09%
4.66%
5.22%
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial liabilities in PLN
variable %
-4,038.0
7.43%
12,156.8
7.38%
17,605.9
7.42%
5,482.0
7.55%
fixed %
0.74%
0.47%
0.30%
0.87%
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial assets in EUR
variable %
85.4
1.70%
3,998.1
1.71%
3,390.8
1.75%
450.2
1.83%
fixed %
-
1.03%
0.45%
1.59%
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial liabilities in EUR
variable %
-
-
-65.7
1.20%
220.4
1.34%
919.2
1.67%
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
152
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
The periods in which the Bank expects the hedged cash flows in cash flow hedge accounting and thus which will affect the financial profit are presented below.
2023
cash flows in PLN (PLN million)
cash flows in EUR (EUR million)
inflows (assets)
outflows (liabilities)
net cash flows
inflows (assets)
outflows (liabilities)
net cash flows
up to 1 year
4,356.6
-813.2
3,543.4
76.9
-1.0
75.9
1-3 years
5,530.0
-2,463.0
3,067.0
72.5
-2.4
70.1
3-8 years
3,982.4
-3,155.9
826.5
48.9
-10.6
38.3
over 8 years
68.8
-66.2
2.6
3.5
-1.5
2.0
2022
cash flows in PLN (PLN million)
cash flows in EUR (EUR million)
inflows (assets)
outflows (liabilities)
net cash flows
inflows (assets)
outflows (liabilities)
net cash flows
up to 1 year
5,875.1
-2,360.8
3,514.3
53.3
-7.0
46.3
1-3 years
7,495.0
-3,625.7
3,869.3
90.2
-14.4
75.8
3-8 years
7,446.4
-4,850.3
2,596.1
44.1
-32.6
11.5
over 8 years
420.0
-323.0
97.0
4.8
-5.8
-1.0
3.8.3. Impact of the reform of key interest rate benchmarks on the Bank's hedging strategies
The Bank applies fair value and cash flow hedge accounting in accordance with IAS 39, and interest rate and foreign currency risks are designated as hedged risks in various micro and macro models. The hedged exposures are mainly loan portfolios, purchased debt securities and savings/deposits.
The Bank applied the amendments to IAS 39 issued in September 2019 to hedging relationships that are based on WIBOR due to the work alreardy undertaken on the reform of this benchmark, inaccordance with the disclosures in the chapter II. 3.7 . Impact of the benchmark rate reform .
4. Liquidity and funding risk
4.1. Introduction
4.2. Liquidity and funding risk management objectives
4.3. Liquidity and funding risk management policies
4.4. Liquidity and funding risk management process
4.5. Types of liquidity and funding risk
4.6. Structure and organisation of the risk management process
4.7. Risk management framework
4.8. Centralisation of the risk management process
4.9. Liquidity risk reporting and measurement systems
4.10. Analysis of the maturity of financial assets and liabilities according to contractual payment terms
4.1. Introduction
ING Bank Śląski S.A. recognises the process of stable management of liquidity and funding risk as a major process at the Bank. Liquidity and funding risk is understood by the Bank as the risk of the lack of ability to perform financial liabilities under on- and off-balance sheet items at reasonable prices. The Bank maintains liquidity so that the Bank's financial liabilities can always be repaid with the available funds, inflows from maturing transactions, available funding sources at market prices and/or liquidation of negotiable assets.
4.2. Liquidity and funding risk management objectives
The main objective of the liquidity and funding risk management process is to maintain an appropriate level of liquidity in order to ensure safe and stable operation of the Bank under normal market conditions and during the crisis.
4.3. Liquidity and funding risk management policies
In order to optimise the process of liquidity and financing risk management, the Bank has created the Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Policy at ING Bank Śląski S.A. , which aims to describe the rules ensuring appropriate sources of financing and minimising the risk and costs associated with funding. The Policy describes the general approach to the process of liquidity risk management and funding in the Bank. The Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Policy at ING Bank Śląski S.A. is complemented by the Instruction Contingency Financing Plan at ING
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
153
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Bank Śląski S.A. , which defines the organisation and activities aimed at eliminating liquidity shortages in stressed conditions.
The Policy results from the business risk management strategy approved by the Supervisory Board (including the liquidity and funding risk management strategy). In particular, it reflects the risk appetite defined in the strategy and approved by the Supervisory Board.
The permissible level of liquidity and funding risk is defined through a multi-element system. This approach is consistent with the approach described in the Policy for determining and monitoring risk appetite in the area of market risk and liquidity .
4.4. Liquidity and funding risk management process
The general approach to liquidity and funding risk management is composed of five recurring activities:
1) risk identification,
2) risk assessment,
3) risk control,
4) monitoring and
5) reporting.
Risk identification and assessment
Risk identification shall be carried out annually or ad-hoc through the organisation of risk identification workshops. Each identified risk is assessed in order to determine the significance of such risk for the Bank. Risk identification is also carried out in the process of implementing new products. The valuation of risk and its materiality is assessed on the basis of the probability with which this risk occurs and the magnitude of the financial impact if this risk materialises.
Control
Risks are controlled through actions that reduce the probability of a risk materialising or actions that reduce the impact if a risk materialises. One of the elements of risk control is the definition of an acceptable level of risk.
Monitoring and reporting
n important element of risk management is continuous checking whether the implemented risk control is performed. Regular checks show that risk control measures are effective. An important element of the liquidity and financing risk management process is appropriate reporting, which provides managers with information necessary
for risk management. The ability to show shareholders and partners that the Bank controls risk allows them to gain their trust, one of the most important elements in banking. Well-organised and designed regular inspections and monitoring are essential for good risk management.
In addition, the Bank prepares an ILAAP process report. It presents, in a comprehensive and consistent manner, key indicators and figures on the Bank’s liquidity risk profile. It takes into account the Bank’s strategy, financing plan and risk tolerance. The report results are approved by the Management Board, which informs the Supervisory Board of the assessment results.
In accordance with Recommendation S, the Bank makes a detailed analysis of long-term liquidity with focus on mortgage loans. The above liquidity analysis shows risk levels related to long-term funding of mortgage loans.
The Bank pursues an active policy of liquidity management with reference to core currencies. For those currencies, liquidity risk measurement and limitation is made per currency and the management of operational liquidity is performed separately for each currency and it is incorporated in the risk transfer system.
Intraday liquidity is actively managed by the Centre of Expertise Treasury. The process manages the position and risk of short-term liquidity (one day and intraday). The objective is to comply with payment and settlement duties in a timely manner in regular operations and in extraordinary/stress situations.
The Bank operates a risk transfer system within which market risks, including liquidity risk, are transferred to the Centre of Expertise Treasury. Applying adequate tools, it manages the risks in a centralised manner within the limit system applied by the Bank.
The liquidity risk management procedures adopted at the Bank are presented annually to the relevant bank employees involved in the bank's liquidity management process. Persons involved in the bank's liquidity management process confirm that they have familiarized themselves with and understand the procedures used and control the correctness of their implementation.
4.5. Types of liquidity and funding risk
The Bank splits liquidity risk into two groups:
• liquidity risk resulting from external factors, and
• risk of internal factors relating to the specific bank.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
154
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
The Bank's goal is a conservative approach to liquidity risk management that will allow safely survive events specific for ING Bank Śląski S.A. and for the entire banking sector.
In terms of time horizon, the Bank splits liquidity risk into:
• operational – focused on current funding of the Bank’s position and on managing intraday liquidity,
• strategic – focused on ensuring that the Bank's structural liquidity positions are at an acceptable level.
Considering the tenor and clients’ behaviour (the two aspects affecting the Bank’s liquidity), the Bank identifies three types of liquidity and funding risk:
• structural – understood as a potentially adverse impact on the Bank's revenues due to a mismatch between the anticipated maturities of the Bank's assets and liabilities as well as the risk of no re-financing possibilities in the future,
• related to clients’ behaviour – understood as a potentially adverse impact on the Bank's revenues due to the embedded liquidity options in the products offered by the Bank,
• related to stress conditions – understood as a risk of lack of possibility by the Bank to comply with its financial obligations when due to insufficient available funds or when the generation of such funds is impossible at any price which results in immediate insolvency of the Bank.
4.6. Structure and organisation of the risk management process
The Bank's Management Board and the Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) play a specific role in liquidity and funding risk management.
The Supervisory Board is responsible for:
• approving the liquidity risk tolerance, the overall accepted level of liquidity and funding risk (in HL RAS) presented to the Supervisory Board by the Management Board.
The Bank's Management Board is responsible for:
• designing a strategy related to liquidity and funding risk, the target liquidity position, the relevant funding methods and liquidity risk profile,
• determination of an acceptable risk level (risk appetite), tolerance of liquidity risk and submitting it for approval by the Supervisory Board,
• acceptance of changes to the limits of liquidity and funding risk (in MB RAS),
• acceptance of a liquidity and funding risk management policy and major modifications thereto, in particular limits adequate to the general level of acceptable risk approved by the Supervisory Board,
• ensuring the allocation of adequate human resources and ITC resources in the Bank to implement the policy.
• approving the levels of liquidity bonuses based on the level advised by the Centre of Expertise Treasury resulting from the liquidity premium review and / or adjusts it when deemed necessary due to strategic changes in the balance sheet or other factors.
The Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) is responsible for:
• implementation of the Bank's strategy with respect to liquidity and funding risk,
• management of a liquidity buffer within the relevant policies and limits approved by the Bank's Management Board, the related operational actions are delegated to the Centre of Expertise Treasury,
• supervision and monitoring of liquidity risk levels as well as the funding structure in the Bank's balance sheet,
• monthly analysis of the short-, medium- and long-term liquidity profile (strategic liquidity positions) presented in reports defined by the regulator and internal reports, in the event of identified structural problems (e.g. the need for very high refinancing in the future) ALCO is responsible for issuing instructions to the appropriate business units in order to obtain an appropriate liquidity profile,
• acceptance of changes in liquidity and funding risk limits (in LCS and ALCO RAS),
• implementation of limits within the adopted risk appetite (approved in accordance with the division of responsibilities in determining the levels of limits defined in the Policy for determining and monitoring risk appetite in the area of market risk and liquidity risk) , approving assumptions for reports and models,
• analysis of all proposed modifications to the liquidity and funding policies and submission of positively reviewed modifications to the Bank's Management Board,
• approving assumptions for reports and models used to measure, monitor and control liquidity and funding risk.
4.7. Risk management framework
The framework liquidity and funding risk management principles contain all material methods with respect to intraday, shorty-term, medium-term and long-term liquidity and funding risk management. This is made up of the following key elements:
• limit system and liquidity risk measurement,
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
155
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
• monitoring of funding sources and concentration risk,
• liquidity reserve management,
• management of intraday liquidity,
• management of hedging items,
• stress tests and contingency plans.
Limits system and liquidity risk measurement
Formal limits are set by the regulator of the banking sector and/or the Bank for various liquidity risk measures. The acceptable level of funding and liquidity risk is defined by a several-element system: the general level of the Bank's acceptable risk, which is approved by the Bank's Supervisory Board, and the system of limits, which is approved in accordance with the division of responsibilities in determining the levels of limits defined in the Policy for determining and monitoring risk appetite in the area of market risk and liquidity risk . The Supervisory Board is provided with information on compliance with the measures, minimum on a quarterly basis.
The limit level is based on the Bank's strategic objectives, identified liquidity risks, results of stress tests and the principles set forth by regulatory authorities. The limits are taken into account in planning processes (implementation of the approved plans may not result in the limits being exceeded). In most instances, the limits have a pre-defined warning level, set above (or below) supervisory limits. The admissible liquidity risk level is determined and updated minimum once a year.
The limit system is more detailed than the risk level approved by the Supervisory Board. The admissible risk level is guaranteed by risk monitoring in various reports concerning liquidity and funding risk in the course of the Bank's normal/regular activity and in extraordinary/extreme situations. Inter alia, the Bank monitors funding concentration risk, the internal liquidity safety buffer and verifies the stability of external funding.
On a weekly basis, the Bank’s Management Board receives a liquidity risk report with information on key liquidity measures, On a monthly basis, the Bank’s Management Board and the ALCO Committee receive comprehensive information on liquidity risk.
Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) and net stable funding ratio (NSFR)
In accordance with the obligations and principles set out in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council, as amended by Regulation (EU) No 2019/876 of the European Parliament and of the Council and
Commission Delegated Regulations (EU) 2015/61, 2018/1620 and 2022/1994, the Bank calculates supervisory liquidity measures:
• short-term liquidity measures (LCR - Liquidity Covered Ratio) - it is to ensure that the Bank has an appropriate level of high-quality liquid assets that will cover liquidity needs over a period of 30 calendar days in stressed conditions. In 2023, a regulatory limit of 100% was in force,
• long-term liquidity measures (NSFR - Net Stable Funding Ratio) - it aims to ensure a minimum level of available funding in the medium and long term. In 2023, a regulatory limit of 100% was in force.
The Bank is obligated to report the liquidity measures to the regulator monthly and quarterly.
At the end of 2023 and 2022, the supervisory liquidity measures were:
Liquidity measures
Minimum value
2023
2022
LCR
Liquidity coverage ratio
100%
277%
156%
NSFR
Net stable funding ratio
100%
181%
157%
Below is a breakdown of Level 1 liquid assets used by the Bank in the calculation of the LCR liquidity ratio (as defined in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/61) as at the end of 2023 and 2022, respectively. Level 1 liquid assets include assets with exceptionally high liquidity and credit quality.
Level 1 liquid assets
2023
2022
Cash
782.4
932.6
Cash in nostro accounts with the Central Bank net of the required reserve
4.4
3.3
Other exposures to the Central Bank (O/N deposit, cash bills)
6,759.6
3,713.0
Unencumbered Treasury bonds
39,903.1
30,302.6
Unencumbered European Investment Bank bonds
7,116.7
6,513.3
Unencumbered BGK bonds
1,692.0
1,559.4
Total
56,258.2
43,024.2
In Level 1 liquid assets, securities are presented at their market value. The liquidity position of the Bank is reduced by securities encumbered (underlying, locked) and increased by securities received as collateral in reverse-repo or buy- sell-back transactions.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
156
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Additional liquidity monitoring measures (ALMM)
In compliance with the Commission Implementing Regulations (EU) 2022/1994, the Bank reports a set of additional monitoring rations for liquidity reporting. The reports include:
• mismatch by maturity,
• financial concentration by counterparty,
• financial concentration by product type,
• prices for various financing periods,
• prolonged financing,
• concentration of ability to balance liquidity by issuer.
Internal liquidity reports
Another major element in the Bank's liquidity management risk process covers internally defined reports presenting detailed and varied approach by the Bank to measurement and management of the risk. The Bank models liquidity characteristics, both of its assets and liabilities in order to provide for clients’ anticipated/actual behaviour. Modelling is mixed. This means than an analysis of clients’ behaviour relies on historic data and expert judgment.
A structural liquidity report is one of such internal liquidity reports. The report presents the gap between the Bank's assets and liabilities in time buckets on correctly functioning markets. The report is used to monitor and manage medium- and long-term liquidity positions. It serves as a support in the planning process of the balance sheet and funding. It also indicates all major funding needs in the future.
The report is a scenario for the current balance sheet in normal market conditions. It does not cover any additional projections of balance sheet development. However, it provides for clients’ typical behaviour observed in previous periods. For instance: cash flows under mortgage loans, cash loans, loans in the current account provide for prepayments and cash flows for savings accounts and current accounts are allocated subject to characteristics of liquidity.
Report of structural liquidity
1-6 months
7-12 months
1-5 years
6-10 years
11-15 years
over 15 years
2023
Liquidity gap
42,776.7
12,452.2
18,702.9
-13,466.2
-45,801.0
-14,664.5
Cumulative liquidity gap
42,776.7
55,228.9
73,931.8
60,465.5
14,664.5
0.0
2022
Liquidity gap
22,716.6
12,476.3
33,982.0
-7,574.5
-51,756.4
-9,844.0
Cumulative liquidity gap
22,716.6
35,192.9
69,174.9
61,600.4
9,844.0
0.0
Monitoring of funding sources and concentration risk
Minimum once a year, the Bank determines the Bank's overall business strategy and the resultant medium-term (3 years) financial plan with a general risk strategy. Financial plan is an indispensable element of the strategy which provides for an effective diversification of funding sources and tenors.
ALCO actively manages the funding base. Additionally, it monitors funding sources in order to:
• verify compliance with the strategy and financial plan,
• identify potential risks related to funding.
Customers’ deposits (retail and corporate) are the core funding source for ING Bank Śląski S.A. The Bank monitors the funding structure and thus verifies concentration risk by analysing its deposit base split into:
• type of financing,
• client segment,
• product type,
• currencies,
• geographical region, and
• concentration of large deposits.
Periodical analyses also monitor the risk generated by related clients (within capital groups).
The existing funding structure is well diversified. Below is the funding structure as at 2023 and 2022 yearend, split into direct and mutual funding. Direct funding covers products where transaction is "one-sided": funds are taken and then repaid. Mutual funding covers products where funding is simultaneously given and taken (in separate
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
157
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
currencies or in separate products). Direct funding is provided mainly by retail and corporate clients while mutual funding comprised primarily funds acquired from other banks.
Direct funding:
2023
2022
Core client segments
direct funding
share
direct funding
share
Banks
181
0.1%
139
0.1%
Corporate clients
76,951
32.9%
71,830
34.4%
Retail clients
125,539
53.8%
117,813
56.4%
Own issue / subordinated loan
9,174
3.9%
1,641
0.8%
Equity
21,693
9.3%
17,459
8.4%
Mutual funding:
2023
2022
Core client segments
mutual funding
share
mutual funding
share
Banks
16,061
94.9%
23,494
95.0%
Corporate clients
855
5.1%
1,235
5.0%
Liquidity reserve management
Maintenance of an adequate liquidity buffer is a major element in managing the Bank’s liquidity. The liquidity buffer presents the available liquidity, required to cover the gap between cumulative outflows and inflows within a relatively short time. It covers assets that are “unencumbered” and easily available to acquire liquidity. Unencumbered assets are understood as assets that are free of any legal, regulatory, contractual restrictions to have them disposed of by the Bank. The liquidity buffer is crucial in the times of a crisis when the Bank has to obtain liquidity in a short time when the standard funding sources are unavailable or insufficient.
The liquidity buffer is maintained as a safeguard against materialisation of various extraordinary scenarios, providing for needs of additional liquidity which may arise at any time in extraordinary circumstances and in normal conditions.
The table below presents the structure of the liquid asset buffer as at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022:
2023
2022
Structure of the liquidity buffer
share
share
Treasury bonds or bonds issued by the central bank (PLN)
68.8%
60.2%
Treasury bonds or bonds issued by the central bank (EUR)
9.2%
14.2%
bonds of BGK and EIB
22.0%
25.6%
The Bank provides for realistic reductions due to impairment of securities with the level thereof being regularly reviewed and approved by ALCO. The reductions are assessed inter alia on the basis of market liquidity and depth, volatility of market prices, requirements of the central bank.
The Bank also observes asset concentrations ensuring their safe diversification in terms of issuer, maturity and currency.
Management of intraday liquidity
The Bank actively manages positions and risks of short-term (one-day and intraday) liquidity in order to comply with its payment and settlement obligations when due in normal market conditions and in extraordinary/stress situations.
The intraday liquidity management process is critical for correct functioning of the Bank as a whole and applies to normal market conditions and extraordinary (crisis) situations. It is a component of current operational liquidity management. Managing its intraday liquidity, the Bank applies intraday ratios. Intraday liquidity ratios are monitored on an ongoing basis and presented to the competent liquidity risk management units and to ALCO.
Intraday liquidity management includes the maintenance of readiness to comply with the Bank’s obligations also in crisis circumstances. In this connection, it is necessary to maintain an adequate liquidity buffer on the basis of information on the potential worsening of the Bank's access to intraday liquidity as a result of a market stress. In order to maintain an adequate liquidity buffer, the Bank applies intraday stress tests in its stress test program.
Management of hedging items
The management of hedging items covers both positions under CSA and GIMRA contracts as well as positions of liquid assets related to operations with the central bank. This is performed on the level corresponding to the provided services, the Bank's portfolio, funding profile and liquidity requirements.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
158
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Most of the Bank's counterparties in derivative transactions have signed Credit Support Annexes (CSA) to ISDA agreements. They regulate the issue of support to portfolios of derivative transactions. They provide for the right to demand margin deposits by parties whose valuation of the portfolio is positive on a specific day (the party’s portfolio is in-the-money) and the right to demand release of the margin when the valuation changes.
Within the strategy of setting margins for each counterparty to CSA, the transaction portfolio is measured daily for margin requirements.
Derivative instruments such as FRA and IRS are settled via CCP (Central Clearing Party) clearing houses. This provides for effective management of margin deposits and mitigates the counterparty settlement risk. ING Bank Śląski S.A. has signed agreements with KDPW CCP and London Clearing House (LCH) and EUREX.
4.8. Centralisation of the risk management process
The liquidity risk management process is fully centralised in treasury and risk management functions. Liquidity risk (along with the generated liquidity position) of each business line is transferred to the Centre of Expertise Treasury for central management.
The Bank provides for costs and benefits of various types of liquidity risks in the system of internal transfer pricing, in its measurement of profitability and the approval process of new products in all major business areas (both on- and off-balance sheet). The Centre of Expertise Treasury manages the positions transferred to its books over the risk transfer system, including the management of liquidity risk related to resetting the premium for liquidity.
In order to ensure correct, independent and centralised performance of the tasks in the liquidity risk management process (including risk management and reporting as well as preparation, review and updates of documentation), the Bank operates the Market Risk Management Department which reports to a Deputy President of the Management Board.
4.9. Liquidity risk reporting and measurement systems
Liquidity risk reporting and measurement processes are automated. The Bank holds tools automatically generating a set of liquidity reports on a daily or monthly basis. Information of risk measures supports ongoing monitoring of liquidity profiles and control of basic measures. The reports on liquidity risk are submitted to units involved in the risk management process.
4.10. Analysis of the maturity of financial assets and liabilities according to contractual payment terms
The tables below present financial assets and liabilities (excluding valuation of derivatives) split by remaining (from the reporting date) contractual maturities. The presented values provide for future interest payments. With respect to contingent liabilities granted, the maturity analysis covers the closest possible performance of the liabilities by the Bank.
2023
without
a specific date
up to 1 month
1- 12 months
1-5 years
over 5 years
Financial assets, including:
21,758.6
27,672.7
43,783.2
120,656.3
98,492.5
Cash in hand and balances with the Central Bank
4,287.3
2,464.1
0.0
0.0
0.0
Loans and other receivables to other banks
145.0
13,531.0
6,509.0
2,924.0
0.0
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss (excluding the valuation of derivatives)
0.4
628.4
80.2
812.5
233.7
Investment securities
235.9
4,476.0
7,321.6
46,737.0
4,008.4
Loans and other receivables to customers
17,090.0
6,571.0
29,848.8
70,182.8
94,250.4
Other financial assets
0.0
2.2
23.6
0.0
0.0
Financial Liabilities, including:
173,602.7
16,399.4
19,565.6
9,343.3
3,544.8
Liabilities to other banks
638.6
505.1
467.8
7,987.3
1,148.7
Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss (excluding the valuation of derivatives)
0.0
165.7
27.6
488.6
258.3
Liabilities to customers
172,964.1
13,075.8
18,358.6
76.1
565.3
Subordinated liabilities
0.0
5.7
79.0
772.4
1,132.9
Other financial liabilities
0.0
2,647.1
632.6
18.9
439.6
Contingent liabilities granted
3,379.1
956.0
21,580.6
16,699.6
12,486.4
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
159
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
2022
without
a specific date
up to 1 month
1- 12 months
1-5 years
over 5 years
Financial assets, including:
21,964.2
10,624.8
31,750.1
115,852.4
114,601.8
Cash in hand and balances with the Central Bank
2,297.7
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Loans and other receivables to other banks
329.1
782.9
261.3
2,320.2
0.0
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss (excluding the valuation of derivatives)
1.8
523.0
95.9
590.4
120.8
Investment securities
120.9
3,796.3
1,979.6
42,954.7
7,400.0
Loans and other receivables to customers measured at amortised cost
19,214.7
5,511.3
29,399.7
69,987.1
107,081.0
Other financial assets
0.0
11.3
13.6
0.0
0.0
Financial Liabilities, including:
169,541.8
9,961.9
16,220.2
771.8
2,735.0
Liabilities to other banks
573.1
10.0
74.7
0.0
0.0
Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss (excluding the valuation of derivatives)
0.0
164.2
12.1
412.1
178.7
Liabilities to customers
168,968.7
7,267.9
15,451.6
107.3
447.1
Subordinated liabilities
0.0
3.3
55.9
237.5
1,735.2
Other financial liabilities
0.0
2,516.5
625.9
14.9
374.0
Contingent liabilities granted
3,197.8
565.2
16,773.6
16,384.4
13,061.9
The tables below present a maturity analysis of derivative financial instruments with a negative valuation as at the reporting date. The analysis is based on remaining contractual maturities.
Derivative financial instruments settled in net amounts
Derivative financial instruments settled by the Bank on a net basis cover IRS, FRA, options and FX Forward NDF transactions. The data in tables reflect – in case of IRS transactions – non-discounted future interest cash flows; in case of other transactions, the cash flows equivalent to the valuation as at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022 respectively.
2023
up to 1 month
1- 12 months
1-5 years
over 5 years
IRS transactions, of which:
-1,932.4
-1,141.6
4,844.9
457.4
hedging transactions in hedge accounting
-726.7
-467.1
1,833.5
119.2
other derivatives
-21.4
-127.2
-12.8
0.0
2022
up to 1 month
1- 12 months
1-5 years
over 5 years
IRS transactions, of which:
1,183.8
4,151.3
-2,028.7
-1,030.1
hedging transactions in hedge accounting
345.5
1,053.3
-1,045.6
-878.0
other derivatives
-27.5
-66.2
-29.5
0.0
Derivative financial instruments settled in gross amounts
Derivative financial instruments settled by the Bank on a gross basis cover FX Swap, FX Forward and CIRS transactions. The data in tables reflect non-discounted contractual cash outflows and inflows of nominals and – in case of CIRS transactions – as interest, as at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022 respectively.
2023
up to 1 month
1- 12 months
1-5 years
outflows
-4,643.4
-3,109.1
-2,117.5
inflows
4,570.1
2,969.2
1,998.8
2022
up to 1 month
1- 12 months
1-5 years
outflows
-5,244.5
-8,133.8
-2,160.2
inflows
5,143.3
7,726.5
2,126.2
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
160
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
5. Operational risk
5.1. Introduction
Operational risk is defined in the Bank as the possibility of direct or indirect loss resulting from maladjustment or failure of internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk also includes legal risk and model risk.
Operational risk management is an integral part of the Bank’s management process. The operational risk management process and business processes show mutual dependence, which means that information obtained in the operational risk management process is taken into account when making decisions concerning business activities, and the operational risk management process takes into account business decisions.
5.2. Operational risk management objectives
The operational risk management objectives, which are part of the Bank’s overall risk management strategy, are defined on the basis of:
• regulatory requirements,
• recommendations of the Bank’s Management Board and Supervisory Board,
• plans and good practices of the ING Group,
• the need to implement the risk mitigation measures identified in the course of external and internal evaluations and audits,
• improvement plans in the area of risk management.
The Bank’s Management Board - after obtaining the approval of the Supervisory Board - defined the operational risk management strategy. The strategy takes into account legal and regulatory requirements and builds on ING Group best practices.
In addition, in consultation with the Supervisory Board, in the risk appetite declaration the Management Board has specified the maximum permissible loss limits, capital limits and the scope of risk that it is willing to take in order to achieve the planned business objectives - in full compliance with the law and regulations. The level of utilisation of limits is monitored and periodically presented to the Management Board, Risk Committee and Supervisory Board.
The main objective in operational risk management is to continuously improve the safety of the Bank and its customers, reduce operating costs and improve operational efficiency.
In addition to the implementation of basic processes in the area of operational risk, in 2023 the Bank focused its activities on:
• building integrated tools for non-financial risks, also in the area of fraud,
• maintaining a uniform control framework covering the Bank’s subsidiaries,
• raising the level of maturity of risk culture among the Bank’s employees,
• integration of ESG risks into risk management processes,
• updating the risk management rules in the area of new technologies used in the Bank,
• proactive identification of high-risk areas,
• analysing the new approach to reporting non-financial risks, based on data metrics, and we continued to implement a new risk categorisation.
5.3. Operational risk management policies
With regard to operational risk management, the Bank has a consistent and continuously updated package of internal normative documents.
The principles and guidelines contained in the regulations are aimed at limiting the effects and probability of financial losses and reputational damage.
The Bank’s operational risk management system is based on:
• legal norms,
• requirements resulting from internal regulations being an element of the Bank’s strategy - Non-financial Risk Appetite Declaration and Operational Risk Management Policy , which defines the main operational risk management processes,
• other regulations at the level of Policies concerning the internal control system, counteracting fraud, IT risks as well as business continuity management, implementation, modification, review and liquidation of products intended for the bank’s customers (PARP), transfer of non-financial risk to the insurance market, outsourcing, security of persons and resources,
• more detailed rules, instructions and procedures of the Bank relating to risk management issues.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
161
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
5.4. Organisational structure of operational risk management
The Bank has a management structure with clearly defined, transparent and consistent areas of responsibility based on the Three Lines of Defence model, it also defined the principles of cooperation with the parent entity.
The scope of responsibility is defined starting from the Supervisory Board and the Risk Committee supporting it, and the Bank’s Management Board, through all the Bank’s organisational units. In the scope of operational risk, there is also supervision of significant subsidiaries of the Bank.
For years, the Bank has had a permanent Non-Financial Risk Committee, whose main task is to provide ongoing support to the Management Board in managing non-financial risk.
5.5. Operational risk management process
The Bank has effective and consistent processes for identifying and controlling non-financial risk in all of the Bank’s products, activities, processes and systems.
The operational risk management system applies to all areas of the Bank’s operations and the Group’s operations, as well as cooperation with clients, suppliers and partners. It constitutes a coherent, continuing practice that includes the following elements:
• risk identification and assessment, including, among others, risk assessments, analysis of internal and external events or scenario analyses and stress tests,
• risk mitigation and monitoring of mitigation actions,
• carrying out inspections,
• monitoring and quality assurance.
6. ESG risk
6.1. Introduction
In accordance with the approach presented in the ECB Guide on climate-related and environmental risks 2020 and the EBA Report on management and supervision of ESG risks for credit institutions and investment firms 2021 , the Bank does not treat ESG risk as a separate risk category, but as a booster of the basic risk categories present in the Bank (credit, market, liquidity and financing risk and non-financial risk). The Bank defines ESG risk as the risk of the
negative financial impact of ESG factors on the Bank - the risk of their direct or indirect impact (indirect - through the impact of these factors on the Bank’s customers/counterparties).
The Bank manages ESG risk by incorporating mechanisms for its identification, measurement, assessment, mitigation, monitoring, reporting into standard processes as part of credit, market, operational, liquidity and financing risk and non-financial risk management. The organisational structure addresses concerns related to the expected intensification of ESG risk. It ensures effective supervision of ESG risk and the correct and timely conduct of work related to the implementation of ESG risk management mechanisms.
6.2. ESG risk management objectives
At the beginning of 2023, the Supervisory Board approved the Risk Management Strategy, in which the key objectives for 2023-2025 include the continuation of activities to better identify, measure and assess ESG risk, as well as activities to ensure that the bank’s policies, procedures and processes comply with the requirements resulting from external regulations.
6.3. ESG risk management policies
The Bank has in place the ESG Risk Management Policy - a document defining the manner of ESG risk management, including the manner of integrating ESG risk management into the existing framework for managing credit, market, liquidity and financing risk and non-financial risk.
6.4. Organisational structure of ESG risk management
The Bank’s Management Board, Supervisory Board and management staff attach particular importance to the issue of identifying risks and opportunities as well as managing ESG risk in the Bank. Among other things, the Management Board has initiated the creation of appropriate organisational structures that ensure a comprehensive approach to ESG from the point of view of risk management, business issues and reporting / disclosures, as well as an appropriate flow of information and sharing of knowledge between units responsible for individual ESG aspects, the Management Board and other employees.
The Management Board has established a comprehensive ESG Programme to coordinate ESG issues within separate working teams focussing on risk, business and reporting / disclosures. An ESG Data Model Project has also been established, and work is underway to ensure data availability and high-quality reporting.
Supervision of ESG risk management has been entrusted to the Member of the Bank’s Management Board supervising the CRO Division.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
162
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
Since 2022, there has been an ESG Risk Committee in the form of a standing committee. The main tasks of the ESG Risk Committee are:
• creating an ESG risk management policy,
• approving the ESG risk management methodology,
• approval of tools used for ESG risk assessment,
• defining the standards of ESG credit risk analysis and the course of the ESG risk assessment and monitoring process, as well as the principles of including ESG risk in the valuation of collateral.
Within the CRO Division, an ESG Risk Team has been established in the Risk Regulation Department, responsible for managing ESG risk and initiating and coordinating further actions aimed at the comprehensive implementation of this risk management into the existing credit, market, liquidity and operational risk management system and the fulfilment of expectations indicated in supervisory documents.
6.5. Key ESG risks
The risks in the ESG area, which according to the Bank will have the greatest impact on its operations, are indicated below. They were presented in order of the most significant expected impact and grouped according to traditional risk categories.
ESG risk in credit risk
• transformation risk:
− risk of deterioration in the quality of receivables from companies from high-emission industries due to a decrease in their revenues / an increase in costs / an increase in debt,
− risk of a decrease in the value of properties with low energy efficiency accepted to secure them,
− risk of deterioration of the quality of mortgage loans granted to individual customers using real estate with low energy efficiency,
− risk of deterioration in the quality of receivables from loans financing commercial properties with low energy efficiency,
• physical climate risk:
− risk of a decrease in the value of property accepted as collateral, exposed to sudden or long-term physical threats,
− the risk of deterioration in the quality of corporate receivables due to a decrease in their income / increase in costs / increase in debt due to their operations in a place exposed to sudden or long-term physical threats,
• physical, environmental and social risk - risk of deterioration of the quality of corporate receivables due to a decrease in their income / increase in costs / increase in debt due to their activities having a negative impact on the environment or a negative impact on employees / communities.
ESG risk in compliance risk
• regulatory compliance risk - risk of the Bank’s financial loss as a result of regulatory sanctions for non- compliance of internal policies and instructions with external regulations in the ESG area, as well as for inadequacy of the processes aimed at ensuring this compliance,
• greenwashing risk - risk of the Bank’s financial loss as a result of regulatory sanctions, losses in court proceedings, business disruption and loss of reputation due to ING’s statements related to ESG risk with regard to social factors (S), environmental factors (E) or corporate governance area (G), which the client would perceive as false, opaque, misleading or unjustified,
ESG risk in liquidity risk
• transformation risk and physical climate risk - risk of the Bank’s liquidity disturbance as a result of increased outflow of deposits from the Bank or increased credit needs of customers in connection with the need to cover additional expenses resulting from the materialisation of transformation risk or physical risk.
The Bank also manages the remaining ESG risks, although not all of them have been described due to, among others:
− the estimated low impact of these risks (e.g. ESG risk within market risk, operational risk of disrupting the continuity of operations and the security of people and resources due to physical climate risk,
− historically well-established and effective system of managing these risks in the Bank (e.g. social risk resulting from improper HR practices, social and environmental risk related to cooperation with suppliers).
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
163
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
6.6. Achieving ESG goals within the own economy
As part of its own economy, the Bank conducts activities and implements investments aimed at reducing emissions and reducing carbon footprint. The key actions implemented and planned in this respect include:
• Improving thermal efficiency of the Bank’s Head Office buildings using modern technologies. In the Bank’s headquarters building in Katowice, ventilation units are replaced with heat recovery units, which will contribute to reducing energy consumption.
• By modernising the existing heating and cooling installations in the building of its headquarters in Katowice, the Bank plans to reduce the use of technological heat obtained by burning coal.
• The installed CWU collectors for water heating will partially replace network heat with solar energy. The sun is also used to produce its own electricity - in the near future the Bank will install a photovoltaic skylight above the atrium of its headquarters in Katowice.
• The expansion and development of BMS in the buildings of the Bank’s Head Office in Katowice will allow for a wise use of resources in buildings and the possibility of conducting control automation.
• The Bank’s permanent list of activities also includes activities in the branch network, including modernisation of electrical installations to optimise room lighting and replacement of air conditioning equipment with heat recovery equipment (in order to reduce energy consumption and reduce greenhouse gas emissions by using the R32 factor).
• For several years, the Bank has been systematically building a network of chargers for electric and hybrid cars and successively replacing company cars.
The costs incurred in 2023 related to the implementation of the above tasks amounted to PLN 11.1 million. Planned expenditures for 2024-2026 will amount to PLN 53.4 million.
7. Other risks
7.1. Compliance risk
The Bank’s mission in terms of compliance is to build an organisational culture based on knowledge of and compliance with legal regulations, internal regulations, market standards as well as ING’s Values and Behaviours, specified in the so-called Orange Code.
Compliance risk is understood as the risk of the consequences of non-compliance with the Bank’s processes with the laws, internal regulations and market standards.
The Bank’s Supervisory Board supervises the compliance risk management, and the Bank’s Management Board is responsible for the effective compliance risk management, including:
• mplementation of organisational solutions, regulations and procedures enabling effective compliance risk management, and
• ensuring adequate resources and resources required for the performance of tasks.
Centre of Expertise - Compliance is an organisationally separate, independent unit responsible for the organisation and functioning of the compliance risk management process. The aim of the Centre of Expertise - Compliance is to shape solutions for identifying, assessing, controlling and monitoring the risk of non-compliance of the Bank’s operations with laws, internal regulations and market standards, and to present reports in this respect. Compliance activities are aimed at the active participation of the Bank’s employees in compliance risk management by shaping a risk culture based on knowledge of and compliance with laws, internal regulations and market standards.
7.2. Security of transactions and stability of IT systems
The security of clients’ and partners’ funds and data is a key issue that the Bank pays particular attention to in its daily operations. Monitors threats on an ongoing basis and analyses their impact on ICT infrastructure (applications, systems, networks), as well as business processes, processes of its partners and service providers and their potential impact on customers. On this basis, the Bank designs and implements appropriate organisational and technical solutions in the areas of prevention, detection and response. The Bank’s ICT systems protect multi-layered cybersecurity mechanisms and systems.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
164
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
7.3. Security of personal data
The stability of IT systems also means the protection of personal data of customers, business partners and employees. However, in addition to IT security, the Bank also takes care of the physical security of the data and information stored in the Bank and constantly improves its approach to personal data protection. The Bank’s internal regulations strictly define the admissibility and rules for the presence of third parties in offices and exclude the connection of unverified devices to the banking ICT network. Physical safeguards are regularly tested and the audit findings inspire change. Testing physical security and all methods of remote access to systems has become an integral part of APT tests at the Bank examining the resilience of the Bank’s cybersecurity.
In 2023, the Bank did not identify any substantiated complaints regarding breaches of client privacy, although administrative proceedings are pending before the Voivodship Administrative Court in five cases and the Supreme Administrative Court in three cases.
As part of the Polish Bank Association, the Bank cooperates with other banks to develop the Principles of good practices in the processing and protection of personal data in the banking sector , as well as to develop consistent solutions related to personal data protection.
7.4. Model risk
Model risk management is carried out in accordance with the Model Risk Management Policy at ING Bank Śląski . The Policy defines the key obligations with respect to risk management of models that must be observed for each type of model. These responsibilities are defined in relation to the general principles of model risk management as well as in relation to the various stages of the model life cycle.
The Model Validation Department provides a register of models, which is a repository of information on models operating in the Bank, and which is updated by participants in the model risk management process, including model owners, validators and modellers. The register and model logs shall contain, inter alia, information on the relevance of the models, their risk levels and the results of monitoring their performance and the results of model validation.
The Bank regularly assesses the risks of individual models and, if required, allocates capital charges for models in accordance with the principles adopted in internal regulations.
The performance of models is verified as part of the monitoring of model performance and model validation. Model validation is performed in accordance with the Model Validation Policy at ING Bank Śląski and validation instructions.
Management reporting to the Model Risk Committee, the Management Board and the Supervisory Board on the status of model management and validation activities includes, among others, assessment of the aggregated level of model risk in the context of the adopted level of model risk tolerance, results of model risk assessment and the status of the validation plan.
7.5. Business risk
The Bank identifies one significant risk as the macroeconomic risk. Macroeconomic risk is the risk arising from changes in macroeconomic factors and their impact on the level of minimum capital requirements. The Bank manages this risk by regularly conducting internal and supervisory stress tests in accordance with the Stress Testing Policy , which allows for ongoing monitoring of the sensitivity of the minimum capital requirements to macroeconomic factors.
Based on the results of internal stress tests, in accordance with the Methodology for calculating economic capital for macroeconomic risk , the Bank estimates additional economic capital to hedge against the effects of materialisation of the tested scenario. Due to the events of recent years, including the war in Ukraine, dynamic changes in the macroeconomic and political environment and the results of stress tests, the Bank continues to maintain additional economic capital for macroeconomic risk.
Income statement
Statement of comprehensive income
Statement of financial position
Statement of changes in equity
Cash flow statement
Accounting policy
and additional notes
Risk and capital management
165
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
|
Data in PLN milion
SIGNATURES OF THE MANAGEMENT BOARD MEMBERS OF ING BANK ŚLĄSKI S.A.
2024-03-06
Brunon Bartkiewicz
President
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature
2024-03-06
Joanna Erdman
Vice-President
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature
2024-03-06
Marcin Giżycki
Vice-President
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature
2024-03-06
Bożena Graczyk
Vice-President
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature
2024-03-06
Ewa Łuniewska
Vice-President
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature
2024-03-06
Michał H. Mrożek
Vice-President
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature
2024-03-06
Sławomir Soszyński
Vice-President
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature
2024-03-06
Alicja Żyła
Vice-President
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature
SIGNATURE OF THE PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR ACCOUNTS
2024-03-06
Jolanta Alvarado Rodriguez
Lead of Centre of Expertise Accounting Policy and Financial Reporting
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature